Global Presence. Local Expertise.: Product Catalogue

Cat.: Accumulators DEF 30.
000
Global Presence.
Local Expertise.
Cat.: Filters DEF 70.000
www.hydac.com
HYDAC Accessories.
Product Catalogue
Cat.: Process technology DEF 7.700
Cat.: Compact hydraulics DEF 5.300 Cat.: Fluid service DEF 7.929
Accessories. Product Catalogue.

HYDAC Head Office
HYDAC Companies
HYDAC Sales and Service Partners
Cat.: Accessories DEF 6.104
HYDAC Accessories GmbH Hirschbachstraße 2

66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Cat.: Electronics DEF 180.000
Germany
Telefon: +49 6897 509-01
Fax: +49 6897 509-1009
E-Mail: [email protected]
Internet: www.hydac.com
Cat.: Cooling systems DEF 5.700
E 61.000.2/11.13
E 61.000.2/11.13
HYDAC Accessories,
for every application ...
Wherever fluid technology requires to be
shut off, switched or controlled, wherever
lines and components are to be mounted
and wherever these need to be connected,
coupled and damped, the comprehensive
range of HYDAC Accessories provides
suitable components to every standard - CX valves Fitting systems
from one supplier, on call-off.
This is particularly true when standard

products are not enough and individual
functions are required, HYDAC
Accessories is your professional partner
for modifications and special solutions.
In-house engineering and access to
HYDAC's interdisciplinary and global
know-how network ensure state-of-the-art
technology and close co-operation between Mounting technology Quick release couplings
development and sales.
The breadth and depth of the range of

standard and special components from
HYDAC Accessories enhances and
completes fluid technology systems in
almost all applications and sectors:
Automotive industry
Vehicle technology Ball valves Test points
Construction machinery
Agricultural machinery
Lifting and material handling technology
Rail technology
Machine tools
Plastic injection moulding machines
Paint spray plants
Hydraulic presses Bell housings and dampers Fluid level gauge/sensor
Mechanical presses
Iron and steel industry
Paper industry
Power plant technology
Wind power
Process engineering
Mining
Marine engineering
Tank sets Multi-station gauge isolators
Offshore technology
and
many other applications
and industries ...
E 61.000.2/11.13
2
NOTE Catalogue Index Page
The information in this brochure
relates to the operating conditions and
applications described. Industry Index 4
For applications and operating
conditions not described, please contact
the relevant technical department. Ball valves 7
Subject to technical modifications.

Standard ball valves; Low pressure ball valves;
Flange type ball valves; ANSI Flange ball valves; SAE Flange ball
valves; Direct flange ball valves
Change over ball valves; change over low pressure ball valves;
multiway ball valves; multiway plate ball valves; plate ball valves
Spring-return isolator, Isolator block CETOP
Ball valves with pneumatic / electrical actuator; Lockable ball valves;
Ball valves with electrical limit controls; Handles
Three-way safety block DSV; Compatibility list
HY-ROS Mounting Technology 139
Mounting clamp DIN 3015; Diagonal clamp; Buegu clamp;

Oval clamp; Series strips; U-bolt clamps; Flat steel bolt clamps
Swivel bolt clamps; Clamps for mounting pipes/hoses to cylinders;

Sensor clamp; Rubber tank bush
Mounting elements for hydraulic accumulators
Bell housing 263
Bell housings with flexible pump mounting; Bell housings with rigid
pump mounting; Bell housings with oil/air coolers; Flexible drive
(spider) couplings; Gear couplings; Bell housing foot brackets; Bell
housing mounting plate; Damping rails; Damping rings; Tank set
Coaxial valves / Piston valves 283
Test points 335
Quick release couplings 345
Multi-station gauge isolators 355
Fluid level gauges / Fluid level sensors 363
Buyer's guide / Stock items 375
HYDAC Accessories GmbH

Hirschbachstr. 2 Operating Manuals 395
E 61.000.2/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
3
Accessories for every
sector.
Your professional partner for...
Industrial hydraulics
Commercial vehicle technology
Gas-powered vehicle technology
Earth-moving technology
Agricultural Technology
Rail vehicle technology
Paint spraying plants
Plastic injection moulding machines
Chemical industry
Wind energy
Heavy industry
Off-shore and marine
Machine tools
E 61.000.2/11.13
4
HYDAC accessories
for almost every APPLICATION

Mobile excavators (1, 2)
Braking systems (3)
Commercial vehicles (4)
Rail vehicles (5)
Paint spraying systems (6, 9)
Hydraulic systems (7, 11)
Agricultural machines (8)
Machine tools (10)
Plastic injection moulding machines (12)
Extensive information is available

on applications and products.
E 61.000.2/11.13
5
6
E 61.000.2/11.13
Ball valves
E 5.500.1/11.13
HYDAC ball valves can be tested for
Introduction approvals, standards such as DVGW and
"fire safe", and to all standards and
HYDAC ball valves are developed and specifications. Apart from the standard ball
constructed in response to problems valves HYDAC offers a wide range of
encountered in everyday practice. customer-specific solutions.
The requirements placed on the products are: HYDAC ball valves offer you the following
Functionality benefits:
Value for money Full-flow passage to ensure unrestricted
Quality flow of the medium.
Safety Self-sealing due to sealing principle with
floating ball
Service life
Easy actuation, even at high pressures
Standard model availability
Maintenance-free, no adjustment of the
Flexibility seal necessary
HYDAC's ball valve design department is 100 % individual tests of the ball valves
equipped with the most modern computer
assisted systems (CAD), which also make it All of our company procedures such as
possible to quickly and cost-effectively development, production, assembly and
implement customer-specific solutions. maintenance are organised within an
effective quality management system.
The manufacture of our products is highly
vertically integrated and our modern HYDAC is certified to DIN ISO 9001 11.
machine park enables both efficient series
manufacture as well as flexible reactions to
customer request. On completion of the
product assembly, each item is 100% tested
and our product-specific orientation ensures
optimum functionality at a consistently high
quality level. The comprehensive extreme
tests constantly carried out in our
laboratories confirm the high requirements
placed on our products.
HYDAC Accessories plant, Sulzbach
NOTE HYDAC Accessories GmbH

Hirschbachstr. 2
The information in this brochure relates to the operating conditions and applications
E 5.500.1/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
described.
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
For applications and operating conditions not described, please contact the relevant Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
technical department. Internet: www.hydac.com
Subject to technical modifications. E-Mail: [email protected]
8
Catalogue overview
KHB DN04 - 25
Ball Valves up to PN500 11
KHM DN32 - 50
Ball Valve
KHB DKO DN04 - 25 up to PN500 17
with DKO connection
Ultra-high Pressure Ball KHBH

DN04 - 25 up to PN800 21
Valves KHMH
KHNVN
Low Pressure Ball Valves KHNVS DN06 - 100 PN4 - PN50 25
KHN
Stainless Steel Low KHNVN

DN04 - 80 PN25 - PN140 29
Pressure Ball Valves KHNVS
Weld-Type Low Pressure

KHM3S DN08 - 100 PN16 - PN64 33
Ball Valves
KHBF
Flanged Ball Valves KHMF DN16 - 50 up to PN315 37
KHMFF
Flange Type Ball Valves

KHMFF up to DN125 up to PN16 41
DN65 – 125
Flanged Ball Valves KHFF DN65 - 300 PN10 - PN40 45
ANSI KHBF
DN16 - 50 ANSI class 150 - 2500 49
Flange Ball Valves KHMF
KHB-F3/6
SAE Flanged Ball Valves up to DN50 up to PN420 53
KHM-F3/6
SAE
KHBGS-F3/6
Threaded / Split Flange up to DN50 up to PN420 57
KHMGS-F3/6
Ball Valves
SAE Threaded Flange KHBG-F3/6

up to DN50 up to PN420 61
Ball Valve KHMG-F3/6
SAE
KHF3 DN65 - 125 up to PN160 65
Fixed Flange Ball Valves
SAE
KHF3/6 up to DN80 up to PN420 67
Fixed Flange Ball Valves
KHDF3
Direct Flange Ball Valves up to DN80 up to PN420 71
KHDF6
E 5.500.1/11.13
ISO 6164
KHF DN13 - 80 up to PN400 75
Flanged Ball Valves
9
3/2 Way Ball Valves KHB3K up to DN50 up to PN500 79
Change-Over
KHN3K up to DN45 up to PN25 85
Low Pressure Ball Valves
3-Way and 4-Way KH3

Ball Valves KH4
3-Way and 4-Way

KH3P
Manifold Mounted DN06 - 20 up to PN400 91
KH4P
Ball Valves
Manifold Mounted KHP

DN06 - 50 up to PN500 95
Ball Valves KHP3K
Spring Return Isolator HKHB DN13 up to PN350 99
KHB4K DN06 PN315

Isolator Sandwich Plate 103
KHB6K DN10 PN315
Ball Valves with

DN04 - 50 up to PN500 107
Pneumatic Actuator
Electrically Actuated
DN04 - 50 up to PN500 109
Ball Valves
Lockable
Ball Valves
Ball Valves with Electrical

Limit Controls
Handles SW06 - 22 119
3-Way Safety Block DSV DN10 up to PN350 123
Compatibility List for

2/2-, 3/2- and 4/2-Way 135
Ball Valves
E 5.500.1/11.13
10
Ball Valves
KHB / KHM
Model code
(also order example) KHB G 1/2 1112 01 X A SO940
Designation
KHB = Block-type ball valve DN 04-25 (steel)
KHM = Sleeve type ball valve DN 32-50 (steel)
DN 04-50 (stainless steel)
Type of connection
Thread size or outside diameter of pipe and type of connection
Materials
Housing, connection adapters
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
Ball, control spindle
PN up to PN 500 1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
DN up to 50 11 = Hardened steel
Sealing cups
1 = POM
3 = PTFE (max. operating pressure 100 bar)
8 = PEEK
11 = Steel
Control spindle seals and connection seals
2 = NBR (Perbunan)
3 = PTFE (max. operating pressure 100 bar)
4 = FKM (Viton)
Handle
01 = Aluminium clamped handle, straight DN 12 - 50
02 = Aluminium clamped handle, cranked DN 12 - 50
03 = Zinc die-cast clamped handle, straight DN 04 - 10, 13
04 = Zinc die-cast bolt-on handle, cranked DN 04 - 10, 13
06 = Steel bolt-on handle, cranked DN 12 - 50
09 = Without handle
26 = Steel bolt-on handle, cranked, long DN 12 - 50
Series
(determined by manufacturer)
Surface protection
... = Phosphate-plated (no details required)
A = Zinc-plated, chrome (VI)-free
ZN = Zinc-nickel, chrome (VI)-free
Option
TT = O-rings for low temperatures, temperature range from -40 °C to +80 °C
(only for stainless steel version)
E 5.501.22/11.13
SO 940 = Ball valve with 4 threaded holes

SO 1073 = Ball Valve with 2 fixing holes
Delivery for non-standard valves is longer and the price is higher.
11
Technical specifications
Type of construction: Block type KHB DN 04 - 25
Sleeve type KHM DN 32 - 50
Types of connection: Light and heavy threaded pipe connection to DIN 2353
Whitworth female thread to ISO 228
NPT
SAE
Mounting position: Optional
Ambient temperature: -10 °C to +80 °C
Nominal pressure: up to PN 500 / 7250 PSI
Operating fluids: Mineral oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and Part 2 (other fluids on request)
Temperature of operating fluid: -10 °C to +80 °C
Type of construction: Shut-off device is a ball
Weight: See table
Flow direction: Optional
Spare parts: Seal kits available on request
Accessories: All ball valves can be supplied with the following Actuator
options: Limit controls
Lock
Dimensions
KHB
KHM
E 5.501.22/11.13
12
Steel
Connection type Type DN LW RA d1 I L L1 B H h1 h2 h3 SW1 SW2 Weight Nom.
pressure
[kg] PN [bar]
DIN ISO 228 KHB-G1/8 4 8 – G1/8 10 69 37 28 44 14 33 7 9 22 0.29 500

Female thread
KHB-G1/4 6 8 – G1/4 14 69 37 28 44 14 33 7 9 22 0.32 500
KHB-G3/8 10 10 – G3/8 14 72 42 32 53 17 40 8,5 9 27 0.46 500
KHB-G1/2 13 12 – G1/2 15 84 47 35 53 17 40 8,5 9 30 0.59 500
KHB-G1/2 16 15 – G1/2 16 83 47 40 62 20 46 11 12 32 0.7 420
KHB-G3/4 20 20 – G3/4 18 95 60 49 75 24.5 57 11.6 14 41 1.3 420
KHB-G1 25 25 – G1 20,5 113 65 58 82 28.5 65 11.6 14 50 2.03 420
KHB-G11/4 25/32 25 – G11/4 22 120 65 58 82 28.5 65 11.6 14 50 2.06 315
KHM-G11/4 32 30 – G11/4 22 109.4 83.4 82 106.2 40 87.7 12 17 60 3.1 420
KHM-G11/2 40 38 – G11/2 24 130 91 94 118.2 45 99.7 12 17 70 4.4 420
KHM-G2 50 48 – G2 28 140 100 111 134.2 55.5 115.7 12 17 80 6.6 420
DIN 2353 KHB-06LR 4 4 6 M12x1,5 7 67 37 28 44 14 33 7 9 22 0.26 500
Light range
KHB-08LR 6 6 8 M14x1,5 7 67 37 28 44 14 33 7 9 22 0.26 500
KHB-10LR 8 8 10 M16x1,5 11 74 42 32 53 17 40 8.5 9 27 0.43 500
KHB-12LR 10 10 12 M18x1,5 11 74 42 32 53 17 40 8.5 9 27 0.43 500
KHB-15LR 13 12 15 M22x1,5 12 82 47 35 53 17 40 8.5 9 30 0.54 500
KHB-15LR 12 12 15 M22x1,5 12 82 47 40 62 20 46 11.6 12 32 0.64 420
KHB-18LR 13 12 18 M26x1,5 12 82 47 35 53 17 40 8.5 9 30 0.63 500
KHB-18LR 16 15 18 M26x1,5 12 82 47 40 62 20 46 11 12 32 1.25 420
KHB-22LR 20 19 22 M30x2 14 101 60 49 75 24.5 57 11.6 14 41 1.54 420
KHB-28LR 25 24 28 M36x2 14 108 65 58 82 28.5 65 11.6 14 50 1.54 420
KHB-35LR 25/32 25 35,3 M45x2 16 112 65 58 82 28.5 65 11.6 14 50 1.95 315
KHM-35LR 32 30 35,3 M45x2 16 141.4 83.4 82 106.2 40 87.7 12 17 60 3.36 420
KHM-42LR 40 36 42,3 M52x2 16 162 91 94 118.2 45 99.7 12 17 70 4.88 420
DIN 2353 KHB-08SR 4 5 8 M16x1,5 7 73 37 28 44 14 33 7 9 22 0.28 500
Heavy range
KHB-10SR 6 7 10 M18x1,5 7,5 73 37 28 44 14 33 7 9 22 0.32 500
KHB-12SR 8 8 12 M20x1,5 12 76 42 32 53 17 40 8.5 9 27 0.45 500
KHB-14SR 10 10 14 M22x1,5 14 80 42 32 53 17 40 8.5 9 27 0.46 500
KHB-16SR 13 12 16 M24x1,5 14 86 47 35 53 17 40 8.5 9 30 0.55 500
KHB-16SR 12 12 16 M24x1,5 14 86 47 40 62 20 46 11.6 12 32 0.65 420
KHB-20SR 13 12 20 M30x2 16 90 47 35 53 17 40 8.5 9 30 0.61 500
KHB-20SR 16 15 20 M30x2 16 90 47 40 62 20 46 11 12 32 0.67 420
KHB-25SR 20 20 25 M36x2 18 109 60 49 75 24.5 57 11.6 14 41 1.32 420
KHB-30SR 25 25 30 M42x2 20 120 65 58 82 28.5 65 11.6 14 50 1.87 420
KHB-38SR 25/32 25 38,3 M52x2 22 124 65 58 82 28.5 65 11.6 14 55 2.18 315
KHM-38SR 32 30 38,3 M52x2 22 153.4 83.4 82 106.2 40 87.7 12 17 60 3.43 420
ANSI B1.20.1 KHB-06NPT 6 8 – 1/4 - 18 NPT 6.7 69 37 28 44 14 33 7 9 22 0.3 500
NPT female thread
KHB-10NPT 10 10 – 3/8 - 18 NPT 10.36 72 42 32 53 17 40 8.5 9 27 0.5 500
KHB-16NPT 13 12 – 1/2 - 14 NPT 13.56 84 47 35 53 17 40 8.5 9 30 0.6 500
KHB-16NPT 16 15 – 1/2 - 14 NPT 13.56 83 47 40 62 20 46 11 12 32 0.75 420
KHB-20NPT 20 20 – 3/4 - 14 NPT 13.86 95 60 49 75 24.5 57 11.6 14 41 1.3 420
KHB-25NPT 25 25 – 1 - 11 1/2 NPT 17.34 113 65 58 82 28.5 65 11.6 14 50 2 420
KHM-32NPT 32 30 – 1 1/4 - 11 1/2 NPT 17.95 109.4 83.4 82 106.2 40 87.7 12 17 60 3.1 420
KHM-40NPT 40 38 – 1 1/2 - 11 1/2 NPT 18.38 130 91 94 118.2 45 99.7 12 17 70 4.4 420
KHM-50NPT 50 48 – 2 - 11 1/2 NPT 19.22 140 100 111 134.2 55.5 115.7 12 17 80 6.6 420
SAE J 514 UN/UNF KHB-06SAE 6 8 – 7/16 - 20 UNF 12 69 37 28 44 14 33 7 9 22 0.3 500
Female thread
KHB-10SAE 10 10 – 9/16 -18 UNF 13 72 42 32 53 17 40 8.5 9 27 0.5 500
KHB-16SAE 13 12 – 3/4 - 16 UNF 15 92 47 35 53 17 40 8.5 9 30 0.6 500
KHB-16SAE 16 15 – 3/4 - 16 UNF 15 83 47 40 62 20 46 11 12 32 0.75 420
KHB-20SAE 20 20 – 1 1/16 - 12 UN 20 95 60 49 75 24.5 57 11.6 14 41 1.3 420
E 5.501.22/11.13
KHB-25SAE 25 25 – 1 5/16 - 12 UN 20 113 65 58 82 28.5 65 11.6 14 50 2 420

KHM-32SAE 32 30 – 1 5/8 - 12 UN 20 109.4 83.4 82 106.2 40 87.7 12 17 60 3.1 420
KHM-40SAE 40 38 – 1 7/8 - 12 UN 20 130 91 94 118.2 45 99.7 12 17 70 4.4 420
KHM-50SAE 50 48 – 2 1/2 - 12 UN 20 140 100 111 134.2 55.5 115.7 12 17 80 6.6 420
13
Stainless steel
Connection type Type DN LW RA d1 I L L1 B H h1 h2 h3 SW1 SW2 Weight Nom.
pressure
[kg] PN [bar]
DIN ISO 228 KHB-G1/8 4 8 – G1/8 10 69 37 28 44.7 14 33 6.7 9 22 0.36 500

Female thread
KHB-G1/4 6 8 – G1/4 14 69 37 28 44.7 14 33 6.7 9 22 0.43 500
KHB-G3/8 10 10 – G3/8 14 71.9 42 32 53.2 17.2 40 8.2 9 27 0.59 500
KHB-G1/2 13 12 – G1/2 15 84.2 47 35 53.2 17.2 40 8.2 9 30 0.66 500
KHB-G1/2 16 15 – G1/2 16 82.8 47 40 63.2 20 46 11 12 32 1.82 400
KHB-G3/4 20 20 – G3/4 18 95 60 49 74.8 24.5 57 11.4 14 41 1.82 350
KHB-G1 25 25 – G1 20.5 113.1 65 58 82.6 29.5 65 11.4 14 50 2.97 350
KHM-G11/4 32 30 – G11/4 22 109.4 83.4 80 105.2 40 86.7 12 17 60 3.29 350
KHM-G11/2 40 38 – G11/2 24 130 91 90 116.2 45 97.7 12 17 70 4 350
KHM-G2 50 48 – G2 28 140 100 111 134.2 55.5 115.7 12 17 80 6.82 350
DIN 2353 KHB-06LR 4 4 6 M12x1,5 10 67 37 28 44.7 14 33 6.7 9 22 0.32 500
Light range
KHB-08LR 6 6 8 M14x1,5 10 67 37 28 44.7 14 33 6.7 9 22 0.43 500
KHB-10LR 8 8 10 M16x1,5 11 73.9 42 32 53.2 17.2 40 8.2 9 27 0.66 500
KHB-12LR 10 10 12 M18x1,5 11 73.9 42 32 53.2 17.2 40 8.2 9 27 0.66 500
KHB-15LR 13 12 15 M22x1,5 12 82 47 35 53.2 17.2 40 8.2 9 30 0.92 500
KHB-18LR 16 15 18 M26x1,5 12 81.8 47 40 63.2 20 46 11 12 32 0.98 400
KHB-22LR 20 19 22 M30x2 14 100.7 60 49 74.8 24.5 57 11.4 14 41 1.88 350
KHB-28LR 25 24 28 M36x2 14 107.9 65 58 82.6 29.5 65 11.4 14 50 2.88 350
KHM-35LR 32 30 35,3 M45x2 16 141.4 83.4 80 105.2 40 86.7 12 17 60 3.7 350
KHM-42LR 40 36 42,3 M52x2 16 162 91 90 116.2 45 97.7 12 17 70 4.9 350
DIN 2353 KHB-08SR 4 5 8 M16x1,5 12 73 37 28 44.7 14 33 6.7 9 22 0.46 500
Heavy range
KHB-10SR 6 7 10 M18x1,5 12 73 37 28 44.7 14 33 6.7 9 22 0.55 500
KHB-12SR 8 8 12 M20x1,5 12 75.9 42 32 53.2 17.2 40 8.2 9 27 0.67 500
KHB-14SR 10 10 14 M22x1,5 14 79.9 42 32 53.2 17.2 40 8.2 9 27 0.68 500
KHB-16SR 13 12 16 M24x1,5 14 85.9 47 35 53.2 17.2 40 8.2 9 30 0.63 500
KHB-20SR 16 15 20 M30x2 16 89.8 47 40 63.2 20 46 11 12 32 0.95 400
KHB-25SR 20 20 25 M36x2 18 108.8 60 49 74.8 24.5 57 11.4 14 41 1.98 350
KHB-30SR 25 25 30 M42x2 20 119.9 65 58 82.6 29.5 65 11.4 14 50 3.09 350
KHM-38SR 32 30 38,3 M52x2 22 153.4 83.4 80 105.2 40 86.7 12 17 60 3.89 350
E 5.501.22/11.13
14
DIN ISO 228 ** NOTE: Dimensions changed
Fixing hole dimensions Ød1 DN SW a b M t c
(SO 940) G 1/8 4 9 31** 20** M4 6 8
G 1/4 6 9 31** 20** M4 6 8
G 3/8 10 9 36 22 M5 7 9
G 1/2* 13 9 36 22 M5 7 9
G 1/2 16 12 39** 26** M5 7 9
SW (square spindle) G 3/4 20 14 45 28 M6 9 11
G1 25 14 45 28 M6 9 11
DIN 2353 Light Range

Ød1 DN SW a b M t c
06LR 4 9 31** 20** M4 6 8
08LR 6 9 31** 20** M4 6 8
10LR 8 9 36 22 M5 7 9
12LR 10 9 36 22 M5 7 9
15LR* 12 12 36 22 M5 7 9
15LR 13 9 36 22 M5 7 9
18LR 16 12 39** 26** M5 7 9
18LR* 13 9 36 22 M5 7 9
22LR 20 14 45 28 M6 9 11
28LR 25 14 45 28 M6 9 11
DIN 2353 Heavy Range

08SR 4 9 31** 20** M4 6 8
10SR 6 9 31** 20** M4 6 8
12SR 8 9 36 22 M5 7 9
SW (square spindle) 14SR 10 9 36 22 M5 7 9
16SR 12 12 36 22 M5 7 9
16SR* 13 9 36 22 M5 7 9
20SR 16 12 39** 26** M5 7 9
20SR* 13 9 36 22 M5 7 9
25SR 20 14 45 28 M6 9 11
30SR 25 14 45 28 M6 9 11
DIN ISO 228

Fixing hole dimensions Ød1 DN L L1 B H h1 h2 a Øb c A
(SO 1073) G 1/8 4 69 37 26 64 13 32 28 5.5 4.5 108
G 1/4 6 69 37 26 64 13 32 28 5.5 5 108
G 3/8 10 72 42 32 68 17 40 32 5.5 5 108
G 1/2* 13 84 47 35 68 17 40 32 5.5 5 108
G 1/2 16 83 47 38 102 19 45 38 5.5 5 174
G 3/4 20 95 60 48 115 24.5 57 46 6.6 6 174
G1 25 113 65 57 122 28.5 64 46 6.6 6 174

Ød1 DN L L1 B H h1 h2 a Øb c A
08LR 6 67 37 26 64 13 32 28 5.5 4.5 108
10LR 8 71 37 26 64 13 32 28 5.5 4.5 108
12LR 10 74 42 32 68 17 40 32 5.5 5 108
15LR* 13 82 47 35 68 17 40 32 5.5 5 108
15LR 12 82 47 38 102 19 45 38 5.5 5 174
18LR 16 82 47 38 102 19 45 38 5.5 5 174
22LR 20 101 60 48 115 24.5 57 46 6.6 6 174
28LR 25 108 65 57 122 28.5 64 46 6.6 6 174

opened Ød1 DN L L1 B H h1 h2 a Øb c A
08SR 4 73 35 25 55 13 30 27 4.5 4 70
10SR 6 73 35 25 55 13 30 27 4.5 4 70
closed
12SR 8 76 42 32 68 17 40 32 5.5 5 108
14SR 10 80 42 32 68 17 40 32 5.5 5 108
16SR* 12 86 47 35 68 17 40 32 5.5 5 108
16SR 13 86 47 38 102 19 45 38 5.5 5 174
E 5.501.22/11.13
20SR* 16 90 47 35 68 17 40 32 5.5 5 108

20SR 13 90 47 38 102 19 45 38 5.5 5 174
25SR 20 109 60 48 115 24.5 57 46 6.6 6 174
30SR 25 120 65 57 122 28.5 64 46 6.6 6 174
* reduced bore
15
Spare Parts NOTE
(Seal kit) relates to the operating conditions and
KHB, DN 04 - 25 applications described.
the relevant technical department.
KHM, DN 32 - 50
Seal kit Order No. = Part No.

DN 04/06 703 048
DN 08/10 703 014
DN 13 703 046
DN 12/16 703 010
DN 20 703 005
DN 25 703 004
DN 32 703 045
DN 40 701 292
DN 50 703 007
The parts indicated by numbers in the above drawings are contained in the seal kit.
Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.501.22/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
16
Ball Valve with DKO Connection
KHB DKO
Model code
(also order example) KHB DKO 12 LR 1112 14 X A
Designation
KHB = Block-type ball valve
Type of connection 1
DKO = Rotating ball valve port
with O-ring seal
Type of connection 2
Thread size or pipe O/D and connection code
Materials
1 = Steel
PN up to 500 Ball, control spindle
DN 04 - 25 1 = Steel
Ball seals
1 = POM
Control spindle seal and connection seal
2 = NBR
Handle
14 = Zinc die-cast bolt-on handle, cranked, fitted
16 = Steel bolt-on handle, cranked, fitted
Series
Surface protection
E 5.536.0/11.13
17
Dimensions
KHB DKO LR/SR
Type DN LW LW1 RA D1 i1 i2 L L1 L2 L3 L4 B H H1 H2 A SW2 SW3 PN

Int. Int. [bar]
diam diam
08 LR 6 6 4 8 M14x1.5 7 19.4 77.8 37 43.9 44.3 33.5 28 66 14 33 108 22 17 250
10 LR 8 7 6 10 M16x1.5 11 20.5 82.8 37 45 47.3 35.5 28 66 13 33 108 22 22 250
12 LR 10 10 8 12 M18x1.5 11 20.5 84.7 42 46.5 47.7 37 32 73 17 40 108 27 22 250
15 LR 13 12 10 15 M22x1.5 12 21.0 92.4 47 50.0 51.4 41 32 73 17 40 108 30 27 250
18 LR 16 15 13 18 M26x1.5 12 21 93.2 47 49.8 52.2 41 40 111 20 46 169 32 32 160
22 LR 20 19 17 22 M30x2 14 22.5 112.4 60 59 61.9 50.5 49 122 24.5 57 169 41 36 160
28 LR 25 24 22 28 M36x2 14 23 121.4 65 63 67.4 54 58 128 29.5 65 169 50 41 100
08 SR 4 5 4 8 M16x1.5 7 19.4 82.8 37 43.9 46.3 36.5 28 66 14 33 108 22 19 500
10 SR 6 7 6 10 M18x1.5 7.5 20.5 84.8 37 45 48.3 36.5 28 66 14 33 108 22 22 500
12 SR 8 8 8 12 M20x1.5 12 20.5 86.7 42 46.5 48.7 38 32 73 17 40 108 27 24 500
14 SR 10 10 9 14 M22x1.5 14 23.0 92.8 42 49.0 52.8 40 32 73 17 40 108 27 27 500
16 SR 13 12 11 16 M24x1.5 14 23.0 98.0 47 52.0 55.0 43 32 73 17 40 108 30 30 400
20 SR 16 15 14 20 M30x2 16 27.5 104 47 56.3 59 45 40 111 20 46 169 32 36 400
25 SR 20 20 18 25 M36x2 18 29 128.5 60 65.5 74 54.5 49 122 24.5 57 169 41 46 315
30 SR 25 25 25 30 M42x2 20 32.5 140.8 65 72.5 80.8 60 58 128 29.5 65 169 50 50 250
E 5.536.0/11.13
18
Dimensions
KHB DKO ORFS
Type OD DN LW D1 L L1 L2 L3 L4 B H H1 H2 A SW2 SW3 PN

ORFS pipe Int. [bar]
diam
9/16 6 6 5 9/16-18UNF 86.2 37 42.5 50.7 35.5 28 66 14 33 108 22 19 400
11/16 10 8 6.5 11/16-16UN 90.5 37 44.5 54 36.5 28 66 14 33 108 22 22 400
13/16 12 10 9.5 13/16-16UN 103.6 42 53 64 39.6 32 73 17.2 40 108 27 27 400
1 16 13 12.5 1-14UNS 115 47 56.5 70 45 35 73 17.2 40 108 30/27 32 400
1-3/16 20 16 15.5 1-3/16-12UN 121.3 47 58.7 73.3 48 40 111 20 46 169 32 36 400
1-7/16 25 20 20.5 1-7/16-12UN 137.3 60 69.0 83.8 53.5 49 122 24.5 57 169 41 40 315
1-11/16 30 25 26 1-11/16-12UN 147.8 65 75.5 90.3 57.5 58 128 29.5 65 169 50 50 250
E 5.536.0/11.13
19
Construction Block-type KHB
Types of connection connection 1* DKO to DIN 2353
DKO to ISO 8434
connection 2* Light and heavy threaded pipe connection to DIN 2353
ORFS ISO 8434
* Both ports are configured according to the same standard.
Mounting position Optional
Ambient temperature -10 °C to +80 °C
Nominal pressure up to PN 500
Operating fluids Mineral oil to DIN 51524 part 1 and part 2
Temperature of operating fluid -10 °C to +80 °C
Viscosity range 10 to 380 mm2/s
NOTE
The information in this brochure relates
to the operating conditions and
applications described.
For applications or operating conditions
not described, please contact the
relevant technical department.

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.536.0/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
20
Ultra-High Pressure Ball Valve
KHBH / KHMH
Model code
(also order example) KHBH 16 NPT 1114 04 X A
Designation
KHBH = Ultra-high pressure block ball valve
KHMH = Ultra-high pressure sleeve ball valve
Nominal bore
(DN)
Type of connection
NPT = NPT - ANSI B1.20.1
SR = SR - DIN 2353
Materials
PN 800 1 = Steel
DN 04 to 25 3 = Stainless steel
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
Sealing cups
1 = POM
2 = NBR (Perbunan)
4 = FKM (Viton)
Handle
03 = Zinc die-casting clamped handle, straight DN 04 - 13
04 = Zinc die-casting bolt-on handle, cranked DN 20 - 25
Series
Surface protection
E 5.533.1/11.13
21
Type of construction: Block type KHBH DN 04 - 25
Sleeve type KHMH DN 04 - 25, stainless steel
Types of connection: Heavy threaded pipe connection to DIN 2353
NP ANSI B1.20.1
Nominal pressure: PN 800
Operating fluids: Mineral oil to DIN 51524 part 1 and part 2
Viscosity range: 10 to 380 mm2/s
Dimensions
NPT ANSI B1.20.1
Type DN LW L1 L2 B H m V SW i d
KHBH-1/4 NPT 6 6 76 130 50 64 25 11 9 13.7 1/4 NPT
KHBH-3/8 NPT 10 13 76 130 50 64 25 11 9 13.5 3/8 NPT
KHBH-1/2 NPT 13 13 76 130 50 64 25 11 9 17 1/2 NPT
KHBH-3/4 NPT 20 20 111 161 90 108 45 14 14 18.3 3/4 NPT
KHBH-1 NPT 25 25 111 164 90 108 45 14 14 21.6 1 NPT
E 5.533.1/11.13
22
Dimensions
DIN 2353 heavy range
Type DN RA LW L1 L2 B H m V SW i d
KHBH-08SR 4 8 5 76 110 50 64 25 11 9 12 M16x1.5
KHBH-10SR 6 10 6 76 114 50 64 25 11 9 12 M18x1.5
KHBH-12SR 8 12 8 76 114 50 64 25 11 9 12 M20x1.5
KHBH-14SR 10 14 13 76 114 50 64 25 11 9 14 M22x1.5
KHBH-16SR 13 16 13 76 114 50 64 25 11 9 14 M24x1.5
KHBH-20SR 13 20 13 76 118 50 64 25 11 9 16 M30x2
KHBH-25SR 20 25 20 111 162 90 108 45 14 14 18 M36x2
KHBH-30SR 25 30 25 111 162 90 108 45 14 14 20 M42x2
NOTE

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.533.1/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
23
24
E 5.533.1/11.13
KHNVN / KHNVS / KHN
Model code
(also order example) KHNVS Rp 1/2 2233 12 X ...
Designation
KHNVN – Low pressure ball valve – standard model
KHNVS – Low pressure ball valve – heavy-duty model
KHN – Low pressure ball valve – DIN-DVGW
Connection type
Thread size
Materials
Housing
PN 4 - 50 2 = Nickel-plated brass
DN 06 - 100 Ball, control spindle
2 = Chrome-plated brass
Ball seals
3 = PTFE
Soft seals
3 = PTFE
Handle
12 = Aluminium clamped handle, cranked, supplied fitted
Series
Approval
DIN-DVGW (only KHN)
E 5.507.9/11.13
25
Dimensions
KHNVN / KHNVS
Type d1 L h2 H A i LW SW Nominal pressure

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] PN [bar]
KHNVN G 1/4 44.4 23.5 37 80 10 10 18 50
KHNVN G 3/8 44.4 24 37 80 10 10 21 50
KHNVN G 1/2 50.5 30.5 41 80 12 15 25 50
KHNVN G 3/4 57.5 37.0 55 113 12.5 20 31 40
KHNVN G1 70 45.5 59 113 15 25 38 40
KHNVN G 11/4 80.5 57 74.5 137.5 17 32 47 30
KHNVN G 11/2 94 70 80.5 137.5 18.5 40 54 30
KHNVN G2 112.5 84 96.5 157 22 50 66 25
KHNVN G 21/2 134.5 109 116 197 24 65 85 18
KHNVN G3 157 131 133 250 26 80 99 16
KHNVN G4 190 164 148 250 30 100 125 14
Type d1 L h2 H A i LW SW Nominal pressure

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] PN [bar]
KHNVS Rp 1/4 49.5 23.5 37 80 11 10 18 50
KHNVS Rp 3/8 52.4 24 37 80 11.4 10 21 50
KHNVS Rp 1/2 61 30.5 48.3 88.5 15 15 25 50
KHNVS Rp 3/4 68 37 54.8 113 16.3 20 31 40
KHNVS Rp 1 85 45.5 58.8 113 19.1 25 38 40
KHNVS Rp 11/4 99.5 58 75 137.5 21.4 32 47 30
KHNVS Rp 11/2 109 71 90 157.3 21.4 40 54 30
KHNVS Rp 2 130 85 97 157.3 25.7 50 66 25
Type of connection: Whitworth female thread to ISO 228 (G)
Whitworth female thread to DIN 2999 (Rp)
Ambient temperature: -20 °C to + 150 °C
Nominal pressure: up to PN 50
Operating media: Mineral oil to DIN 51524 part 1 + 2, gaseous media, compressed air, water
other media on request
E 5.507.9/11.13
Temperature of operating media: -20 °C to + 150 °C

Accessories: All ball valves can be supplied with the Actuator
following options: Limit controls
Lock
26
KHN - DVGW
Type d1 Nominal bore ØLW Nominal pressure i L Øh2 H A SW Weight

DVGW DN PN [bar] [kg]
KHN Rp1/4 06 8 4 11.4 51.5 23 48 95 20 0.14
KHN Rp3/8 10 10 4 11.4 51.5 23 48 95 20 0.13
KHN Rp1/2 16 15 4 15.0 62 32 51 95 25 0.21
KHN Rp3/4 20 20 4 16.3 69 39 60 110 31 0.33
KHN Rp1 25 25 4 19.1 83 49 64 110 38 0.53
KHN Rp11/4 32 32 4 21.4 96 59 78 160 48 0.97
KHN Rp11/2 40 40 4 21.4 108 73 86 160 54 1.45
KHN Rp2 50 50 4 25.7 126 86 104 170 67 1.98
Technical specifications NOTE

Type of connection: Whitworth female thread to ISO 7/1 (Rp) The information in this brochure
Mounting position: Optional relates to the operating conditions and
Certification: DIN-DVGW (EN 331) applications described.
Ambient temperature: -10 °C to + 70 °C For applications and operating
Nominal pressure: PN 4
Operating media: all gases in accordance with DVGW – Worksheet G260/I
Temperature of operating 5 °C to + 50 °C
media:

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.507.9/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
27
28
E 5.507.9/11.13
Stainless Steel
KHNVN / KHNVS
Model code
(also order example) KHNVS Rp 1/2 3333 18 X
Designation
KHNVN – Low pressure ball valve - standard model
KHNVS – Low pressure ball valve - heavy duty model
Type of connection
Rp
G
Thread size
Materials
PN 25 - 140 Housing
DN 04 - 80 3 = Stainless steel (1.4408)
3 = Stainless steel (1.4408)
Ball seals
3 = PTFE
Seals
3 = PTFE
Handle
18 = Stainless steel handle, cranked, supplied fitted
Series
E 5.510.7/11.13
29
Dimensions
KHNVN / KHNVS
only on KHNVS
Type d1 Nominal bore ØLW PN i L H A SW Weight

DN Int. diam. [bar] [kg]
KHNVN G1/4 6 9.2 64 10 48.6 47.5 81 19 0.24
KHNVN G3/8 10 12.5 64 12 52.5 52 87 22 0.25
KHNVN G1/2 16 15 64 14.5 59 56.5 100 26 0.29
KHNVN G3/4 20 20 64 16 65 58.5 100 32 0.44
KHNVN G1 25 25 50 18 76 74 148 41 0.72
KHNVN G1 1/4 32 32 50 20 90 78 148 50 1.20
KHNVN G1 1/2 40 38 40 20 108 92 190 55 1.82
KHNVN G2 50 50 40 22 122 103 190 70 2.74
KHNVN G2 1/2 65 65 25 30 164 118 280 85 5.15
KHNVN G3 80 80 25 32 176 127 280 100 7.20
Type d1 Nominal bore ØLW PN i L Øh2 H A SW Weight

DN Int. diam. [bar] [kg]
KHNVS Rp1/8 04 8 140 7.4 55.5 30 50 111 22 0.25
KHNVS Rp1/4 06 10 140 11 55.5 30 50 111 22 0.24
KHNVS Rp3/8 10 10 140 11.4 55.5 30 50 111 22 0.22
KHNVS Rp1/2 16 15 140 15 66 36 53 111 27 0.30
KHNVS Rp3/4 20 20 105 16.3 79 45 68 132 32 0.50
KHNVS Rp1 25 25 105 19.1 93 54 77 175 41 0.95
KHNVS Rp1 1/4 32 32 64 21.4 100 64 83 175 50 1.30
KHNVS Rp1 1/2 40 40 64 21.4 110 80 100 250 55 2.10
KHNVS Rp2 50 50 64 25.7 131 95 108 250 70 3.30
E 5.510.7/11.13
30
Type d1 ØB F E ØN Z NOTE
KHNVS Rp1/8 – 5 8 – – The information in this brochure
KHNVS Rp1/4 5.5 5 8 36F03 36 relates to the operating conditions and
KHNVS Rp3/8 5.5 5 8 36F03 36 applications described.
KHNVS Rp1/2 5.5 5 8 36F03 36 For applications and operating
KHNVS Rp3/4 5.5 7 10 42F04 42 conditions not described, please contact
KHNVS Rp1 5.5 8 12 42F04 42
KHNVS Rp11/4 5.5 8 12 42F04 42
KHNVS Rp11/2 6.5 10 16 50F05 50
KHNVS Rp2 8.5 10 16 50F05 50
Type of connection: Whitworth female thread to ISO 228 (G)
Whitworth female thread to DIN 2999 (Rp)
Operating media: Mineral oil to DIN 51524 part 1 + 2,
gaseous media, compressed air, water
Temperature of operating -20 °C to + 160 °C
media:
Accessories: All ball valves can be supplied with the following options:
Actuator
Limit switch
Lock

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.510.7/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
31
32
E 5.510.7/11.13
Weld-Type Low Pressure
Ball Valves
KHM3S
Model code
(also order example) KHM3S 20 1333 16 X
Designation
KHM3S = Three-part weld-type low pressure ball valve
Nominal bore
Materials
Housing, butt weld
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
Ball, spindle
3 = Stainless steel
PN 16 - 64 Ball seals
DN 08 - 100 3 = PTFE
Seals
3 = PTFE
Handle
16 = Steel bolt-on handle, cranked, supplied fitted
18 = Stainless steel bolt-on handle, cranked, supplied fitted DN 10 - 50
Series
E 5.517.4/11.13
33
Dimensions
KHM3S
Type DN D1 D2 H H1 L L1 L2
KHM3S - 8 8 – – 35 50 57 18 110
KHM3S - 10 10 12.48 17.1 35 50 57 18 110
KHM3S - 15 15 15.76 21.3 47 64 65 20.5 131
KHM3S - 20 20 20.96 26.7 51.5 68 76 22.5 131
KHM3S - 25 25 26.64 33.4 60 78.5 92 27 174
KHM3S - 32 32 35.08 42.2 64.5 83.5 106.5 30 174
KHM3S - 40 40 40.94 48.3 79 100 116 31 250
KHM3S - 50 50 52.48 60.3 86 107 136 36 250
KHM3S - 65 65 62.68 73 103 126.5 153.5 38.5 321
KHM3S - 80 80 77.92 88.9 114 137.5 180 43 321
KHM3S -100 100 102.26 114.3 137 156.5 217 50 381
Type K Z B N F E Weight PN
[kg] [bar]
KHM3S - 8 33 – – – 5 8 0.28 64
KHM3S - 10 33 – – – 5 8 0.28 64
KHM3S - 15 38 36 6 36 F03 7 10 0.40 64
KHM3S - 20 46.5 42 5.5 42 F04 7 10 0.60 40
KHM3S - 25 58 42 5.5 42 F04 8 12 1.10 40
KHM3S - 32 66.5 42 5.5 42 F04 8 12 1.50 25
KHM3S - 40 76 50 6.5 50 F05 10 16 2.10 25
KHM3S - 50 90 50 6.5 50 F05 10 3.20 25
E 5.517.4/11.13
16
KHM3S - 65 134 64 M 8 70 F07 14 20 8.15 16
KHM3S - 80 161 64 M 8 70 F07 14 20 12.80 16
KHM3S -100 190 92 M10 102 F10 18 24 21.50 16
34
Type of connection: Butt weld
Operating fluids: Mineral oil to DIN 51524 part 1 + 2, gaseous media, compressed air, water
Temperature of operating fluid: -20 °C to + 160 °C

Accessories: All ball valves can be supplied with the following options: Actuator
Limit controls
Lock
NOTE
described.
For applications and operating conditions not described, please contact the relevant
technical department.

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.517.4/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
35
36
E 5.517.4/11.13
Flanged Ball Valves
KHBF / KHMF / KHMFF
Model code
(also order example) KHBF 16 PN040 11141 02 X ...
Designation
KHBF = Block-type ball valve DN 16 - 25 (steel)
KHMF = Sleeve-type ball valve DN 32 - 50 (steel)
DN 16 - 50 (stainless steel)
Long version – DIN 3202 - F1
DIN-EN 558-1, FTF, basic range 1
KHMFF = Sleeve-type ball valve DN 32 - 50 (steel / stainless steel)
Short version – DIN 3202 - F4
DIN-EN 558-1, FTF, basic range 14
Nominal bore
(DN)
PN up to 315
DN 16 - 50
Pressure range
(to DIN 2401)
Materials
1 = Steel
1 = Steel
Ball seal
1 = POM (polyacetal)
Soft seal
4 = FKM (Viton)
Flanges
1 = Steel
(other material combinations on request)
Handle
02 = Aluminium clamped handle, cranked, supplied loose DN 16 - 25
06 = Steel bolt-on handle, cranked, spplied loose DN 32 - 50
Series
Surface protection
E 5.502.16/11.13
37
Dimensions
KHBF
KHMF / KHMFF
PN
Version Housing dimensions
(ball valve)
DN LW L1 B H h1 h2 h3 SW1 A C [bar]
Block housing 16 15 47 38 62 19 45 11 12 185 47 400
KHBF 20 20 60 48 75 24.5 57 11 14 203 54 315
DN16-25 (steel) 25 25 65 57 81.5 28.5 64 11 14 203 54 315
16 15 46 45 66.5 22.5 48.5 11 12 185 47 400
Sleeve housing 20 20 58 55 78 27.5 60 11 14 203 54 315
KHMF / KHMFF 25 25 64 60 83.5 30 65.5 11 14 203 54 315
E 5.502.16/11.13
DN16-50
(stainless steel) 32 30 84 75 103 38 85 12 17 228 80 315
DN32-50 (steel) 40 38 91 85 114 43 96 12 17 228 80 315
50 48 100 105 131.5 53 113 12 17 228 80 315
38
Type of conn. / Type Pressure range L D d1 d2 K b Z* Weight
Seal face PN [bar] [kg]
Flange connection KHBF - 16 40 130 95 45 14 65 16 4 2.2
DIN EN 1092, KHMF - 16 160 130 105 45 14 75 20 4 3.0
type B2
315 130 130 45 18 90 26 4 4.1
KHBF - 20 40 150 105 58 14 75 18 4 3.4
KHMF - 20
KHBF - 25 40 160 115 68 14 85 18 4 5.0
KHMF - 25 160 160 140 68 18 100 24 4 7.1
250 160 150 68 22 105 28 4 8.6
315 160 160 68 22 115 34 4 9.2
KHMF - 32 40 180 140 78 18 100 18 4 7.3
F1 KHMF - 40
160
40
180
200
155
150
78
88
22
18
110
110
26
18
4
4
10.0
9.5
160 200 170 88 22 125 28 4 13.0
250 200 185 88 26 135 34 4 15.5
315 200 195 88 26 145 38 4 17.5
KHMF - 50 40 230 165 102 18 125 20 4 13.1
63 230 180 102 22 135 26 4 18.0
160 230 195 102 26 145 30 4 23.5
(FTF, 250 230 200 102 26 150 38 8 28.5
basic range 1) 315 230 210 102 26 160 42 8 31.0
Flange
connection KHMFF - 032 40 130 140 78 18 100 18 4 6.1
DIN EN 1092,
type B2 KHMFF - 040 40 140 150 88 18 110 18 4 7.7
F4
(FTF, KHMFF - 050 40 150 165 102 18 125 20 4 10.7
basic range 14)
z* = number of fixing holes
Length: DIN-EN 558-1 - FTF, basic range 1 (DIN 3202 – F1, long version)
DIN-EN 558-1 - FTF, basic range 14 (DIN 3202 – F4, short version)
Flange dimensions: DIN EN 1092, type B2
Flange connections: Rotating flanges
Nominal pressure: Up to PN 315 (see pressure range)
Limit switch
Lock
NOTE
described.

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.502.16/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
39
40
E 5.502.16/11.13
Flange Type Ball Valve
DN 65 – 125
KHMFF
Model code
(also order example) KHMFF 080 PN016 8834 02 X
Designation
KHMFF = Sleeve-type flange type ball valve
(short version F4) DN 65 - 100
and DN 125 reduced
Nominal bore
DN 65 - 100 PN 16 Material code 8834
DN 65 - 125 PN 16 reduced Material code 8232
Pressure range
to DIN EN 1092
Materials
Housing, flange
8 = Cast iron (GG25), spindle in steel
PN up to 16 Ball
DN up to 125 2 = Brass
8 = Cast iron, hard-chromed
Ball seal
3 = PTFE
Housing seal and control spindle seal
2 = NBR (Perbunan)
4 = FKM (Viton)
Handle
02 = Aluminium clamped handle, cranked DN 16 - 100
16 = Steel bolt-on handle, cranked, supplied loose
reduced nominal bores DN 65 - 125
Series
E 5.512.3/11.13
41
Notes on assembly
The clamped handle is pushed onto the square end of the ball valve spindle and clamped
to the square by means of a screw through the end of the handle.
The handles can be displaced by 45° DN 65 -100.

(Except for DN 65 - 125 reduced with fixed handle position)
SW 22
Torque value 10 Nm
Dimensions
KHMFF (reduced)
Type of conn. / Type Pressure LW A L L1 D d1 d2 d3 K b H h3 h4 Z* Weight Length

sealing face range [kg] DIN 3202
Flange KHMFF - 065 16 50.2* 250 170 85 185 122 18 65 145 18 112 23 86.5 4 10.5 F4
connection
DIN EN 1092, KHMFF - 080 16 64* 321 180 90 200 138 18 80 160 20 128 29 105 8 15 F4
Form B2 KHMFF - 100 16 321 190 95 220 158 18 100 180 20 138 29 114.5 8
E 5.512.3/11.13
76* 18 F4
F4 KHMFF - 125 16 95* 381 200 100 250 188 18 125 210 22 157 33 137.5 8 26.5 F4
* = reduced nominal bore
Z* = number of fixing holes
42
KHMFF (DN 65-100)
Type of conn./ Type Pressure LW L D d1 d2 K b h1 h3 SW1 Z* Weight

sealing face range (kg)
Flange KHMFF - 065 10 - 16 65 170 185 122 18 145 21.5 118 16 22 4 17
connection
DIN EN 1092, KHMFF - 080 10 - 16 80 180 200 138 18 160 24 128 16 22 8 20
Form B2
F4 KHMFF - 100 10 - 16 100 190 220 158 18 180 22 142.5 16 22 8 24
Z* = number of fixing holes
NOTE
described.

Hirschbachstr. 2
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
E 5.512.3/11.13
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01

Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
43
44
E 5.512.3/11.13
Flanged Ball Valves
KHFF
Model code
(also order example) KHFF 100 PN040 10333 06 X
Designation
KHFF = Flange ball valve DN 65 - 300 (short version - DIN EN 558-1 - series 27)
KHF = Flange ball valve DN 65 - 300 (long version - DIN EN 558-1 - series 1)
Nominal bore
Pressure range
Materials
Housing
PN 10 - 40 10 = Cast steel (1.0619)
DN 65 - 300 Ball
3 = Stainless steel (1.4408 / 1.4308)
Ball seal
3 = PTFE + 25% glass fibre reinforced
Stem seal
3 = PTFE
(other materials on request)
Handle
06 = Steel bolt-on handle, cranked
Series
E 5.526.3/11.13
45
KHFF
view from top

actuator attachment
to DIN ISO 5211
anti-static
dev ice
Item Description
1 Body 1
2 Body 2
10 Ball
11 Stem
12 Stem seal
12.1 Stem seal
14 Safety ring
16 Thrust ring
17 Ring
17.1 Gland
18 Belleville-type washer
19 Cover
20 Socket head screw
21 Bearing strip
22 Stop disc
23 Socket head screw
39 Ball seat ring
45 Body seal
46 Hexagon bolt
E 5.526.3/11.13
46
Dimensions
DN PN LW Lk* Ll* L1 d3 H H5 h1 h2 d SW k1 d1 d2 d4 d5 d6 k2 R D b f z Wt. Wt. ISO
kg Lk* kg Ll* 5211
65 40 65 170 290 80 190 150 195 115 18 20 14 145 122 215 185
22 20 21.5
18
80 40 80 180 310 86 208 161 211 124 160 138 96 70 M10 102 200
24 25 27.5 F10
20 25 19.3 300
100 40 100 190 350 94.5 242 178 228 141 190 162 22 235
24 33.5 37.5
125 16 210 18 250
22 67 72
125 325 400 162.5 290 265 270 222 30 35 25.5 188 635 8
125 40 220 26 270
26 72 77
150 16 240 212 22 285
22 100 106
150 350 480 175 327 297.5 301 242.5
150 40 250 218 26 300
28 106 112
150 85 M12 125 F 12
200 10 24
41.5 44 32 295 268 22 800 340 161 173
200 16 26
200 400 600 200 400 335 338 280
200 25 310 278 26 360 30 2 164 176
200 40 320 285 30 375 34 172 184
250 10 350 22 395 255
320 26
250 16 355 26 405 12 257
250 450 – 225 492 390 – 330
250 25 370 335 30 425 32 272
250 40 385 345 33 450 38 292
51 48 36 175 100 M16 140 – – F 14
300 10 400 370 22 445 26 339
300 16 410 378 26 460 28 340
300 500 – 250 575 425 – 365
300 25 430 395 30 485 34 355
16
300 40 450 410 33 515 42 380
* Lk = short version - DIN EN 558-1 - series 27
* Ll = long version - DIN EN 558-1 - series 1
Flange connections: DIN EN 1092 - 1 : 2000, DN 65 - DN 300, PN 10 - PN 40
Raised face: DIN EN 1092 - 1 : 2000 Form B1 (others on request)
Face-to-face: DIN EN 558- 1 Series 27 (F4/F5), DIN EN 558- 1 Series 1 (F1)
Stem seal: PTFE or graphite stuffing box, supported by Belleville-type washer.
Belleville-type washers are completely enclosed and protected against ingress of dirt.
Operation: By stem on two flats according to NAMUR recommendation.
Top flange: DIN ISO 5211 for hand-operation by worm gear, pneumatic, electric
or hydraulic actuator.
Test certificates: EN 10204 2.2 or 3.1 B/C/A
Certification according to: PED 97/23/EC
Manufactured to AD-2000
TA - Luft 2002 (Technical Instructions on Air Quality Control)
Fire - safe BS 6755, part 2 (DN 65 - DN 100)
DIN DVGW Reg. no. NG-4313AP1147 (German Technical and Scientific Association for Gas and Water)
DIN EN ISO 9001 - TÜV CERT -
Accessories: Stem extension, locking and positioning device, heating jackets
and high quality sensors. (additional equipment on request)
Temperature range: -50 ºC to + 230 ºC, depending on ball seals.
Application: Neutral gases and fluids, mineral oil products, alkalis,
corrosive fluids and gases.
NOTE
described.

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.526.3/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
47
48
E 5.526.3/11.13
ANSI Flange Ball Valve
KHBF / KHMF
Model code
(also order example) KHBF 16 A0150 ... 11141 06 X ...
Designation
KHBF = Block-type ball valve DN 16 – 25 (steel)
KHMF = Sleeve-type ball valve DN 32 – 50 (steel)
DN 16 – 50 (stainless steel)
Nominal size
Pressure range ANSI class

150 220 psi / 15 bar
300 574 psi / 40 bar
400 768 psi / 54 bar
600 1151 psi / 81 bar
ANSI class 150 - 2500 900 1725 psi / 121 bar
DN 16 - 50 1500 2876 psi / 202 bar
2500 4792 psi / 337 bar
Sealing surface
... = Smooth seal face (no details required)
RTJ = Seal face with O-ring
Materials
1 = Steel
1 = Steel
Ball seal
Soft seal
4 = FKM (Viton)
Flanges
1 = Steel
Handle
Series
Surface protection
E 5.523.3/11.13
49
Dimensions
KHBF
with O-ring groove (RTJ) with smooth seal face (RF)
KHMF
with O-ring groove (RTJ) with smooth seal face (RF)
PN
Type of constr. Housing dimensions
(ball valve)
Type DN LW L1 B H h1 h2 h3 SW1 A C [bar]
KHBF-16 1/2" 15 47 38 62 19 45 11 12 169 59 400
Block housing
KHBF-20 3/4" 20 60 48 75 24.5 57 11 14 169 59 350
DN16-25 (steel)
KHBF-25 1" 25 65 57 81.5 28.5 64 11 14 169 59 350
KHMF-16 1/2" 15 45.8 45 66.5 22.5 48.5 11 12 169 59 400
Sleeve housing KHMF-20 3/4" 20 58.3 55 78 27.5 60 11 14 169 59 350
E 5.523.3/11.13
DN16-50 KHMF-25 1" 25 63.5 60 83.5 30 65.5 11 14 169 59 350

(stainless steel) KHMF-32 1 1/4" 30 84 75 103 38 85 12 17 228 80 350
DN32-50 (steel) KHMF-40 1 1/2" 38 91 85 114 43 96 12 17 228 80 350
KHMF-50 2" 48 100 105 131.5 53 113 12 17 228 80 350
50
Flange dimensions ANSI class 150
DN L (RF) L (RTJ) D d1 d2 k b z* N P F E Weight (kg)
16 - 1/2" 108 – 88.9 35.1 15.8 60.5 11.2 4 – – – – 1.8
20 - 3/4" 117.4 – 98.6 42.9 15.8 69.9 12.7 4 – – – – 2.9
25 - 1" 127 139.7 108 50.8 15.8 79.2 14.2 4 63.5 47.6 8.7 6.4 4.0
32 - 11/4" 139.7 152.4 117.3 63.5 15.8 88.9 15.7 4 73.2 57.2 8.7 6.4 6.4
40 - 11/2" 165.1 177.8 127 73.2 15.8 98.6 17.5 4 82.6 65.1 8.7 6.4 7.5
50 - 2" 177.8 190.5 152.4 91.9 19 120.7 19 4 101.6 82.6 8.7 6.4 11.1

16 - 1/2" 139.7 150.9 95.3 35.1 15.8 66.6 14.2 4 50.8 34.1 7.1 5.6 2.2
20 - 3/4" 152.4 165.1 117.4 42.9 19 82.6 15.7 4 63.5 42.9 8.7 6.4 3.9
25 - 1" 165.1 177.8 124 50.8 19 88.9 17.5 4 69.9 50.8 8.7 6.4 5.0
32 - 11/4" 177.8 190.5 133.4 63.5 19 98.6 19 4 79.3 60.3 8.7 6.4 8.3
40 - 11/2" 190.5 203.2 155.5 73.2 22.4 114.3 20.6 4 90.4 68.3 8.7 6.4 9.9
50 - 2" 215.9 231.7 165.1 91.9 19 127 22.4 8 108 82.6 11.9 7.9 12.8
Flange dimensions ANSI class 400/600

16 - 1/2" 165.1 163.6 95.3 35.1 15.8 66.6 20.6 4 50.8 34.1 7.1 5.6 2.5
20 - 3/4" 190.5 190.5 117.4 42.9 19 82.6 22.1 4 63.5 42.9 8.7 6.4 4.4
25 - 1" 215.9 215.9 124 50.8 19 88.9 23.9 4 69.9 50.8 8.7 6.4 5.5
32 - 11/4" 228.6 228.6 133.4 63.5 19 98.6 26.9 4 79.3 60.3 8.7 6.4 9.2
40 - 11/2" 241.3 241.3 155.4 73.2 22.4 114.3 28.7 4 90.4 68.3 8.7 6.4 11.1
50 - 2" 292.1 295.2 165.1 91.9 19 127 31.8 8 108 82.6 11.9 7.9 14.7
Flange dimensions ANSI class 900/1500

16 - 1/2" 215.9 215.9 120.7 35.1 22.4 82.6 28.7 4 60.5 39.7 8.7 6.4 4.9
20 - 3/4" 228.6 228.6 130.1 42.9 22.4 88.9 31.8 4 66.6 44.5 8.7 6.4 6.7
25 - 1" 254 254 149.4 50.8 25.4 101.6 34.8 4 71.4 50.8 8.7 6.4 9.7
32 - 11/4" 279.4 279.4 158.8 63.5 25.4 111.3 34.8 4 81 60.3 8.7 6.4 13.5
40 - 11/2" 304.8 304.8 177.8 73.2 28.5 124 38.1 4 92 68.3 8.7 6.4 17.4
50 - 2" 368.3 371.4 215.9 91.9 25.4 165.1 44.5 8 124 95.3 11.9 7.9 28.4

16 - 1/2" 263.7 263.7 133.4 35.1 22.4 88.9 36.6 4 65 42.9 8.7 6.4 9.0
20 - 3/4" 273.1 273.1 139.7 42.9 22.4 95.3 38.1 4 73.2 50.8 8.7 6.4 11.5
25 - 1" 307.9 307.9 158.8 50.8 25.4 108 41.4 4 82.6 60.3 8.7 6.4 14.8
32 - 11/4" 349.3 352.3 184.2 63.5 28.5 130.1 44.5 4 101.6 72.2 11.9 7.9 21.9
40 - 11/2" 384.1 387.1 203.1 73.2 31.8 146 50.8 4 114.3 82.6 11.9 7.9 29.5
50 - 2" 450.9 453.9 235 91.9 28.5 171.5 57.2 8 133.4 101.6 11.9 7.9 43.0
z* = number of fixing holes
Length: ASME / ANSI - B16.10
Flange dimensions: ASME / ANSI - B16.5
Flange connections: Rotating flanges
Nominal pressure: up to PN 337 (see pressure range)
Limit controls
Lock

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.523.3/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
described.
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
51
52
E 5.523.3/11.13
SAE Flanged Ball Valves
KHB-F3/6 / KHM-F3/6
Model code
(also order example) KHB 20 F3 11141 02 X
Designation
KHB = Block-type ball valve DN 16-25 (steel)
KHM = Sleeve type ball valve DN 32-50 (steel)
DN 16-50 (stainless steel)
Nominal bore
Type of SAE flange

F3 = 3000 PSI (210 bar)
F6 = 6000 PSI (420 bar)
PN up to 420
DN up to 50
Materials
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
Ball seals
1 = POM
2 = NBR
4 = FKM (Viton)
SAE split flange
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
Handle
02 = Aluminium clamped handle, cranked
26 = Steel bolt-on handle, cranked, long
Series
E 5.513.7/11.13
53
Type of construction: Block type KHB DN 16 - 25
Sleeve type KHM DN 32 - 50
Flange dimensions: ISO 6162, Table 1 and 2 (SAE J 518 c)
Flange connections: SAE split flanges
Ambient temperature steel: -10 °C to +80 °C
Temperature range NIRO/POM/Viton: -20 °C to +80 °C
Temperature range NIRO/POM/NBR: -25 °C to +80 °C
Temperature range NIRO/POM/NBR TT: -40 °C to +80 °C
Nominal pressure: Up to PN 420 / 6000 PSI
Operating fluids: Mineral oil to DIN 51524 part 1 and part 2 (other fluids on request)
Dimensions
SAE - flanged ball valve
KHB
KHM
SAE split flanges

E 5.513.7/11.13
54
KHB / KHM – F3
Type SAE DN LW L L1 H h1 h2 h3 B b1 d1 d2 SW1 SW2 O-ring
size
KHB-16-F3 1/2" 16 13 151 47 62 20 46 11 38 6.8 30.2 24 12 32 18.66x3.53
KHB-16/20-F3 3/4" 16 16 170 47 62 20 46 11 38 6.8 38.1 31.5 12 32 25x3.53
KHB-20-F3 3/4" 20 19 170 60 75 24.5 57 11.6 48 6.8 38.1 31.5 14 41 25x3.53
KHB-25-F3 1" 25 25 176.5 65 82 28.5 64 11.6 57 8 44.45 38 14 50 32.92x3.53
KHM-32-F3 1 1/4" 32 30 191.4 83.4 105.2 40 86.7 12 80 8 50.8 43 17 60 37.7x3.53
KHM-40-F3 1 1 /2" 40 38 231 91 116.2 45 97.7 12 90 8 60.35 50 17 70 47.22x3.53
KHM-50-F3 2" 50 48 234 100 134.2 55.5 115.7 12 111 9.6 71.4 62 17 80 56.74x3.53
KHB / KHM – F3 – XL
size
KHM-32-F3-XL 1 1/4" 32 30 274 83.4 105.2 40 86.7 12 80 8 50.8 43 17 60 37.7x3.53
KHM-40-F3-XL 1 1 /2" 40 38 320 91 116.2 45 97.7 12 90 8 60.35 50 17 70 47.22x3.53
KHM-50-F3-XL 2" 50 48 323 100 134.2 55.5 115.7 12 111 9.6 71.4 62 17 80 56.74x3.53
SAE split flanges - F3

Type A C D E F M K I G d Nominal Weight
pressure [kg]
PN [bar]
KHB-16-F3 31 24.5 13 19 6.2 23 9 38.1 54 8.8 350 1.6
KHB-16/20-F3 38.9 32.1 14 22 6.2 26 11.1 47.6 65 10.5 350 1.6
KHB-20-F3 38.9 32.1 14 22 6.2 26 11.1 47.6 65 10.5 350 2.1
KHB-25-F3 45.2 38.5 16 22 7.5 29.2 13.1 52.4 70 10.5 350 2.8
KHM-32-F3 51.6 43.7 14 22 7.5 36.3 15.1 58.7 80 12 275 4.7
KHM-40-F3 61.1 50.8 16 24 7.5 41.1 17.9 69.9 94 13.5 210 6.9
KHM-50-F3 72.2 62.7 16 26 9 48.2 21.4 77.8 102 13.5 210 9.7
KHB / KHM – F6
size
KHB-16-F6 1/2" 16 13 151 47 62 20 46 11 38 7.8 31.8 24 12 32 18.66x3.53
KHB-16/20-F6 3/4" 16 16 170 47 62 20 46 11 38 8.8 41.3 32 12 32 25x3.53
KHB-20-F6 3/4" 20 19 170 60 75 24.5 57 11.6 48 8.8 41.3 32 14 46 25x3.53
KHB-25-F6 1" 25 25 198.5 65 82 28.5 64 11.6 57 9.5 47.6 38 14 50 32.92x3.53
KHM-32-F6 1 1/4" 32 30 223.4 83.4 105.2 40 86.7 12 80 10.3 54 44 17 60 37.7x3.53
KHM-40-F6 1 1 /2" 40 38 281 91 116.2 45 97.7 12 90 12.6 63.5 51 17 70 47.22x3.53
KHM-50-F6 2" 50 48 315 100 134.2 55.5 115.7 12 111 12.6 79.4 67 17 80 56.74x3.53
KHB / KHM – F6 – XL
size
KHM-32-F6-XL 1 1/4" 32 30 322 83.4 105.2 40 86.7 12 80 10.3 54 44 17 60 37.7x3.53
KHM-40-F6-XL 1 1 /2" 40 38 380 91 116.2 45 97.7 12 90 12.6 63.5 51 17 70 47.22x3.53
KHM-50-F6-XL 2" 50 48 385 100 134.2 55.5 115.7 12 111 12.6 79.4 67 17 80 56.74x3.53

pressure [kg]
PN [bar]
KHB-16-F6 32.5 24.6 16 22 7.2 23.6 9 40.5 56 8.8 420 1.9
KHB-16/20-F6 42 32.5 19 28 8.3 30 11.9 50.8 72 10.5 420 1.9
KHB-20-F6 42 32.5 19 28 8.3 30 11.9 50.8 72 10.5 420 2.5
KHB-25-F6 48.4 38.9 24 32 9 35 13.9 57.2 81 13 420 3.5
E 5.513.7/11.13
KHM-32-F6 54.8 44.5 27 38 9.8 39 15.9 66.7 96 15 420 6.4

KHM-40-F6 64.3 51.6 30 42 12.1 48 18.3 79.4 113 17 420 9.7
KHM-50-F6 80.2 67.6 37 52 12.1 57 22.2 96.8 134 21 420 14.7
55
NOTE
Spare Parts The information in this brochure relates
(Seal kit) to the operating conditions and
KHB, DN 16 - 25 applications described.
KHM, DN 32 - 50

DN 16 3046470
DN 16/20 554819
DN 20 703153
DN 25 703117
DN 32 703142
DN 40 703030
DN 50 703031
The parts indicated by numbers in the above drawing are contained in the seal kit.

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.513.7/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
56
SAE Threaded / Split flange
Ball Valves
KHBGS-F3/6 / KHMGS-F3/6
Model code
(also order example) KHBGS 16 F3 11141 06 X ...
Designation
KHBGS = Block-type ball valve - threaded/split flange
DN 16 - 25 (steel)
KHMGS = Sleeve-type ball valve - threaded/split flange
DN 32 - 50 (steel)
Nominal bore
(DN)
Type of SAE flange

F3 = 3000 PSI (210 bar)
F6 = 6000 PSI (420 bar)
PN up to 420
DN up to 50 Materials
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
Ball seals
1 = POM
2 = NBR
4 = FKM (Viton)
SAE flanges
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
Handle
Series
Surface protection
E 5.534.0/11.13
57
Type of construction: Block type KHB DN 16 - 25, steel
Sleeve type KHM DN 32 - 50, steel
Flange dimensions: ISO 6162, Table 1 and 2 (SAE J 518 c)
Flange connections: SAE threaded flange, SAE split flange
Nominal pressure: Up to PN 420 / 6000 PSI
Dimensions
SAE threaded/split flange ball valve
KHB
O-ring supplied
Rotating flange
KHM
O-ring supplied
rotating
flange
SAE split flange

E 5.534.0/11.13
58
KHBGS / KHMGS - F3
Type SAE DN LW L L1 L2 L3 h h1 h2 h3 B b1 d1 d2 SW1 SW2 O-ring
size
KHBGS-16-F3 1/2" 16 13 127.5 47 52 75.5 62 19 45 11 38 16 30.2 24 12 32 18.66x3.53
KHBGS-20-F3 3/4" 20 19 145.5 60 60.5 85 75 24.5 57 11.6 48 18 38.1 31.5 14 41 25x3.53
KHBGS-25-F3 1" 25 25 154.7 65 66.5 88.2 82 28.5 64 11.6 57 19 44.45 38 14 50 32.92x3.53
KHMGS-32-F3 1 1/4" 32 30 218.5 83.4 81.5 137 105.2 40 86.7 12 80 8 50.8 43 17 60 37.7x3.53
KHMGS-40-F3 1 1/2" 40 38 244 91 84 160 116.2 45 97.7 12 90 8 60.35 50 17 70 47.22x3.53
KHMGS-50-F3 2" 50 48 254.5 100 93 161.5 134.2 55.5 115.7 12 111 9.6 71.4 62 17 80 56.74x3.53

pressure [kg]
PN [bar]
KHBGS-16-F3 31 24.3 13 19 6.2 21.8 8 38.1 53.1 9 350 1.1
KHBGS-20-F3 38.9 32.1 14 22 6.2 26 11.1 47.6 65 10.5 350 2.1
KHBGS-25-F3 45.2 38.5 16 22 7.5 29.2 13.1 52.4 70 10.5 350 2.8
KHMGS-32-F3 51.6 43.7 14 22 7.5 36.3 15.1 58.7 80 12 275 4.7
KHMGS-40-F3 61.1 50.8 16 24 7.5 41.1 17.9 69.9 94 13.5 210 6.9
KHMGS-50-F3 72.2 62.7 16 26 9 48.2 21.4 77.8 102 13.5 210 9.7
SAE threaded flanges - F3

Type S P R N T Nominal Weight
pressure [kg]
PN [bar]
KHBGS-16-F3 54 46 38.1 17.5 M8 350 1.1
KHBGS-20-F3 65 52 47.6 22.3 M10 350 1.9
KHBGS-25-F3 70 59 52.4 26.2 M10 350 2.4
KHMGS-32-F3 79.5 73 58.7 30.2 M10 275 3.8
KHMGS-40-F3 93.8 83 69.9 35.7 M12 210 6.3
KHMGS-50-F3 102 97 77.8 42.9 M12 210 9.6
KHBGS / KHMGS - F6
Type SAE DN LW L L1 L2 L3 h h1 h2 h3 B b1 d1 d2 SW1 SW2 O-ring
size
KHBGS-16-F6 1/2" 16 13 127.5 47 52 75.5 62 19 45 11 38 16 31.8 24 12 32 18.66x3.53
KHBGS-20-F6 3/4" 20 19 145.5 60 60.5 85 75 24.5 57 11.6 48 18 41.3 32 14 46 25x3.53
KHBGS-25-F6 1" 25 25 165.75 65 66.5 99.3 82 28.5 64 11.6 57 19 47.6 38 14 50 32.92x3.53
KHMGS-32-F6 1 1/4" 32 30 242.5 83.4 81.5 161 105.2 40 86.7 12 80 10.3 54 44 17 60 37.7x3.53
KHMGS-40-F6 1 1/2" 40 38 274 91 84 190 116.2 45 97.7 12 90 12.6 63.5 51 17 70 47.22x3.53
KHMGS-50-F6 2" 50 48 285.5 100 93 192.5 134.2 55.5 115.7 12 111 12.6 79.4 67 17 80 56.74x3.53

pressure [kg]
PN [bar]
KHBGS-16-F6 32.5 24.6 16 22 7.2 22.6 8 40.5 55.6 9 420 1.3
KHBGS-20-F6 42 32.5 19 28 8.3 30 11.9 50.8 72 10.5 420 2.5
KHBGS-25-F6 48.4 38.9 24 32 9 35 13.9 57.2 81 13 420 3.5
KHMGS-32-F6 54.8 44.5 27 38 9.8 39 15.9 66.7 96 15 420 6.4
KHMGS-40-F6 64.3 51.6 30 42 12.1 48 18.3 79.4 113 17 420 9.7
KHMGS-50-F6 80.2 67.6 37 52 12.1 57 22.2 96.8 134 21 420 14.7
SAE threaded flanges - F6

Type S P R N T Nominal Weight
pressure [kg]
PN [bar]
KHBGS-16-F6 56.5 48 40.5 18.2 M8 420 1.2
KHBGS-20-F6 71.4 60 50.8 23.8 M10 420 2
KHBGS-25-F6 81 70 57.2 27.8 M12 420 3
KHMGS-32-F6 95.3 78 66.6 31.8 M14 420 4.7
KHMGS-40-F6 113 95 79.3 36.5 M16 420 7.3
E 5.534.0/11.13
KHMGS-50-F6 133 114 96.8 44.5 M20 420 11.5
59
NOTE

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.534.0/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
60
SAE Threaded Flange
Ball Valves
KHBG-F3/6 / KHMG-F3/6
Model code
(also order example) KHBG 20 F3 11141 02 X ...
Designation
KHBG = Block-type ball valve - threaded flange
DN 16 - 25 (steel)
KHMG = Sleeve-type ball valve - threaded flange
DN 32 - 50 (steel)
Nominal bore
Type of SAE flange

F3 = 3000 PSI (210 bar)
F6 = 6000 PSI (420 bar)
PN up to 420
DN up to 50 Materials
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
Ball seals
1 = POM
4 = FKM (Viton)
SAE threaded flange
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
Handle
Series
Surface protection
E 5.520.3/11.13
61
Type of construction: Block type KHBG DN 16 - 25
Sleeve type KHMG DN 32 - 50
Type of connection: ISO 6162, Table 1 and 2 (SAE J 518 c)
Flange connections: SAE threaded flange
Nominal pressure: Up to PN 420/6000 PSI
Spare parts: Seal kits available on request, see Spare Parts List
Dimensions
SAE - threaded flange ball valve
KHBG
KHMG
E 5.520.3/11.13
62
KHBG / KHMG - F3
Type SAE DN LW L L1 H h1 h2 h3 B SW1 SW2
size
KHBG-16-F3 1/2" 16 13 104 47 62 20 46 11 39 12 32
KHBG-20-F3 3/4" 20 19 121 60 75 24.5 57 11.6 48 14 41
KHBG-25-F3 1" 25 25 133 65 82 28.5 64 11.6 57 14 50
KHMG-32-F3 1 1/4" 32 30 163 83.4 105.2 40 86.7 12 80 17 60
KHMG-40-F3-XL 1 1/2" 40 38 177 91 116.2 45 97.7 12 90 17 70
KHMG-50-F3-XL 2" 50 48 196 100 134.2 55.5 115.7 12 111 17 80
Flange F3
Type b1 A C E F G Nominal Weight
pressure [kg]
PN [bar]
KHBG-16-F3 16 54 46 38.1 17.5 M8 350 1.1
KHBG-20-F3 18 65 52 47.6 22.3 M10 350 1.9
KHBG-25-F3 19 70 59 52.4 26.2 M10 350 2.4
KHMG-32-F3 21 79.5 73 58.7 30.2 M10 275 3.8
KHMG-40-F3-XL 25 93.8 83 69.9 35.7 M12 210 6.3
KHMG-50-F3-XL 26 102 97 77.8 42.9 M12 210 9.6
KHBG / KHMG - F6
Type SAE DN LW L L1 H h1 h2 h3 B SW1 SW2
size
KHBG-16-F6 1/2" 16 13 104 47 62 20 46 11 39 12 32
KHBG-20-F6 3/4" 20 19 121 60 75 24.5 57 11.6 48 14 46
KHBG-25-F6-XL 1" 25 25 148 65 82 28.5 64 11.6 57 14 50
KHMG-32-F6-XL 1 1/4" 32 30 172 83.4 105.2 40 86.7 12 80 17 60
KHMG-40-F6-XL 1 1/2" 40 38 177 91 116.2 45 97.7 12 90 17 70
KHMG-50-F6-XL 2" 50 48 196 100 134.2 55.5 115.7 12 111 17 80
Flange F6
Type b1 A C E F G Nominal Weight
pressure [kg]
PN [bar]
KHBG-16-F6 16 56.5 48 40.5 18.2 M8 420 1.2
KHBG-20-F6 19 71.4 60 50.8 23.8 M10 420 2
KHBG-25-F6-XL 24 81 70 57.2 27.8 M12 420 3.0
KHMG-32-F6-XL 27 95.3 78 66.6 31.8 M14 420 4.7
KHMG-40-F6-XL 30 113 95 79.3 36.5 M16 420 7.3
KHMG-50-F6-XL 35 133 114 96.8 44.5 M20 420 11.5
E 5.520.3/11.13
63
Spare Parts NOTE
(Seal kit) to the operating conditions and
KHBG, DN 16 - 25 applications described.
KHMG, DN 32 - 50

DN 16 703003
DN 20 703016
DN 25 700978
DN 32 703025
DN 40 703015
DN 50 701293

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.520.3/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
64
SAE Fixed Flange Ball Valves
KHF3
Model code
(also order example) KHF3 65 1114 05 X A ...
Designation
KHF3 = Fixed flange ball valve DN 65 - 125
Nominal bore
Materials
Housing, housing flange
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
5 = Structural steel ST 52-3
PN up to 160 1 = Steel
DN 65 - 125 3 = Stainless steel
Ball seal
Soft seal
4 = FKM (Viton)
Handle
05 = Steel bolt-on handle, straight
Series
Surface protection
Version
... = Metric connection thread (no details required)
UNC = UNC connection thread
E 5.525.2/11.13
65
Dimensions
KHF3
Connection type Housing dimensions PN Weight

DN SAE size LW L C H h1 h2 B A [ bar ] [ kg ]
Fixed flange 65 2 1/2" 63 150 75 274 99 193 198 800 160 33.3
ISO 6162 table 1
(SAE J 518 c) 80 3" 76 140 70 290 105 209 210 800 100 40.0
SAE - F3 100 4" 100 170 85 332 129 251 258 800 35 59.5
125 5" 118 210 105 380 147.5 287.5 295 900 35 65.0
DN SAE Connection dimensions - metric Connection dimensions - UNC

Size K3 G3 D3 E3 K3 G3 D3 E3
65 2 1/2" 88.9 50.8 M12 20 88.9 50.8 1/2-13 UNC 20
80 3" 106.4 61.9 M16 24 106.4 61.9 5/8-11 UNC 24
100 4" 130.2 77.8 M16 24 130.2 77.8 5/8-11 UNC 24
125 5" 152.4 92.1 M16 30 132.4 92.1 5/8-11 UNC 30
Nominal pressure: Up to PN 160 (see pressure range)
Spare Parts Seal kits available on request
Limit switch
Lock

Hirschbachstr. 2
The information in this brochure relates to the operating conditions and
E 5.525.2/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
66
SAE Fixed Flange Ball Valves
KHF3/6
Model code
(also order example) KHF3/6 20 1114 16 X A
Designation
KHF3/6 = Fixed flange ball valve
Nominal bore
Materials
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
5 = Structural steel ST52-3
PN up to 420 1 = Steel
DN up to 80 3 = Stainless steel
Ball seal
1 = POM
3 = PTFE
8 = PEEK
Control spindle seal
2 = NBR (Perbunan)
3 = PTFE
4 = FKM (Viton)
Handle
16 = Steel bolt-on handle, cranked, fitted
18 = Stainless steel bolt-on handle, cranked, fitted
36 = Steel bolt-on handle, cranked, long, fitted
Series
Surface protection
E 5.521.6/11.13
67
Types of connection: SAE fixed flanges to ISO 6162, Table 1 and 2
(SAE J 518 c), either with metric or UNC thread
Nominal pressure: 420 bar
(other fluids on request)
Metric thread version

Connection type SAE Nominal bore / Type Nominal bore Nominal Weight
Size DN pressure [kg]
PN [bar] *
1/2 " KHF3/6 - 16 - 1114-16X-A 16 420 2.5
3/4 " KHF3/6 - 20 - 1114-16X-A 20 420 3.9
Fixed flange 1" KHF3/6 - 25 - 1114-16X-A 25 420 6.0
connection 1 1/4 " KHF3/6 - 32 - 1114-36X-A-M12 32 420 11.6
ISO 6162 Table 1+2
1 1/4 " KHF3/6 - 32 - 1114-36X-A-M14 32 420 11.6
(SAE J 518 c)
1 1/2 " KHF3/6 - 40 - 1114-36X-A 40 420 16.4
F3/F6 2"
2 1/2 "
KHF3/6 - 50 - 1114-36X-A
KHF3/6 - 65 - 5314-05X-A
50
65
420
420
24.9
60.0
3" KHF3/6 - 80 - 5314-05X-A 80 420 64.0
UNC thread version

Connection type SAE Nominal bore / Type Nominal bore Nominal Weight
Size DN pressure [kg]
PN [bar] *
Fixed flange 1/2 " KHF3/6 - 16 - 1114-16X-UNC 16 420 2.5
connection 3/4 " KHF3/6 - 20 - 1114-16X-UNC 20 420 3.9
ISO 6162 Table 1+2 1" KHF3/6 - 25 - 1114-16X-UNC 25 420 6.0
(SAE J 518 c) 1 1/4 " KHF3/6 - 32 - 1114-36X-UNC 32 420 11.6
F3/F6 1 1/2 "

2"
KHF3/6 - 40 - 1114-36X-UNC
KHF3/6 - 50 - 1114-36X-UNC
40
50
420
420
16.4
24.9
* = The permitted operating pressure for the flange connection must be adhered to.
E 5.521.6/11.13
68
Dimensions
* for DN80 the hole pattern is rotated by 90°
KHF3/6
Type SAE DN LW L C H h1 h2 h3 B SW1 A
size
KHF3/6-16 1/2" 16 13 75 32.5 136.6 37.5 77.5 11 79 12 169
KHF3/6-20 3/4" 20 19 80 34.3 155.2 46 90 11.6 99 14 169
KHF3/6-25 1" 25 25 88 38 167.2 55 102 11.6 119 14 169
KHF3/6-32 1 1/4" 32 30 100 44 211.5 65 124 12 139 17 306
KHF3/6-40 1 1/2" 40 38 110 51 227.5 75 140 12 159 17 306
KHF3/6-50 2" 50 48 116 54 244 84 156.6 12 179 17 306
KHF3/6-65 2 1/2" 65 63 170 80 317 120 234 27.9 240 27 900
KHF3/6-80 3" 80* 76 170 80 336.5 129 253 27.9 258 27 900
Connection dimensions - metric

Type K3 G3 D3 E3 K6 G6 D6 E6
KHF3/6-16 38.1 17.5 M8 16 40.5 18.2 M8 16
KHF3/6-20 47.6 22.3 M10 18 50.8 23.8 M10 18
KHF3/6-25 52.4 26.2 M10 18 57.2 27.8 M12 21
KHF3/6-32 / M12 58.7 30.2 M10 18 66.6 31.8 M12 21
KHF3/6-32 / M14 58.7 30.2 M10 18 66.6 31.8 M14 21
KHF3/6-40 69.9 35.7 M12 20 79.3 36.5 M16 26
KHF3/6-50 77.8 42.9 M12 22 96.8 44.5 M20 34
KHF3/6-65 88.9 50.8 M12 19 123.8 58.8 M24 41
KHF3/6-80 106.4 61.9 M16 24 152.4 71.4 M30 47
Connection dimensions - UNC

Type K3 G3 D3 E3 K6 G6 D6 E6
KHF3/6-16 38.1 17.5 5/16-18-UNC 16 40.5 18.2 5/16-18-UNC 16
KHF3/6-20 47.6 22.3 3/8-16-UNC 18 50.8 23.8 3/8-16-UNC 19
KHF3/6-25 52.4 26.2 3/8-16-UNC 21 57.2 27.8 7/16-14-UNC 21
E 5.521.6/11.13
KHF3/6-32 58.7 30.2 7/16-14-UNC 18 66.6 31.8 1/2-13-UNC 21

KHF3/6-40 69.9 35.7 1/2-13-UNC 26 79.3 36.5 5/8-11-UNC 26
KHF3/6-50 77.8 42.9 1/2-13-UNC 22 96.8 44.5 3/4-10-UNC 30
69
Spare parts NOTE
(Seal kit)
Seal kit Order no. = part no.

DN 16 3015691
DN 20 3015694
DN 25 3015695
DN 32 3015696
DN 40 3015697
DN 50 3015698
DN 65 3791490
DN 80 3791492

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.521.6/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
70
DN 16 - 32 Direct Flange Ball Valve
KHDF3 / KHDF6
Model code
(also order example) KHDF3 16 1114 18X A X
DN 40 - 65 Designation
KHDF3 = Direct flange ball valve 3000 PSI
KHDF6 = Direct flange ball valve 6000 PSI
Nominal bore
Materials
1 = Steel (standard)
3 = Stainless steel
1 = Steel (standard)
3 = Stainless steel
Ball seal
1 = POM
2 = NBR (Perbunan)
4 = FKM (Viton) (standard)
Handle
18 = Stainless steel bolt-on handle, cranked DN16-32
16 = Steel bolt-on handle, cranked DN40-80
Surface protection
A = Zinc-plated, chrome (VI)-free (standard)
PN up to 420
DN up to 80 Option
SO 760 = Can be locked in open and closed position using padlock.
Padlock not supplied
I-1.300 = Adapted for proximity switch M12,
Monitoring of ball valve in either open, closed or both positions
I-1.200 = With standard proximity switch M12,
Monitoring of ball valve in open position
I-3.200 = With 2 standard proximity switches M12,
Monitoring of ball valve in open and closed positions
Note
For DN40-50-65 the ball is trunnion mounted (double bearing, easy operation)
Detent on open and closed positions as standard
4 mounting bolts are supplied
E 5.527.1/11.13
71
Dimensions
DN16 - 32
Max. stroke
approx. 7
SAE interface - 3000 PSI SAE interface - 3000 PSI

Spindle marking
90° switch
Detent at 0 and 90°
Type A B C D E F G H1 H2 H3 I K L X Y SW Z PN
bar PSI
KHDF3-16 20 20 100.6 10 59 60 M8 60 107.1 26 197 167 29.5 17.5 38.1 12 13 350 5000
KHDF3-20 20 20 111 12.6 68 70 M10 70 118 32.5 206 170 32 22.3 47.6 14 19 350 5000
KHDF3-25 25 25 116 11.6 69 75 M10 75 123 37.5 206 170 33 26.2 52.4 14 20 350 5000
KHDF3-32 25 25 126 12 81 85 M10 85 133 42.5 209 170 42 30.2 58.7 14 25 250 3600
KHDF6-16 20 20 105.6 13.5 65 60 M8 65 112.1 31 200 167 32.5 18.2 40.5 12 13 400 5800
KHDF6-20 20 20 116 15 71 75 M10 75 123 37.5 206 170 35 23.8 50.8 14 19 400 5800
KHDF6-25 25 25 126 18 81 85 M12 85 133 42.5 209 170 42 27.8 57.2 14 25 400 5800
KHDF6-32 25 25 141 20 81 100 M12 100 147.5 49.5 209 170 42 31.8 66.6 14 25 400 5800
KHDF6-32 25 25 141 19 81 100 M14 100 147.5 49.5 209 170 42 31.8 66.6 14 25 400 5800
DN40 - 80 Proximity switches can be supplied on request

Max. stroke: 7
Not supplied as standard
SAE interface - 6000 PSI

SAE interface - 6000 PSI
90° switch
Detent at 0 and 90°
Type C D E F G H1 H2 H3 I K L X Y SW Z PN Proximity
bar PSI switch
KHDF3-40 165.5 19 84 94 M12 120 190.7 60 208 169 45 35.7 69.9 14 27 210 3000 M12
KHDF3-50 185.4 19 94 102 M12 140 238.7 70 275 228 47 42.9 77.8 17 35 210 3000 M12
E 5.527.1/11.13
KHDF3-65 200.4 19 114 120 M12 155 253.7 77.5 286 228 56 50.8 88.9 17 45 160 2300 M12
KHDF3-80 217.0 25.5 162 158 M16 171 258.0 85.5 381 300 81 61.9 106.4 22 55 100 1400 M18
KHDF6-40 165.4 27 120 115 M16 120 190.7 60 229 169 60 36.5 79.3 14 27 420 6000 M12
KHDF6-50 185.5 29 142 135 M20 140 238.8 70 299 228 71 44.5 96.8 17 35 420 6000 M12
72
Technical specifications NOTE
Types of connection SAE fixed flanges to ISO 6162, The information in this brochure
Table 1 and 2 (SAE J 518c) relates to the operating conditions and
Mounting position Optional applications described.
Ambient temperature -10 °C to +80 °C For applications and operating
Nominal pressure 210 bar or 420 bar conditions not described, please contact
Operating fluids Mineral oil to DIN 51524 part 1 and part 2
(other fluids on request) Subject to technical modifications.

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.527.1/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
73
74
E 5.527.1/11.13
ISO - Flanged Ball Valve
KHF
Model code
(also example order) KHF 100 ISO400 DN80 5314 05 X A
Designation
KHF = Fixed flange ball valve
Size
Type of connection
ISO 400 = ISO6164, pmax 400 bar
ISO 250/400 = ISO6164, pmax 250/400 bar
Nominal bore
(DN)
Materials
PN up to 400 Housing, housing flange
DN 13 - 80 5 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
Ball seal
1 = POM
4 = FKM (Viton)
Handle
Series
Surface protection
E 5.535.0/11.13
75
Dimensions
DIN ISO 6164
Size 16 - 50
Type DN LW L C H h1 h2 h3 ØB SW1 A
KHF 016 13 14 75 32.5 137 34.0 71.5 11 79 12 169
KHF 020 19 18 80 34.3 155 44.0 90.0 11 99 14 169
KHF 025 25 22 88 38.0 167 46.8 102.0 11 119 14 169
KHF 032 32 29 100 44.0 220 59.0 124.0 12 139 17 306
KHF 040 38 35 110 51.0 240 65.0 145.0 12 169 17 306
KHF 050 51 43 116 54.0 252 72.6 156.6 12 179 17 306
Flange dimensions
Connection type Typ DN PN LK D E
KHF 016 13 250 / 400 42 M8 16
KHF 020 19 250 / 400 50 M8 15
Fixed flange connection KHF 025 25 250 / 400 62 M10 17
ISO 6164 KHF 032 32 250 / 400 73 M12 22
KHF 040 38 250 / 400 85 M16 26
KHF 050 51 250 / 400 98 M16 27
E 5.535.0/11.13
76
Dimensions
DIN ISO 6164 A
Size 65 - 100
H
h2
G
h1
T
LK
C
L
SW 1
h3
LW
B
Type DN LW L C H h1 h2 h3 ØB SW1 A
KHF 065 56 58 170 80 276 99 193 27.9 198 27 900
KHF 080 63 63 170 80 317 120 234 27.9 240 27 900
KHF 100 80 76 170 80 336.5 129 253 27.9 258 27 900
Flange dimensions
Connection type Type DN PN ØLK G T
250 118 M20 33
KHF-065 56
400 118 M20 33
Fixed flange connection
250 145 M20 33
ISO 6164 KHF-080 63
400 145 M24 38
KHF-100 80 400 175 M30 47
E 5.535.0/11.13
77
Connections: Fixed flange
to ISO 6164
Housing material: Steel, zinc-plated
Ambient temperature range: -10 °C to +80 °C
Operating fluid: Hydraulic oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2
Viscosity range: 10 to 380 mm2/s
Max. operating pressure 400 bar
Accessories: All ball valves can be supplied with the following options: Bypass
Actuator
Limit controls
Lock
NOTE

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.535.0/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
78
3/2 Way
Ball Valves
KHB3K
Model code
(also order example) KHB3K G 1/2 L 1112 01 X A ...
Designation
KHB3K = 3/2 way ball valve
Type of connection
G = Whitworth female thread ISO 228
LR = Pipe connection light range DIN 2353
SR = Pipe connection heavy range DIN 2353
NPT = Female thread ANSI B 1.20.1
Ball bore
PN up to 500 Materials
DN up to 50 Housing, connection adapters
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
Function diagram Ball, control spindle
3/2-way change over ball valves 1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
L-bore, 90° neg.
Ball seals
2 3
1 = POM
2 3
1 1
3 = PTFE
L-bore SO560, 90° neg.
8 = PEEK
2 3
2 3
1 1 2 = NBR (Perbunan)
L-bore SO560.1, 180° pos.
2 3
3 = PTFE
2 3
4 = FKM (Viton)
1 1
T-bore, 90° neg.

2 3
2 3
Handle
1 1
01 = Aluminium clamped handle, straight
T-bore, 180° neg. 02 = Aluminium clamped handle, cranked
2 3
2 3
03 = Zinc die-cast clamped handle, straight
1 1
04 = Zinc die-cast bolt-on handle, cranked
09 = Without handle
= undefined switching position
Series
Surface protection
Option
SO560 Seals on inlet side, negative switching overlap, switch 90°
SO560.1 Seals on inlet side, positive switching overlap, switch 180°
TT O-rings for low temperature, temperature range -40 °C to +80 °C
E 5.504.16/11.13
79
Types of connection: Light and heavy threaded pipe fitting to DIN 2353
NPT
SAE
Nominal pressure: Up to PN 500
Function
By turning the control spindle the
flow is diverted, according to the ball
bore, and the opposite side is shut off
leakage-free.
system pressure System The system pressure pushes the ball
shut-off pressure against the non-pressurised side of the
diverted closed-off sealing cup. The ball shuts
off the flow from port 1 to port 2 or 3
leakage-free.
When the direction of flow is from 2 or
3 to 1, some leakage can be expected,
depending on the pressure. During
change-over all three ports are linked
System (negative switching overlap).
pressure
Dimensions
3/2 way ball valve
E 5.504.16/11.13
80
Steel
Connection type Type DN Int. RA d1 I L L1 B H h1 h2 h3 S SW1 SW2 Weight Nom.
Ø [kg] pressure
PN [bar]
LW
DIN ISO 228 KHB3K-G1/8 4 8 – G1/8 10 69 37 26 43.7 13 32 7 34.5 9 22 0.40 500

Female thread
KHB3K-G1/4 6 8 – G1/4 14 69 37 26 43.7 13 32 7 34.5 9 22 0.49 500
KHB3K-G3/8 10 10 – G3/8 14 72 42 32 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 36 9 27 0.61 500
KHB3K-G1/2 13 12 – G1/2 15 84 47 35 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 41.5 9 30 0.76 500
KHB3K-G1/2 16 15 – G1/2 16 83 47 38 62.2 19 45 11 41.5 12 32 0.87 400
KHB3K-G3/4 20 20 – G3/4 18 95 60 49 77.8 27.5 60 11.6 47.5 14 41 1.57 315
KHB3K-G1 25 25 – G1 20.5 113 65 58 82.6 29.5 65 11.6 56.5 14 50 2.36 315
KHB3K-G11/4 32 30 – G11/4 20 110 76 110.5 108.5 43.3 90 12 70.5 17 65 5.50 350
KHB3K-G11/2 40 35 – G11/2 24 120 85 115.5 114.7 43.5 96.2 12 72 17 75 6.40 350
KHB3K-G2 50 44 – G2 28 150 120 135 138.5 59.8 120 12 75 17 80 16.90 350
DIN 2353 KHB3K-06LR 4 4 6 M12x1.5 7 67 37 26 43.7 13 32 7 33.5 9 22 0.30 500
Light range
KHB3K-08LR 6 6 8 M14x1.5 7 67 37 26 43.7 13 32 7 33.5 9 22 0.38 500
KHB3K-10LR 8 8 10 M16x1.5 11 74 42 32 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 37 9 27 0.55 500
KHB3K-12LR 10 10 12 M18x1.5 11 74 42 32 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 37 9 27 0.55 500
KHB3K-15LR 13 12 15 M22x1.5 12 82 47 35 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 41 9 30 0.69 500
KHB3K-18LR 13 12 18 M26x1.5 12 82 47 35 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 41 9 30 0.77 500
KHB3K-18LR 16 15 18 M26x1.5 12 82 47 38 62.2 19 45 11 41 12 32 0.78 400
KHB3K-22LR 20 19 22 M30x2 14 101 60 49 77.8 27.5 60 11.6 50.5 14 41 1.49 315
KHB3K-28LR 25 24 28 M36x2 14 108 65 58 82.6 29.5 65 11.6 54 14 50 1.98 315
KHB3K-35LR 32 30 35.3 M45x2 16 128 76 80 108.5 43.3 90 12 69 17 65 2.90 350
KHB3K-42LR 40 35 42.3 M52x2 16 149 85 87 114.7 43.5 96.2 12 74.5 17 75 5.20 350
DIN 2353 KHB3K-08SR 4 5 8 M16x1.5 7 73 37 26 43.7 13 32 7 36.5 9 22 0.41 500
Heavy range
KHB3K-10SR 6 7 10 M18x1.5 7.5 73 37 26 43.7 13 32 7 36.5 9 22 0.41 500
KHB3K-12SR 8 8 12 M20x1.5 12 76 42 32 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 38 9 27 0.58 500
KHB3K-14SR 10 10 14 M22x1.5 14 80 42 32 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 40 9 27 0.71 500
KHB3K-16SR 13 12 16 M24x1.5 14 86 47 35 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 43 9 30 0.79 500
KHB3K-20SR 13 12 20 M30x2 16 90 47 35 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 45 9 30 0.84 500
KHB3K-20SR 16 15 20 M30x2 16 90 47 38 62.2 19 45 11 45 12 32 1.54 400
KHB3K-25SR 20 20 25 M36x2 18 109 60 49 77.8 27.5 60 11.6 54.5 14 41 2.11 315
KHB3K-30SR 25 25 30 M42x2 20 120 65 58 82.6 29.5 65 11.6 60 14 50 2.40 315
KHB3K-38SR 32 30 38.3 M52x2 22 140 76 80 108.5 43.3 90 12 74 17 65 2.60 350
ANSI B1.20.1 KHB3K-06NPT 6 8 – 1/4-18 NPT 10.21 69 37 26 43.7 13 32 7 34.5 9 22 0.60 500
NPT female thread
KHB3K-10NPT 10 10 – 3/8-18 NPT 10.36 72 42 32 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 36 9 27 0.60 500
KHB3K-16NPT 13 12 – 1/2-14 NPT 13.56 84 47 35 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 41.5 9 30 0.30 500
KHB3K-16NPT 16 15 – 1/2-14 NPT 13.56 83 47 38 62.2 19 45 11 41.5 12 32 0.80 400
KHB3K-20NPT 20 20 – 3/4-14 NPT 13.86 95 60 49 77.8 27.5 60 11.6 47.5 14 41 1.57 315
KHB3K-25NPT 25 25 – 1-11 1/2 NPT 17.34 113 65 58 82.6 29.5 65 11.6 56.5 14 50 2.20 315
KHB3K-32NPT 25 25 1 1/4-11 1/2 NPT 17.95 120 65 58 86.5 29.5 65 12.4 60 14 50 315
KHB3K-32NPT 32 32 – 1 1/4-11 1/2 NPT 17.95 115 76 110 108.5 43.3 90 12 70 17 65 5.90 350
KHB3K-40NPT 40 35 – 1 1/2-11 1/2 NPT 18.38 135 85 118.5 114.7 43.5 96.2 12 75 17 75 7.90 350
KHB3K-50NPT 50 48 – 2 - 11 1/2 NPT 19.22 150 120 145 138.5 59.8 120 12 85 17 80 13.80 350
SAE J 514 UN/UNF KHB3K-06SAE 6 8 – 7/16-20 UNF 12 69 37 26 43.7 13 32 7 34.5 9 22 0.36 500
Female thread
KHB3K-10SAE 10 10 – 9/16-18 UNF 13 72 42 32 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 36 9 27 0.54 500
KHB3K-16SAE 16 15 – 3/4-16 UNF 15 83 47 38 62.2 19 45 11 41.5 12 32 0.80 500
KHB3K-20SAE 20 20 – 1 1/16-12 UN 20 100 60 49 77.8 27.5 60 11.6 47.5 14 41 1.45 315
KHB3K-25SAE 25 25 – 1 5/16-12 UN 20 113 65 58 82.5 29.5 65 11.6 56.5 14 50 2.28 315
E 5.504.16/11.13
KHB3K-32SAE 32 32 – 1 5/8-12 UN 20 110 76 110.5 108.5 43.3 90 12 70.5 17 65 5.60 350

KHB3K-40SAE 40 35 – 1 7/8-12 UN 20 120 85 119 114.7 43.5 96.2 12 75.5 17 75 7.40 350
KHB3K-50SAE 50 48 – 2 1/2-12 UN 20 150 120 145.5 138.5 59.8 120 12 85.5 17 80 14.50 350
81
Stainless steel
Connection type Type DN Int. RA d1 I L L1 B H h1 h2 h3 S SW1 SW2 Weight Nom.
Ø [kg] pressure
LW PN [bar]
DIN ISO 228 KHB3K-G1/8 4 8 – G1/8 10 69 37 29 45.2 14.5 33.5 7 34.5 9 22 0.41 500
Female thread
KHB3K-G1/4 6 8 – G1/4 14 69 37 29 45.2 14.5 33.5 7 34.5 9 22 0.49 500
KHB3K-G3/8 10 10 – G3/8 14 72 42 35 50.7 17.2 40 8.5 36 9 27 0.62 500
KHB3K-G1/2 13 12 – G1/2 16 84 42 35 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 41.5 9 30 0.8 500
KHB3K-G1/2 16 15 – G1/2 16 82.8 47 41 63.7 20.5 46.5 11 41.5 12 32 1 400
KHB3K-G3/4 20 20 – G3/4 18 95 60 49 77.8 27.5 60 11.6 47.5 14 41 1.9 315
KHB3K-G1 25 25 – G1 20.5 113 65 58 82.6 29.5 65 11.6 56.5 14 50 2.4 315
DIN 2353 KHB3K-06LR 4 4 6 M12x1.5 10 67 37 29 45.2 14.5 33.5 7 33.5 9 22 0.36 500
Light range
KHB3K-08LR 6 6 8 M14x1.5 10 67 37 29 45.2 14.5 33.5 7 33.5 9 22 0.36 500
KHB3K-10LR 8 8 10 M16x1.5 11 74 42 35 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 37 9 27 0.72 500
KHB3K-12LR 10 10 12 M18x1.5 11 74 42 35 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 37 9 27 0.73 500
KHB3K-15LR 13 12 15 M22x1.5 12 82 42 35 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 41 9 30 0.9 500
KHB3K-18LR 13 12 18 M26x1.5 12 82 42 35 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 41 9 30 0.92 500
KHB3K-18LR 16 15 18 M26x1.5 12 81.8 47 41 63.7 20.5 46.5 11 41 12 32 0.95 400
KHB3K-22LR 20 19 22 M30x2 14 101 60 49 77.8 27.5 60 11.6 50.5 14 41 2.02 315
KHB3K-28LR 25 24 28 M36x2 14 108 65 58 82.6 29.5 65 11.6 54 14 50 2.13 315
DIN 2353 KHB3K-08SR 4 5 8 M16x1.5 12 73 37 29 45.2 14.5 33.5 7 36.5 9 22 0.39 500
Heavy range
KHB3K-10SR 6 7 10 M18x1.5 12 73 37 29 45.2 14.5 33.5 7 36.5 9 22 0.39 500
KHB3K-12SR 8 8 12 M20x1.5 12 76 42 35 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 38 9 27 0.74 500
KHB3K-14SR 10 10 14 M22x1.5 14 80 42 35 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 40 9 27 0.77 500
KHB3K-16SR 13 12 16 M24x1.5 14 81 42 35 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 40.5 9 30 0.92 500
KHB3K-20SR 13 12 20 M30x2 16 85 42 35 53.2 17.2 40 8.5 42.5 9 32 1.02 500
KHB3K-20SR 16 15 20 M30x2 16 89.8 47 41 63.7 20.5 46.5 11 45 12 32 1.6 400
KHB3K-25SR 20 20 25 M36x2 18 109 60 49 77.8 27.5 60 11.6 54.5 14 41 2.2 315
KHB3K-30SR 25 25 30 M42x2 20 120 65 58 82.6 29.5 65 11.6 60 14 50 2.4 315
E 5.504.16/11.13
82
Dimensions, Mounting bore (SO 1073) DIN ISO 228
G 1/8 4 69 37 26 64 13 32 28 5.5 4.5 108
G1/4 6 69 37 26 64 13 32 28 5.5 5 108
G 3/8 10 72 42 32 68 17 40 32 5.5 5 108
G 1/2* 13 84 47 35 68 17 40 32 5.5 5 108
G 1/2 16 83 47 38 102 19 45 38 5.5 5 174
G 3/4 20 95 60 48 115 24.5 57 46 6.6 6 174
G1 25 113 65 57 122 28.5 64 46 6.6 6 174

08LR 6 67 37 26 64 13 32 28 5.5 4 108
10LR 8 71 37 26 64 13 32 28 5.5 4 108
12LR 10 74 42 32 68 17 40 32 5.5 5 108
15LR* 13 82 47 35 68 17 40 32 5.5 5 108
15LR 12 82 47 38 102 19 45 38 5.5 5 174
18LR 16 82 47 38 102 19 45 38 5.5 5 174
22LR 20 101 60 48 115 24.5 57 46 6.6 6 174
28LR 25 108 65 57 122 28.5 64 46 6.6 6 174

08SR 4 73 35 25 55 13 30 27 4.5 4 70
10SR 6 73 35 25 55 13 30 27 4.5 4 70
12SR 8 76 42 32 68 17 40 32 5.5 5 108
open 14SR 10 80 42 32 68 17 40 32 5.5 5 108
16SR* 12 86 47 35 68 17 40 32 5.5 5 108
16SR 13 86 47 38 102 19 45 38 5.5 5 174
20SR* 16 90 47 35 68 17 40 32 5.5 5 108
20SR 13 90 47 38 102 19 45 38 5.5 5 174
closed 25SR 20 109 60 48 115 24.5 57 46 6.6 6 174
30SR 25 120 65 57 122 28.5 64 46 6.6 6 174
Dimensions, Mounting bore (SO 940) DIN ISO 228

G 1/8 4 9 28 18 M4 6 8
G1/4 6 9 28 18 M4 6 8
G 3/8 10 9 36 22 M5 7 9
SW (spindle square) G 1/2* 13 9 36 22 M5 7 9

G 1/2 16 12 36 22 M5 7 9
G 3/4 20 14 45 28 M6 9 11
G1 25 14 45 28 M6 9 11

06LR 9 28 18 M4 6 8
08LR 6 9 28 18 M4 6 8
10LR 8 9 36 22 M5 7 9
12LR 10 9 36 22 M5 7 9
15LR* 12 12 36 22 M5 7 9
15LR 13 9 36 22 M5 7 9
18LR 16 12 36 22 M5 7 9
18LR* 13 9 36 22 M5 7 9
22LR 20 14 45 28 M6 9 11
28LR 25 14 45 28 M6 9 11

08SR 4 9 28 18 M4 6 8
10SR 6 9 28 18 M4 6 8
12SR 8 9 36 22 M5 7 9
14SR 10 9 36 22 M5 7 9
16SR 12 12 36 22 M5 7 9
16SR* 13 9 36 22 M5 7 9
E 5.504.16/11.13
20SR 16 12 36 22 M5 7 9
20SR* 13 9 36 22 M5 7 9
25SR 20 14 45 28 M6 9 11
30SR 25 14 45 28 M6 9 11
* reduced bore
83
Spare parts (seal kit) NOTE

DN 04/06 703 048
DN 08/10 703 014
DN 13 703 046
DN 12/16 703 010
DN 20 703 005
DN 25 703 004
The parts indicated by numbers in the above drawing are

contained in the seal kit.

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.504.16/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
84
Change-Over Low Pressure
Ball Valves
KHN3K
Model code
(also order example) KHN3K G1/2 L 2233 12 X
Designation
KHN3K = change-over low pressure ball valve
Connection type
Thread size
Ball bore
L
T
Materials
Housing, connection adpaters
2 = Nickel-plated brass
2 = Brass, hard-chromed
PN up to 25 Ball seal
3 = PTFE (Teflon)
DN up to 45 Control spindle seal
3 = PTFE (Teflon)
Handle
12 = Aluminium clamped handle, cranked, fitted
Series
X = Determined by manufacturer
Switching functions (as supplied)

3/2 way change-over ball valve L-bore 90° switch
3/2 way change-over ball valve T-bore 90° switch
By moving the control spindle through 90°, the following switching positions can also
be achieved.

E 5.511.8/11.13
85
Connection: Whitworth female thread to ISO 228
Nominal pressure: Up to 25 bar
Operating fluids: Mineral oil to DIN 51524 part 1 and part 2, water and compressed air
(other media on request)
DIMENSIONS
Type Ball Size L h2 SW A i Nominal S h3 Nominal Weight

bore [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] bore [mm] [mm] pressure [kg]
DN PN [bar]
KHN3K-G1/4 L, T 1/4" 77 39 22 125 16 10 38.5 65 25 0.78
KHN3K-G3/8 L, T 3/8" 77 39 22 125 16 12 38.5 65 25 0.74
KHN3K-G1/2 L, T 1/2" 77 39 27 125 16 14 38.5 65 25 0.77
KHN3K-G3/4 L, T 3/4" 92 47 34 145 20 18 46 83 25 1.26
KHN3K-G1 L, T 1" 104 55 41 170 22 23 52 86 25 1.91
KHN3K-G11/4 L, T 1 1/4" 118 65 50 170 24 29 59 102 25 2.64
KHN3K-G11/2 L, T 1 1/2" 138 79 57 170 28 36 69 109 25 4.2
KHN3K-G2 L, T 2" 162 93 70 260 33 45 81 139 25 6.66

Hirschbachstr. 2
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
E 5.511.8/11.13
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
86
3-Way and 4-Way
Ball Valves
KH3 / KH4
Model code
(also order example) KH3 G1/2 L 1114 06 X
Designation
KH3 = 3-way ball valve
KH4 = 4-way ball valve
Nominal bore
Ball bore
KH3 - L
KH3 - T
KH4 - T
KH4 - X
Materials
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
PN up to 500 Ball seal
DN up to 20 1 = POM
3 = PTFE
8 = PEEK
2 = NBR (Perbunan)
4 = FKM (Viton)
Handle
01 = Aluminium clamped handle, straight
02 = Aluminium clamped handle cranked
03 = Zinc die-cast clamped handle, straight
04 = Zinc die-cast bolt-on handle, cranked
09 = Without handle
Series
E 5.503.14/11.13
87
Standard model functions Four-way ball valve SO 384, 45°, neg.
(available as standard) 2 4 4
3 1
2 4 4
Three-way ball valve L bore, 90°, pos. 1 3 2
2 3 1
22 44 44
2
3 1 Four-way
1 3 ball valve SO 383, 45°, neg. 2
33 11
2 3 1 22 44 44
1 3 2
1 3 22
1 3 3 2 1 3 11
2 3
Three-way ball valve T bore, 90°, pos. 22 44 44
4
2 11 33 22
1 3 3 2 1 33 111
2 4 4
4
2 3 1 2 4
1 3 2 Four-way
2
11 33 ball valve 180°, pos.
4 42
22 1
1 3 2 33 1
2 4 3 4 1
22 44 3 4 1
21 43 42
2 4 4 1 3 2
Four-way ball valve T bore, 90°, pos.3
1 3 2 1 1 3 3
3 2
4
11
22 44 3 4 1
2 4 3 4 1 21 43 424
1 3 2 1 3 2
1 3 3
3 2 1
1
1
2 3
4 3 42 1 2 4 33 44 11
Four-way ball valve 180°, pos.
2
21
1
4
43
3 42
4
2
2 4 42
1 3 3 1
1
2
3
4 33 22
4
1
11
2 4 3 4
3 1
2 4 3 4 1 2 4 4
1 3 422
Four-way ball valve X bore, 90°, pos.
1 3 2
2
1
1
4
3
3 3
3 24
2 1
1
2
2 4
4 3 44 1
1
2 3
4 3 2
4 1 2 4 3 4 1
1
12 3
34 2
4
21 43 2
42
3 1
1 3 2 2
1 4
3 3 24 1
3 1 2 4 4 1
Four-way
2
1
12
4
3
34
ball valve SO 385, 90°, pos.33 24
4 1
1 3 1
21 3
43 33 42 2 1
1
2
2
1 4
3 3 244 1
1
2 4 3 4
1 3 24
12 34 3 2 1
2 4 33 4
1 3 2 11
21
2 43
4 3 2
4 1
1 3 3 24 1
Non-standard model functions 2
1
12
12
1
4
3
34
34
3
3
3
3
4
224
2
4
2
1
11
2
21 4
43 3 4
42 1
For different applications, it is possible to produce other non- 2
1
2
1
4
3
4
3
Four-way ball valve SO 389, 90°, pos.
3
3
42
4
2 1
1
12 34 33 24 11
standard models by using special limit discs and detent pins. 21
2
2
1
43
4
4
3
3
3
3
2
4
42
42
1
1
1
1
1
2 3
3
4 24
12 34 24 1
1 3 33 2 1
2
21 4
43 3 44
2 1
2 4 3 4 1
1
2
1 3
4
3 3 422 1
2 4 4
Three-way ball valve SO 926, 90°, pos. 1
2
1
21
3
4
3
43
33
3
2
42
1
11
1
3 4
2 1
2 2 4 3 4 1
1
2 3
4 422
Four-way ball valve SO 388, 90°, neg.
1
1
2
1
3
3
4
3
3
3 2
2
4 11
3 1 2
2
1 4
4
3 3 42
4 1
2 4 3 4 1
2 1
2
1 3
4
3 3 22
4 1
2 4 3 42 11
1 3 2 1 3 3
2
1
2 4
3
4 3 244 11
3 1 1 3 3 2 1
22 2
1 4
3 3 4 1
2
1 4
3 2
24
Three-way
1 3
ball valve SO 376, 45°, neg. 2
1
2
1 2
3
4
3 33 422
1
1
3 1 2
1
2 4 4
4
3 3 4
24 1 1 4
2 2 4 3 42 1
1
2 3
4 24
2
1 33 2
1
2
1
3
4
3
3
33 24 3 111
1
1
3 1 2
1
2 4
3
4 3 42 1
3 1 1 3 3 24 1
222 2
1 4 3 4 1
1 13
2 4
3 3 24
2 2
1 3 2 1
2 3
4 33 24 11
1 3 2 1 3 2
33 1
1 2
2
1 4
4
3 3 44
2 11
22 2 24 4 3 1 4
2 1
2 3
4 3 24
4 1
Three-way ball valve SO 377, 45°, neg.
11 333 22
1
2
1
3
4
3 33
2
24 1
1
33 11 2
1 4
3 3 4 3 1
2 1
3 1 2
1 4
3 3 4
2 1
22 2
1 4
3 3 4
2 1
2
1 4
3 42
11 3 3 22 Four-way ball valve SO 386, 90°, neg.
1
2 13 3
4 3 3 2 1 2
1 3 3 2 1 1 3 24 1
3 1 2
1 4
3 3 4
2 11
22 2 24 4 3 42 1 4
22 1
2
1 3
4
3 3 4
2 1
11 333 22 2
1 4
3 3 4 1
33 2
3 11
1 2
1 4
3 3 24 1
22 22 3 1 1
2 3
4
3 2 3 1 1
42
Three-way
111 333
ball valve 180°, pos. 22 1
2
1
2
3
4
3
3
3 2
4
1
1
1 3 3
2
2 11
1 1 14 3 3 42 2
3
3 1 2
1 4
3 3 24 1
22 2 = Mittelstellung
4 (45°) gerastet 3 4 1
222 1
2 3
4 3 42 1 4
1111 33333 2 2 24 4
1
3 22 1 1 3 3 24 1
33 1
1 1 3 3 2 1
3 11 1= Mittelstellung
3 3 2 3 1
222 3 2 4 (45°) gerastet
3 4 1 1
2 2 1
2 43 42
11 33
222 1 3 2
111 33 3 3 2 1
2
1 34 24
3 111 1= Mittelstellung 3 1 2
222 3
3 1 2
1 34 3 (45°) gerastet 2
3 4 1
Three-way ball valve SO 926.1, 180°, pos.2
22 2 4 3 4 1
3 111 333 22
2
1 23 4
4 42 4
1 3 33
3 2 11
1 1= Mittelstellung
3 3 2 1
222 33 1
1 1 3 (45°) gerastet 3 2 1
2 2 4 3 4 1
1112 3 33 22
2 4 4 3 1
2 1 3 2
11
22
33 33
3
22 1
1
1
Four-way ball valve SO 387, 90°, neg. 3
2
1 34
1= Mittelstellung
3
42
2 1
3 1 1 3 (45°) gerastet 3 1
22
2 4
2
2 3 4 1
111 3333 22 2 4 4
1 3 33 2 1 1 3 2
1 3 3
3
2 1
1
1 1 23 4 2 4
22 3 1 1 3 3 2 1
Three-way
33 ball valve SO 926.2, 180°, pos.
2
112 22 2= Mittelstellung
4 (45°) gerastet 3
4
1
11 333 2
2 2 4 4 3 1
1 33 2 1
1
1 1 3 2
22 3 1 1 3 2
22 3 1 3 1
2 = Mittelstellung
1 3 (45°) gerastet 3 1 2
11 333 22 2 4 4
1 3 3 2 1
22
1 3 3
33
3
2 1
1
1
1
1 23 4
1 3
2
2 4
22 3 1
121 2 = Mittelstellung (45°) gerastet
11 33
33 2
22
1 3 3 2 1 2 4 4 3 1
2 3
3 1
1
22 3 1 1 3 2
Three-way
3
22
333 ball valve SO 378, 90°, pos.
11 2 = Mittelstellung
1 3 (45°) gerastet 3 1
2
11 3 3 22 1
1 3 3
3 2 1
1
2 3
3 1
1
22 1 23 4 2 4
21 3 2
11 33 2
2 = Mittelstellung (45°) gerastet
11 33 3
3 22 1
1
3 1
22
2 3 1 3 1
22
1 33 22
11 3 3
3
2 1
1 = Mittelstellung
1 3 (45°) gerastet 2
1 3 3
3 2 1
1
2
22 3 1
Three-way
33
33 ball valve SO 379, 90°, pos.3
21
11 22
2
22
2 4 4
11 3 3
3 1
11 = Mittelstellung (45°) gerastet
2
22 3 1
22 3 1 1
3
1
11 33 2
33 3
3
22 1
11
1 3 3 2
2 33 11 1 3 2
2
12 3 2
11
11 33 22 2 4 4
33 3
3
22 11
2
2 3 1
2 3 1
2
Three-way
3
3 ball valve SO 381, 90°, neg.3
1
1 222
1
3 1
1 3 3 2 1
2 3 1
2 1 3 2
2
1
1
1
3
33 22
2
1 3 3 2 1 2 4 4
2 3 1
2 3 1
2
1 3 2
1 3 3 2 1 3 1
1 3 3 2 1
2 3 1
2
2
1 3 2 1 3 2
Three-way ball valve SO 382, 90°, neg.3
1
1
3
3
2
2 1
3 1 2 4
2 3 1 4
2
1 3 2
1 3 2
1 3 3 2 1 3 1
3 1
2
2
1 3 2 1 3 2
E 5.503.14/11.13
1 3 2
3 1
3 1
2 undefined switching position
Three-way ball valve SO 380, 90°, neg.
1
1
3
3
2
2
3 1
2
1 3 2
3 1 Centre position (45°) detented
= Mittelstellung (45°) gerastet
1 3 2
88
Types of connection: Light and heavy threaded pipe fitting to DIN 2353
NPT
SAE
Nominal pressure: Up to PN 500
Dimensions
3-way and 4-way ball valves
Bore int. Ø LW Weight Nominal

pressure
Type DN L T X RA d1 i L L1 L2 L3 H h1 h2 h3 d2 SW1 SW2 [kg] PN [bar]
KH3/4-G1/8 4 6 6 4.5 G1/8 10 100 70 42.5 55 57 22 40 11 6.5 12 24 1.6 500
KH3/4-G1/4 6 6 6 4.5 G1/4 14 100 70 42.5 55 57 22 40 11 6.5 12 24 1.6 500
KH3/4-G3/8 10 9 9 6 G3/8 14 115 80 46 65 67.5 27 50 11.5 6.5 14 30 2.4 500
KH3/4-G1/2 16 13 13 10 G1/2 16 135 100 56 80 77.5 31 60 11.5 9 14 36 4.3 400
KH3/4-G3/4 20 18 18 14 G3/4 18 144 100 58 85 91 36 73 11.5 9 17 46 6 315

pressure
KH3/4-06LR 4 6 6 4.5 6 M12x1.5 10 105 70 42.5 55 57 22 40 11 6.5 12 24 1.6 500
KH3/4-08LR 6 6 6 4.5 8 M14x1.5 10 105 70 42.5 55 57 22 40 11 6.5 12 24 1.6 500
KH3/4-10LR 8 9 9 6 10 M16x1.5 11 114 80 46 65 67.5 27 50 11.5 6.5 14 30 2.4 500
KH3/4-12LR 10 9 9 6 12 M18x1.5 11 114 80 46 65 67.5 27 50 11.5 6.5 14 30 2.4 500
KH3/4-15LR 12 13 13 10 15 M22x1.5 12 136 100 56 80 77.5 31 60 11.5 9 14 36 4.3 400
KH3/4-18LR 16 13 13 10 18 M26x1.5 12 136 100 56 80 77.5 31 60 11.5 9 14 36 4.3 400
KH3/4-22LR 20 18 18 14 22 M30x2 14 143 100 58 85 91 36 73 11.5 9 17 46 6 315

pressure
KH3/4-08SR 4 6 6 4.5 8 M16x1.5 12 105 70 42.5 55 57 22 40 11 6.5 12 24 1.6 500
KH3/4-10SR 6 6 6 4.5 10 M18x1.5 12 105 70 42.5 55 57 22 40 11 6.5 12 24 1.6 500
KH3/4-12SR 8 9 9 6 12 M20x1.5 12 116 80 46 65 67.5 27 50 11.5 6.5 14 30 2.4 500
KH3/4-14SR 10 9 9 6 14 M22x1.5 14 120 80 46 65 67.5 27 50 11.5 6.5 14 30 2.4 500
KH3/4-16SR 12 13 13 10 16 M24x1.5 14 140 100 56 80 77.5 31 60 11.5 9 14 36 4.3 400
KH3/4-20SR 16 13 13 10 20 M30x2 16 144 100 56 80 77.5 31 60 11.5 9 14 36 4.3 400
KH3/4-25SR 20 18 18 14 25 M36x2 18 151 100 58 85 91 36 73 11.5 9 17 46 6 315

pressure
KH3/4-06NPT 6 6 6 4.5 1/4 - 18 NPT 10.21 100 70 42.5 55 83 22 40 11 6.5 12 24 1.75 500
KH3/4-10NPT 10 9 9 6 3/8 - 18 NPT 10.36 115 80 46 65 63.5 27 50 11.5 6.5 14 30 2.7 500
KH3/4-12NPT 12 13 13 10 1/2 - 14 NPT 13.56 135 100 56 85 75.5 31 60 11.5 9 14 36 4.8 400
KH3/4-20NPT 20 18 13 14 3/4 - 14 NPT 13.86 144 100 58 85 92 36 73 11.5 9 17 46 6.3 315

E 5.503.14/11.13
pressure
KH3/4-10SAE 10 9 9 6 9/16-18 UNF 13 115 80 46 65 63.5 27 50 11.5 6.5 14 30 2.68 500
KH3/4-12SAE 12 9 9 10 3/4-16 UNF 15 135 100 56 80 75.5 31 60 11.5 9 14 36 4.75 400
KH3/4-20SAE 20 13 13 14 1 1/16 - 12 UN 20 144 100 58 85 91 36 73 10.5 9 17 46 6.1 315
89
Spare parts (seal kit) NOTE

DN 04/06 703 028
DN 08/10 703 017
DN 12/16 703 129
DN 20 703 029
The parts indicated by numbers in the above drawing are contained in the seal kit.

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.503.14/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
90
3-Way and 4-Way
Manifold Mounted Ball Valves
KH3P / KH4P
Model code
(also order example) KH3P 16 L 1114 02 X . . .
Designation
KH3P = 3-way manifold mounted ball valves
KH4P = 4-way manifold mounted ball valves
Nominal bore
Ball bore
L, T, X
(according to table on next page)
Materials
Housing, blanking plug, locking screw
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
Ball spindle
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
Ball seal
Soft seal
4 = FKM (Viton)
Handle
09 = Without handle
PN up to 400 Series
DN 06 - 20 (determined by manufacturer)
Special model
SO ... = Special model according to customer specifications
180 Grad = 180° switch
(Please see examples on the next page)
E 5.509.7/11.13
91
Standard models
Ball bore Switch Function diagram SO ...
movement Model
KH3P L 0° - 90° –
T 0° - 45° 45 Grad
T 0° - 90° –
T 0° - 90° - 180° 180 Grad
L 0° - 45° - 90° SO 378
T 0° - 45° - 90° SO 379
KH4P T 0° - 90° –
X 0° - 45° 45 Grad
X 0° - 90° –
L 0° - 90° - 180° 180 Grad
T 0° - 90° - 180° 180 Grad
X 0° - 45° - 90° SO 385
T 0° - 45° - 90° SO 389

E 5.509.7/11.13
* - detent position at 45°

- - - undefined switching position
Other models or special ball bores on request
92
3-way and 4-way manifold mounted ball valve with cranked aluminium handle
O-ring
DN Int. diam. L1 L2 L3 L4 H H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 SW 1 SW 2 T
L – T – X
06 5 5 4.5 103 90 70 68.6 57 40 11 22 -- 6.5 11.7 6 12 27 1.9
10 9 9 6 113 100 80 81 67.5 50 11.5 27 -- 9 14.7 8 14 30 1.9
16 12 12 10 152.5 140 90 115.4 77.5 60 11.5 31.5 150 13.5 19.7 13 14 41 2
20 18 18 14 184 170 100 137 92 73 11.5 36 180 13.5 28.8 18 17 46 2
DN A C O-ring Weight (kg) Pressure range PN [bar]

06 163 52 7.3 x 2.4 2.5 400
10 183 54 10.3 x 2.4 3.7 315
16 183 54 15 x 2.5 7.5 315
20 227 55 24 x 2.5 13.1 250
Interface for 3-way and 4-way manifold mounted ball valve

bore not applicable for KH3P
Required surface finish

on interface area
Dimensional tolerances
ISO 2768 m
DN Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 d2 M Int. hex. screw Torque value

ISO 4762 MA [Nm]*
(property class)
06 0.7 35 70 69.3 68.6 34.3 0.7 35 70 69.3 68.6 6 M6 M 6 - 12.9 10
E 5.509.7/11.13
10 -0.5 40 80 80.3 81.0 40.5 -0.5 40 80 80.5 81.0 8 M8 M 8 - 12.9 20
16 -12.7 45 90 102.7 115.4 57.7 -12.7 45 90 102.7 115.4 13 M 12 M 12 - 12.9 65
20 -18.5 50 100 118.5 137.0 68.5 -18.5 50 100 118.5 137.0 18 M 12 M 12 - 12.9 70
* Standard values for friction coefficient µ 0.14
93
Mounting position: optional
Nominal pressure: up to PN 400 (see pressure range)
Operating fluids: mineral oil to DIN 51524 part 1 and part 2
Limit switch
Lock

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.509.7/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
94
Manifold Mounted
Ball Valves
KHP / KHP3K
Model code
(also order example) KHP3K 16 L 1114 06 X . . .
Designation
KHP = 2/2 way manifold ball valve (DN 06 - 50)
KHP3K = 3/2 or 3/3 way manifold mounted ball valve (DN 06 - 50)
Nominal bore
Ball bore (not applicable for KHP)

Switch Function diagram SO No.:
L 0° - 90° ––
L (positive) 0° - 90° - 180° SO 560.1
Materials
Housing, locking screw
1 = Steel
PN up to 500 3 = Stainless steel
DN 06 - 50 Ball, control spindle
1 = Steel
3 = Stainless steel
Ball seal
Soft seal
4 = FKM (Viton)
Handle
09 = Without handle
14 = Zinc die-cast bolt-on handle cranked, fitted DN06
04 = Zinc die-cast bolt-on handle, cranked DN10
02 = Aluminium clamped handle, cranked DN16 - 25
06 = Steel bolt-on handle, cranked DN32 - 50
Series
Special model
T-bore on request
SO560 = Seals on inlet side, negative switching overlap, switch 90°
SO560.1 = Seals on inlet side, negative switching overlap, switch 180°
TT = O-rings for low temperature, temperature range -40 °C to +80 °C
E 5.506.3/11.13
95
Dimensions
KHP
Manifold mounted ball valve with cranked bolt-on steel handle
System pressure O-ring
KHP3K
3-way manifold mounted ball valve with cranked clamped aluminium handle
System pressure O-ring
DN int. Ø L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 B B1 SW1 A C
06 6 64 8.5 17.5 59 25 8.5 35 35 17.5 40 27 6 60 23
10 9.5 80 7.5 27.5 70 29 10 44 55 19 55 40 9 108 28
16 16 109.4 8.5 41.5 100 44 17 58 83 26.5 60 45 12 163 50
20 20 127 10 48.5 117 51 20 69 97 31 70 51 14 169 59
25 23.5 145 10 57.5 135 62 24 81 115 38 80 60 14 169 59
32 32 176 12 68 165 75 29 96 136 46 100 78 17 228 80
40 38 205 28.5 56 180 84.6 28.5 112 112 56.1 130 95 17 228 80
50 48 245 38 68 220 106 38 136 136 68 149 112 17 228 80
DN SW2 H H1 H2 D D1 D2 D3 T S O-ring Weight Weight Pressure

KHP (kg) KHP3K (kg) range PN [bar]
06 22 37.5 30 7 6.6 11 6 11.7 1.6 23.2 8x2 0.6 0.55 500
10 30 58 45 8.5 9 14 9.5 15 2 36 10x2.6 1.2 1.2 350
16 36 72.2 55 11 9 14 16 25 2 46 20.29x2.62 2.1 2 350
20 41 87.8 70 11.6 10.5 16.5 20 30 3 59.5 23.39x3.53 3.7 3.6 350
E 5.506.3/11.13
25 50 97.6 80 11.6 10.5 17 23.5 35 3 69 28.17x3.53 5.6 5.4 350

32 65 118.2 100 12 13 19 32 39.4 2.9 84 32.92x3.53 10.9 10.2 350
40 – 117.5 100 12 17.5 26 38 48.4 2.9 82.5 42x3.5 17.5 – 350
50 – 127.5 110 12 22 33 48 55.4 2.9 88.5 49x3.5 24.5 – 350
96
Interface for (3-way) manifold mounted ball valve
required surface finish

on interface area
Dimensional tolerances
ISO 2768 m
* = bore 1 not applicable

for KHP
DN Y1 Y2 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 d2 M Int. hex. screw Torque

ISO 4762 value MA
(property class) [Nm] *
06 13.5 27 17.5 35 0 35 35 17.5 17.5 6 M6 M6 - 10.9 13
10 20 40 27.5 55 2.5 46.5 44 21.5 19 9.5 M8 M8 - 10.9 30
16 22.5 45 41.5 83 8.5 66.5 58 35 26.5 16 M8 M8 - 12.9 35
20 25.5 51 48.5 97 10 79 69 41 31 20 M10 M10 - 12.9 60
25 30 60 57.5 115 14 95 81 52 38 23.5 M10 M10 - 12.9 60
32 39 78 68 136 17 113 96 63 46 32 M12 M12 - 12.9 110
40 47.5 95 56 112 0 112 112 56.1 56.1 38 M16 M16 - 12.9 300
50 56 112 68 136 0 136 136 68 68 48 M20 M20 - 12.9 600
* = standard values for friction coefficient µ 0.14
E 5.506.3/11.13
97
Cavity
min. u
Alternative
(for DN10-25)
max. 0.5 x 45°
fit depth
min. h
fit depth f1
DN ØaH8 Øb+0.2 Øc Ød Øe f +1 f1+0.5 g-0.05 h+0.2 I Øk Øl+0.1 m+0.2 n+0.2 o ØpH11 q ØrH7 Øs+0.3 t ±0.1 u v w x+1 y z
6 12.8 14.4 M16x1.5 17.8+0,1 24 27.5 27.5 40.55 35 15 6 6 8.3 12.5 3 3 9 9 12.2 33.5 53 0.5 18.5 10.5 2.4+0,4 0.5
10 22.4 24.4 M26x1.5 26.5-0,1 32 49.9 50.4 50.9 44 15 9.5 11 14.8 22.8 7 5 13 14 18.2 40 62 1.5 20 15 3 1
16 28.4 30.4 M32x1.5 32.5-0,1 38 66.55 67.05 67.55 58 23.5 16 16 17.9 26 6 6 17 18 23.2 54.5 86.5 1.5 33-0,3 18 3 1.5
20 36.4 36.4 M38x1.5 38.4-0,1 45 80.3 80.8 81.3 69 27 20 21 23.5 32 8 8 18 20 25.2 65 104 - - 19 3 1
25 43.4 44.4 M46x1.5 46.5-0,1 55 89.3 89.8 90.3 81 29 23.5 26 26.3 36 8 8 18 20 25.2 72 120 1.5 43 20 3 1
Mounting position: KHP:
Optional
KHP3K:
When pressure is applied from port 2 or 3 to port 1,
some leakage can be expected, depending on the pressure.
Nominal pressure: Up to PN 500 (see pressure level)
Accessories: All ball valves can be supplied with the following Actuator
options: Limit controls
Lock
NOTE

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.506.3/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
98
Spring Return Isolator
HKHB
Model code
(also example order) HKHB 12LR 1112 09X A CCW OK 0°
Designation
HKHB = Block ball valve with 2 mounting holes ø 6.5,
37.5 mm apart, 5 mm from top edge of block and spring return.
Type of connection
LR = Threaded connection - light range DIN 2353
SR = Threaded connection - heavy range DIN 2353
Other types of connection on request
Materials
PN up to 350 Housing, connection adapters
DN 13 1 = Steel
1 = Steel
Ball seal
1 = POM
2 = NBR (Perbunan)
Handle
15 = Steel bolt-on handle, straight, fitted
09 = Without handle
Surface protection
Switching direction
CW = Clockwise
CCW = Anti-clockwise
Ball valve
Ball valve port
O = Open
C = Closed
Handle
L = Long
K = Short
Handle position
0° .... 315°
E 6.107.1/11.13
(see order form)
99
Application Dimensions
zzControlled by a spring, this valve
shuts off the pressure line, thereby SW 8
accurately limiting the cylinder stroke,
SW 9
zze.g. for tipping cylinders on truck
bodies, tail-lifts and agricultural
machinery hydraulics
SW 30 SW 30
L = depends on the connection
DN/Nominal bore 13
Connection 10L, 12L and 15L
Operating pressure 350 bar
Medium Hydraulic oil
Temperature of the medium -10 °C to + 80 °C
Housing width 35 mm
Handle short 75 mm (100x25x4)
long 125 mm (150x25x4)
Reset torque 2 Nm
End position 8 Nm
E 6.107.1/11.13
100
Order form
Handle position
switch
 Open
 Anti-clockwise CCW
 Connection: 10L
12L
15L
10SR
 Handle: short
long
 Handle position: .....°
Handle position
switch
 Closed
 Anti-clockwise CCW
 Connection: 10L
12L
15L
10SR
 Handle: short
long
 Handle position:.....°
Handle position
switch
 Open
 Clockwise CW
 Connection: 10L
12L
15L
10SR
 Handle: short
long
Handle position
switch
 Closed
 Clockwise CW
 Connection: 10L
12L
15L
10SR
 Handle: short
long

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 6.107.1/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
described.
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
101
102
E 6.107.1/11.13
Isolator Sandwich Plate
CETOP
Model code
(also order example) KHB4K DN06 CETOP 1302 09 X
Symbol DN 06 Designation
KHB4K = 4-gallery isolator ball valve
P T A B
KHB6K = 6-gallery isolator ball valve
Nominal bore
DN06
P T A B DN10
Symbol DN 10
Connection type
A B P T Y
CETOP
Materials
Housing
A B P T T1 Y 1 = Steel 1.0718 (DN06)
5 = Steel 1.0570 (DN10)
Spindle
PN up to 315 3 = Stainless steel 1.4462
DN 06 - 10
Gasket
0 = Metal
O-ring
2 = NBR
Handle
09 = Without handle
Series
E 6.171.1/11.13
103
Function Technical specifications
The sandwich plate is mounted before Control Sandwich plate
DN06/DN10 directional valves and Mounting position Optional
is used to isolate all channels at the Medium Mineral oil
same time via a common spindle. This
is operated manually using an open- Viscosity range 10 to 380 mm²/s
ended spanner SW9. This means that Leakage rate 1 ml / min at 160 bar / 35 °C
the directional valve mounted on the Surface protection Phosphated
sandwich plate can be changed quickly Applied standards PED 97/93/EG; DIN EN 19; ISO 4401,
without having to relieve the pressure or DIN 24340T2
drain the system, and with a minimum of
leakage.
KHB4K-DN06-CETOP-1302-09X
In normal operation, all channels are
Connection type CETOP DN06
open. The spindle is secured and locked
with two screws to prevent unauthorized Interface DIN 24340-A6 ISO 4401
operation. Temperature of the medium –10 °C to + 70 °C
Ambient temperature –10 °C to + 70 °C
Nominal pressure PN 315
Advantages
Max. operating pressure PB 315 bar
zz Reduction in downtimes for hydraulic
systems
zz Minimum of internal leakage during KHB6K-DN10-CETOP-5302-09X
normal operation Connection type CETOP DN10
zz Minimum of leakage during the Interface DIN 24340-A10 ISO 4401
short time when the valve is being Temperature of the medium +30 °C to + 60 °C
replaced Ambient temperature –20 °C to + 70 °C
zz Not necessary to vent the line after Nominal pressure PN 315
changing the components Max. operating pressure PB 315 bar
zz Components can be changed without
risk of accidents because all the
channels are isolated
E 6.171.1/11.13
104
Dimensions
KHB4K-DN06-CETOP
CETOP DN06
interface DIN 24340-A6
interface ISO 4401-AB-03-4-A
O-ring 9.25 x 1.78
Lock
90
°s
w
itc
h
4 x mounting bolts
cylinder head screw ISO 4762-M5 x 55-8.8
Cap
KHB6K-DN10-CETOP
O-ring 7 x 1.5 CETOP - DN10

interface DIN 24340 - A10
ISO 4401
O-ring 12 x 2
Lock
90
°s
w
itc
h
4 x mounting bolts
cylinder head screw ISO 4762-M6 x 40 - 10.9
Cap

The information in this brochure relates to the operating conditions and applications Hirschbachstr. 2
E 6.171.1/11.13
described. 66280 Sulzbach/Saar

Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
105
106
E 6.171.1/11.13
Ball Valves with
Pneumatic Actuator
Model code
(also example order) KHB-G1/4-1114 AP.E 3/2DC E
Designation
Type of ball valve
Actuator code
AP = Pneumatic actuator
.E = Spring return actuator
.D = Double-acting actuator
Directional valve options

3/2 = 3/2 directional NAMUR control valve
5/2 = 5/2 directional NAMUR control valve
PN up to 500 DC = 24 V
DN 04 - 50 AC = 230 V 50 Hz
Limit switch box options

E = Electro-mechanical, visual indication open and closed
I = Contactless (inductive), visual indication open and closed
Dimensions
Ball valves with Single-return Double acting
pneumatic actuator
DN A B C D A B C D
04/06-SW09 182 91 108 5 139 70 88 5
08/10/13 215 100 117 5 160 83 100 5
16 222 120 140 5 182 91 108 10
20 222 120 140 5 182 91 108 10
25 294 120 140 5 215 100 117 10
32 300 137 160 5 222 120 140 5
40 350 172 198 5 294 120 140 5
50 350 172 198 5 294 120 140 5
Note
We recommend using an adapter plate when fitting a pneumatic actuator to
block-type, sleeve-type and 3-way change-over ball valves.
For flanged, manifold and 3-way and 4-way ball valves, a separate coupling is
required for installation.
On request other versions are available to suit almost all applications.
E 5.529.1/11.13
107
Installation using adapter plate NOTE
Installation using separate coupling
Nominal pressure Up to PN 500 (see pressure range)
Mineral oil to DIN 51524 part 1 and part 2
Operating fluids

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.529.1/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
108
Electrically Actuated
Ball Valves
Model code
(also example order) KHB-G1/4-1114 AE.24V
Designation
Type of ball valve
Actuator code
AE = Electric actuation
.24V = 12 - 24 V AC/DC
.240V = 85 - 240 V AC/DC
PN up to 500
DN 04 - 50
Installation using adapter plate

A B C
D
Installation using separate coupling

A B C
D
60
E 5.530.1/11.13
109
Dimensions NOTE
DN A B C D E The information in this brochure
04/06-SW09 51 126 110 196 5 relates to the operating conditions and
08/10/13 51 126 110 196 5
16 51 126 110 196 10 conditions not described, please contact
20 107 128 214 254 5 the relevant technical department.
25 107 128 214 254 5 Subject to technical modifications.
32 107 128 214 254 5
40 107 128 214 254 5
50 107 128 214 254 5
Note
We recommend using an adapter plate when fitting an electric actuator to
block-type, sleeve-type and 3-way change-over ball valves.
For flanged, manifold and 3-way and 4-way ball valves, a separate coupling is
required for installation.
On request other versions are available to suit almost all applications.
Equipment
Electrical actuator
zzETL (electronic torque limiter)
zzAVS (automatic voltage sensor)
zzATC (automatic temperature control) to prevent condensation
zzMechanical release in event of jam
zzManual override
zzTwo integrated, volt-free micro switches for position confirmation
zzProtection class IP 65
Nominal pressure Up to PN 500 (see pressure level)
Mineral oil to DIN 51524 part 1 and part 2
Operating fluids

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.530.1/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
110
Lockable
Ball Valves
Model code
(also example order) KHB-16SR-1114-16X SO 760
Designation
Type of ball valve
Lockable
SO 760 = Ball valve can be locked in open and closed position using padlock.
Padlock not supplied.
SO 770 = Ball valve can be locked in open and closed position using padlock.
SO 160 = Ball valve can be locked in open and closed position using cylinder
lock. Key can be removed once locked.
PN up to 500
DN up to 50
E 5.528.1/11.13
111
Lockable ball valves SO 760/770
KHB/KHM
DN L1 L2 h B H L
04/06 M5 42 28.5 32 63.5 108
08/10/13 M5 42 28.5 32 68.5 108
12/16 M5 43 30.5 34 102 174
20 M6 50 41.7 47 114 174
54
25 M6 50 41.7 47 121 174
32 M8 47 37.9 42 158.5 213
40 M8 47 37.9 42 169.5 213
50 M8 47 37.9 42 186 213
KHP/KHP3K DN06
KHP/KHP3K DN10 - 50
Type DN B H H1 H2 L L2 L3 L4 S
06 40 59 30 – 64 35 59 25 76
10 55 78 45 74 80 22 70 29 108
KHP/ 16 60 120 55 89 110 33 100 44.5 174
KHP3K 20 70 136 70 106 127 35 117 51 174
E 5.528.1/11.13
25 80 146 80 116 145 35 135 62 174

32 100 187 100 137 176 36 165 75 231
40 130 187 100 137 205 36 180 85 231
KHP
50 149 197 110 147 245 36 220 106 231
112
Lockable ball valve SO 160 (cylinder lock) NOTE
KHB - KHM
SO 160 - Ball valve can be locked in open or closed position with a cylinder lock.
Key can be removed once locked
DN L L1
04/06 35 22.5
08/10/13 31.5 19
12/16 33.5 21
20/25 37 24.5
32/50 37 24.5
KHP3K 16-25
Type DN LW L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 B B1 E H H1 ØD ØD1 S
16 16 110 8.5 41.5 100 44.5 17 58 83 26.5 60 45 169 119 55 9 14 48
KHP3K 20 20 127 10 48.5 117 51 20 69 97 31 70 51 169 134 70 10.5 16.5 59.5
25 23.5 145 10 57.5 135 62 24 81 115 38 80 60 169 144 80 10.5 17 69

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.528.1/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
113
114
E 5.528.1/11.13
Ball Valves
with Electrical
Limit Controls
Model code (Limit switch)

(also example order) KHM-G2-1114-16X E 1. 000
Designation
Type of ball valve
Limit control
E = Limit switch (position switch)
Monitored switching position

1 = Monitoring of ball valve in open position
2 = Monitoring of ball valve in closed position
3 = Monitoring of ball valve in open and closed positions
Limit switch code

000 = Limit switch to DIN EN 50041 - type A
100 = Adapted for limit switch to DIN EN 50041 - type A
. . . = On request, almost all commercially available
makes and protection classes can be supplied.
Examples of different models
PN up to 500
DN up to 50
Limit switch
E 5.522.3/11.13
115
Model code (Inductive proximity switch)
(also order example) KHM-G2-1114-16X I 1. 200
Designation
Type of ball valve
Limit control
I = Inductive proximity switch
Monitored switching position

1 = Monitoring of ball valve in open position
2 = Monitoring of ball valve in closed position
3 = Monitoring of ball valve in open and closed positions
Proximity switch code

200 = With built-in cylindrical proximity switch M12
to DIN EN 60947 type: IA
300 = Adapted for cylindrical proximity switch M12
to DIN EN 60947 Type: IA.
. . . = On request; almost all commercially available makes and protection
classes can be supplied.
Examples of different models
inductive proximity switch

E 5.522.3/11.13
116
Technical specifications Spare Parts
Limit switch: Retrofit kit for electrical switching
Position switch: To DIN EN 50041 Form A, metal enclosure position monitoring can be supplied on
with roller lever request.
Switch equipment: 1 N/C contact and 1 N/O contact
Protection class: IP 67 NOTE
Insulation group: 500 V AC The information in this brochure relates
Continuous current: 10 A to the operating conditions and
Nominal voltage: 300 V AC applications described.
Mechanical service life: 30 x 106 switching cycles For applications and operating
Switching frequency: 6 x 103 switching cycles per hour conditions not described, please contact
Permitted ambient temperature: -40 °C to +85 °C the relevant technical department.
Inductive proximity switch: Subject to technical modifications.
Type of construction: Cylindrical form M12 to DIN EN 60947
Rated switching distance: 4 mm
Output: Normally open contact / PNP logic
Protection type: IP 67
Operating voltage: 10 - 30 V DC (including residual ripple)
Nominal voltage: 12 - 24 V DC
Switching current: ≤ 200 mA
Current consumption without load: < 11 mA
Switching hysteresis: 10%
Switching frequency: 800 Hz
Permitted ambient temperature: -25 °C to +70 °C
Function display: LED
Type of connection: Cable 3 conductor, 5 m long
Dimensions
Ball valve with limit switch Ball valve with inductive
proximity switch M12
KHB - E-3.000 KHB - I-3.200
Switch
90°
Switch
90°
DN L b h DN L b h
04/06 155 90 75 06 45 47 59
08/10/13 155 90 75 08/10/13 46 47 51
16 155 90 82 16 46 47 54 HYDAC Accessories GmbH
20 155 90 87 20 49 60 61 Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.522.3/11.13
25 155 90 90 25 49 60 64 66280 Sulzbach/Saar

32 155 90 103 32 50 60 78 Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
40 155 90 109 40 50 60 84
50 155 90 115 50 50 60 91 E-Mail: [email protected]
117
118
E 5.522.3/11.13
Handles
SW 06–22
Model code
(also order example) Handle AG SW12
Designation
Handle
Materials and type

AG (01) = Aluminium clamped handle, straight
ZG (03) = Zinc die-casting clamped handle, straight
AK (02) = Aluminium clamped handle, cranked

ZK (04) = Zinc die-casting bolt-on handle, cranked
SK (06) = Steel bolt-on handle, cranked
SK (26) = Steel bolt-on handle, cranked, long (only SW 17)
Widths of control spindle square

SW 06
SW 09
SW 12
SW 14
SW 17
SW 22
Other handles (e.g. stainless steel) on request
E 5.515.5/11.13
119
Description
Handles are designed to switch shut-off valves/ball valves.
Clamped handle
The handle is pushed onto the square end of the ball valve spindle and clamped to
the square by means of a screw through the end of the handle.
Bolt-on handle
The handle is screwed to the ball valve control spindle by means of a fixing bolt from
above.
Both types handle can be displaced by 45°.

The fixing bolts for the bolt-on handles must be ordered separately.
Clamped handle
Torque value
SW 09 SW 12 SW 14 SW 17 SW 22
M 5 x 20 M 5 x 20 M 6 x 30 M 6 x 30 M 8 x 40
Torque value 3 Nm 3 Nm 5 Nm 7 Nm 10 Nm
Bolt-on handle
Fixing bolt
Torque value
SW 06 SW 09 SW 12 SW 14 SW 17
Fixing bolt M3x6 M 5 x 10 M 5 x 12 M 6 x 10 M 8 x 16
Torque value 0.5 Nm 3 Nm 3 Nm 3 Nm 5 Nm
E 5.515.5/11.13
120
Dimensions Technical specifications
Material:
Straight HANDLE - clamped HANDLE Aluminium - red anodised
Zinc die-casting - blue zinc-plated
Steel handle - blue zinc-plated
Widths of control spindle square

SW 06, SW 09, SW 12, SW 14,
SW 17, SW 22
NOTE
L ØD Ød h1 SW Type Part number Weight (kg) applications described.
150 22 15 10 09 ZG (03) 559419 0.090 For applications and operating
150 25 20 11 09 AG (01) 270099 0.054 conditions not described, please contact
175 28 22 12 12 AG (01) 270100 0.073 the relevant technical department.
200 32 24 12 14 AG (01) 270101 0.096 Subject to technical modifications.
240 36 26 14 17 AG (01) 270311 0.120
Cranked HANDLE - clamped HANDLE
L H ØD Ød h1 SW Type Part number Weight (kg)

140 41 25 20 11 09 AK (02) 271423 0.054
163 50 28 22 12 12 AK (02) 270381 0.072
183 54 32 24 12 14 AK (02) 270382 0.097
227 55 36 26 14 17 AK (02) 270383 0.120
360 85 44 32 18 22 AK (02) 281604 0.290
Cranked HANDLE - BOLT-ON HANDLE
L H ØD Ød h1 SW Type Part number Weight Fixing

(kg) bolt/washer part no.
76 27 16 12 6 06 ZK (04) 554893 0.030 6060920
108 28 22 10 9.5 09 ZK (04) 556352 0.053 6047759 HYDAC Accessories GmbH
169 59 31 18 12.5 12 SK (06) 275036 0.28 6047760 Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.515.5/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
169 59 31 18 12.5 14 SK (06) 282976 0.275 6047761
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
228 80 34 20 14 17 SK (06) 273662 0.342 6047762 Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
306 81 35 22 16 17 SK (26) 561681 0.591 6047762 Internet: www.hydac.com
121
122
E 5.515.5/11.13
3-Way
Safety Block
DSV
1. Description There are four different models:

1.1. GENERAL zzDSV 10 M
manual discharge
The 3-way safety block is used to shut standard - L-ball
off and discharge hydraulic accumulators
or consumers. It complies with relevant zzDSV 10 M - T-ball
safety standards in accordance with manual discharge
accident prevention regulations (UVV T-ball
(VBG 17)), safety regulations to zzDSV 10 EY
DIN 24552, pressure vessels regulations manual /
(Druckbeh.V) and technical regulations solenoid-operated discharge
DSV 10 - M on pressure vessels (TRB 403 and open when de-energised
TRB 404). zzDSV 10 EZ
The pressure relief valve can be manual /
supplied either pre-set by the solenoid-operated discharge
manufacturer according to order, closed when de-energised
adjustable or pressure-set & lead-sealed
by TÜV. Benefits of the accumulator block:
zzSlot on the control spindle gives visual
indication of the switching position
zzSwitching limited by means of stop pin
and stop disc
zzSealing principle with floating ball,
DSV 10 - M - T-ball sealing on the inlet side
zzEasy operation
zzTwo pump ports
zzOptimised block design
zzMinimum of space and fitting required
zzAll types of connection adapters
for various makes and systems of
accumulator
zzSurface protection phosphate-plated
On request we can supply other models
DSV 10 - EY to cover nearly all applications, e.g. for
aggressive media. Test certificates to
EN 10204 and quality test certificates
to DIN 55350 Part 18 can be supplied if
required.
DSV 10 - EZ
E 5.251.7/11.13
PN up to 350
DN 10
123
1.2. FUNCTION
Accumulator operation Shutting off the system pressure
When the accumulator is in operation and simultaneously discharging
the change-over ball valve connects the the accumulator
pump port with the accumulator. At the
same time the accumulator is monitored
for pressure via the built-in pressure
relief valve.
By switching over the ball valve, the
pump port is shut off leakage-free on
the inlet side and the accumulator is
discharged simultaneously to the tank.
During switching, all three ports (P, S
and T) are momentarily interconnected
(negative switching overlap).
If a solenoid operated 2/2 directional
poppet valve is fitted, automatic
discharge is possible (e.g. in the event
of a power failure or shut-down).
1.3. APPLICATION
The three-way safety block DSV is
used to protect, shut-off and discharge system
system pressure
hydraulic accumulators and consumers. optional pressure
Areas of application: shut-off
zzHydraulic systems using accumulators
zzAccumulator stations
zzSystem engineering system pressure system pressure
optional shut-off
1.4. NOTES
Ball valves are not designed to be used
as flow control valves. Therefore they
should always be either fully open or
fully closed, to avoid damaging the
sealing cups.
To ensure correct functioning, pressure P Pump port S Accumulator
and temperature specifications must be KH Change-over ball valve DB Pressure relief valve
observed.
M Pressure gauge port T Tank port
The handles are supplied loose.
E 5.251.7/11.13
124
2. specifications 2.1.2 Model code
2.1. GENERAL (also order example)
2.1.1 Designation and Symbol DSV - 10 - M ... - 4 . 1 / 1 / X / T 100 - G 24 - Z4 - ...
3-way safety block DSV
3-way safety block
DSV 10 - M Nominal bore

10
Discharge
M = Manual
E = Manual / solenoid-operated
For solenoid-operated discharge

with manual override, also indicate:
Y = Open when de-energised
Z = Closed when de-energised
DSV 10 - M - T-ball Type of pressure relief valve

4 = DB 12
2 = DB 4
0 = DBD 6 (on request)
With/without fitted
pressure relief valve
1 = With pressure relief valve
0 = Without pressure relief valve
Accumulator connection
1 = M 33 x 2
(M 20 x 1.5 - DBD6, on request)
DSV 10 - EY
Series
Setting of pressure relief valve

T = TÜV certificate (pressure set & lead sealed)
V = Adjustable using tool
F = Preset by manufacturer
x = No details (for model without relief valve cartridge)
Pressure setting
... = Customer-specified opening pressure
xxx = No details (for model without relief valve cartridge)
DSV 10 - EZ
Pressure setting range
DB 4 – 100 bar
DB 12 – 150 bar
DB 4 – 200 bar
DB 12 – 250 bar
DB 4 / 12 – 350 bar
Type of voltage for solenoid (see 2.3.2)

G = DC
W = AC
Nominal voltage for solenoid (see 2.3.2)

24 = 24 Volt DC (for type G voltage)
230 = 230 Volt 50/60 Hz AC (for type W voltage)
Type of connection for solenoid

Z4 = Connector to DIN 43650 - AF2 - PG11
Supplementary details
T-Ball = Ball bore (180° switch)
FKM (Viton) = O-ring seal
E 5.251.7/11.13
When ordering please quote Part No. (see Table 2.1.3)

Delivery is longer for non-standard models.
125
2.1.3 Standard models 2.1.4 Type of construction
Ball valve isolating device
Nominal bore / Type Pressure relief valve Order No. = Weight
Part No. [kg] Pressure relief valve is a direct-acting
DSV - 10 - M - 2.0/1/X/XXXX without DB 4 555998 2.5 cone poppet valve
DSV - 10 - M - 2.1/1/X/T100 DB 4 557361 2.6 Poppet valve is pilot-operated
DSV - 10 - M - 2.1/1/X/T200 DB 4 557362 2.6 2.1.5 Mounting position
DSV - 10 - M - 2.1/1/X/T210 DB 4 555408 2.6 Optional
DSV - 10 - M - 2.1/1/X/T315 DB 4 557363 2.6
2.1.6 Weight
DSV - 10 - M - 2.1/1/X/T330 DB 4 557364 2.6
See table 2.1.3
DSV - 10 - EY - 2.0/1/X/XXXX - G24 - Z4 without DB 4 557366 3.6
DSV - 10 - EY - 2.1/1/X/T210 - G24 - Z4 DB 4 557365 3.8 2.1.7 Flow direction
DSV - 10 - M - 4.0/1/X/XXXX without DB 12 555999 3.1 According to symbol
DSV - 10 - M - 4.1/1/X/T100 DB 12 555971 3.5 2.1.8 Ambient temperature
DSV - 10 - M - 4.1/1/X/T200 DB 12 555973 3.5 - 10 °C to + 80 °C
DSV - 10 - M - 4.1/1/X/T210 DB 12 555974 3.5
2.1.9 Materials
DSV - 10 - M - 4.1/1/X/T315 DB 12 555977 3.4 Housing and blanking plug
DSV - 10 - M - 4.1/1/X/T330 DB 12 555978 3.5 – Steel
DSV - 10 - EY - 4.0/1/X/XXXX - G24 - Z4 without DB 12 557367 4.5 – Surface protection: phosphate-plated
DSV - 10 - EY - 4.1/1/X/T100 - G24 - Z4 DB 12 555983 4.9 Ball
DSV - 10 - EY - 4.1/1/X/T200 - G24 - Z4 DB 12 555985 3.9 – Steel
DSV - 10 - EY - 4.1/1/X/T210 - G24 - Z4 DB 12 555986 4.9 – Hard-chromed
DSV - 10 - EY - 4.1/1/X/T315 - G24 - Z4 DB 12 555989 3.9 Pressure relief valve and poppet valve
DSV - 10 - EY - 4.1/1/X/T330 - G24 - Z4 DB 12 555990 4.9 Valve body:
– High tensile steel
Closing element:
– Hardened and polished steel
– Wear-resistant
– Surface protection: phosphate-plated
Ball seal
– High quality synthetic material (POM)
Soft seals
– Perbunan (NBR)
Clamped handle SW 09, cranked
– Red anodised aluminium
E 5.251.7/11.13
126
2.2. HYDRAULIC 2.2.7 ∆p - Q Graph curve DSV - 10 2.2.8 Pressure, dependent on flow rate
SPECIFICATIONS with pressure relief valve DB 4
DB 12 Measured at ν = 36 mm²/s and
2.2.1 Nominal pressure
PN 350 Measured at ν = 30 mm²/s and toil = 50 °C
toil = 50 °C
2.2.2 Operating fluids
Mineral oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and 2 Flow rate P → S Pressure range ...100 bar
2.2.3 Temperature of operating fluid
- 10 °C to + 80 °C
2.2.4 Viscosity range
min. 10 mm²/s
max. 380 mm²/s
2.2.5 Filtration
Max. permitted contamination level of
the operating fluid to NAS 1638 class 10.
We therefore recommend a filter with a
minimum retention rate of β20 ≥ 100.
The fitting of filters and regular
Flow rate S → T Pressure range ...200 bar
replacement of filter elements
guarantees correct operation, reduces
wear and tear and extends the service
life.
2.2.6 ∆p - Q Graph curve DSV - 10
with pressure relief valve
DB 4
Measured at ν = 30 mm²/s and
toil = 50 °C
Flow rate P → S Pressure range ...350 bar
Flow rate S → T
E 5.251.7/11.13
127
2.2.9 Pressure, flow rate dependent 2.2.10 Pressure, dependent on flow rate 2.3. TYPE OF OPERATION
DB 4 - TÜV DB 12 2.3.1 Type of construction
Measured at ν = 36 mm²/s and Measured at ν = 28 mm²/s and Solenoid-operated by means of
toil = 50 °C toil = 50 °C pressure-tight, oil-immersed, single-
stroke solenoids in accordance with VDE
Application range of DB 4 - TÜV Pressure range ...150 bar 0580.
Actuating solenoid with male connector
to DIN 43650, standard for general
industrial applications, available for
24 V DC and 230 V AC.
2.3.2 Type of voltage
DC solenoid (type G)
When connected to AC voltage (type W)
the necessary DC voltage is produced
by means of a bridge rectifier connector.
Pressure range ...250 bar 2.3.3 Nominal voltage
Standard nominal voltages :
Voltage type G : 24 V
Qmax table for DB 4 - TÜV Voltage type W : 230 V
Max. permitted flow rate of the pump
2.3.4 Voltage tolerance
Qmax [l/min] p [bar] – 5%
+ 10 %
13 90 - 100
20 101 - 115 2.3.5 Nominal current
Dependent on the nominal voltage
15 116 - 140
G 24 V : 1.04 A
18 141 - 160 W 230 V : 0.13 A
22 161 - 180 Pressure range ...350 bar
2.3.6 Power consumption
24 181 - 200 p20 = 26 W
28 201 - 210
2.3.7 Duty cycle
18 211 - 240
100% = continuous operation
20 241 - 260
11 261 - 340 2.3.8 Switching time
Depending on the symbol, pressure
16 341 - 360 across the individual ports and flow rate,
switch-on time is approx. 25 ms,
switch-off time approx. 35 ms.
2.3.9 Protection class
Protection class IP 65 to DIN 40050
Application range of DB 12 - TÜV provided connector has been fitted
correctly.
2.3.10 Ambient temperature range
- 10 °C to + 40 °C
Qmax table for DB 12 - TÜV

Max. permitted flow rate of the pump
Qmax [l/min] p [bar]
65 30, 35
72 40, 45
80 50, 60, 70, 80, 90
95 100
110 110, 120, 140,
160… to 400
Note:
E 5.251.7/11.13
This valve cannot be set to values in the

shaded areas.
128
3. Adapters 3.2. Model code
3.1. GENERAL (also order example)
Adapters for mounting different makes UEBERG–ST – S30 – NBR
and systems of accumulator must be
ordered separately.
Adapter
Type
S10 = M 33 x 2 / G 3/4 A
S11 = M 33 x 2 / G 1 A
S12 = M 33 x 2 / G 1 1/4 A
S13 = M 33 x 2 / G 2 A
S20 = M 33 x 2 / M 30 x 1.5
S21 = M 33 x 2 / M 40 x 1.5
S22 = M 33 x 2 / M 50 x 1.5
S30 = M 33 x 2 / G 1/2 A
S31 = M 33 x 2 / G 3/4 A
S32 = M 33 x 2 / G 1 A
S33 = M 33 x 2 / G 1 1/4 A
( M 20 x 1.5 / ... on request )
Seal
NBR = Perbunan
When ordering, please quote part number (see Table 3.3.)

Delivery is longer for non-standard models.
3.3. Standard models

Adapter / Type Order No. = Part No.
ADAPTER - S10 - NBR 369479
E 5.251.7/11.13
129
3.4. Dimensions of adapters
Adapter - M 33 x 2, Figure 1
O-ring
O-ring
Type Thread D1 D2 L1 L2 K O-ring

S10 ISO 228 - G ¾ A – 28 15.5 SW 41 17 x 3
S11 ISO 228 - G 1 A – 34 16.5 SW 46 22 x 3
S12 ISO 228 - G 1¼ A – 37 16.5 SW 46 30 x 3
S13 ISO 228 - G 2 A – 44 20.5 SW 65 48 x 31
Adapter - M 33 x 2, Figure 2
O-ring
O-ring
Type Thread D1 D2 L1 L2 K O-ring

S20 M 30 x 1.5 40 15 17.5 SW 41 32 x 2
S21 M 40 x 1.5 54 20 20.5 SW 55 43 x 3
S22 M 50 x 1.5 64 20 20.5 SW 65 53 x 3
E 5.251.7/11.13
S30 ISO 228 - G ½ A 33 14 17.5 SW 41 22 x 3

S31 ISO 228 - G ¾ A 40 16 17.5 SW 41 28 x 3
S32 ISO 228 - G 1 A 45 18 18.5 SW 46 35 x 3
S33 ISO 228 - G 1¼ A 55 20 18.5 SW 65 44 x 33
130
4. DIMENSIONS
DSV - 10 - M - 2.1/1/X/.... 3x through hole Ø6.6
System connection
optional
Shut-off valve
System connection
optional
M33x2
ISO 6149/DIN 3852 Part 3
Pressure relief valve DB 4
DSV - 10 - E.- 2.1/1/X/....

3x through hole Ø6.6
2/2 directional valve
System connection
optional
coil can be turned through 360°
Shut-off valve
System connection
optional
M33x2
E 5.251.7/11.13

131
DSV - 10 - M - 4.1/1/X/....
4x through holes Ø9
System connection
optional
Shut-off valve
System connection
optional
M33x2
DSV - 10 - E.- 4.1/1/X/....
4x through holes Ø9
2/2 directional valve

2SV5
System connection
optional coil can be turned through 360°
Shut-off valve
System connection
optional
M33x2
E 5.251.7/11.13

132
5. SPARE PARTS
(Seal kit)
The parts indicated by numbers in the NOTE

above drawing are contained in the seal The information in this brochure
kit. relates to the operating conditions and
Seal kit Order No. = Part No. applications described.
DSV - 10 702513 For applications and operating
DB 4 715870 the relevant technical department.
DB 12 557399 Subject to technical modifications.
2 SV 5 480078

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.251.7/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
Email: [email protected]
133
134
E 5.251.7/11.13
Compatibility List
For 2/2-, 3/2- and
4/2-Way Ball Valves
1. DESCRIPTION 1.2 NOTES

1.1 GENERAL All the data applies to the usual
The HYDAC compatibility list is intended concentrations of the media at room
as a non-binding recommendation temperature, 20 °C. In individual cases
for the selection of materials for the we can select specific seal combinations
housing, connection adapters, control and suitable materials for problematic
spindle, ball and seals for ball valves. operating conditions on request.
The data given in this brochure is
based on the tests, recommendations
and experience of our suppliers. Given
the immense variety of applications,
media concentrations, pressures and
temperatures, the data is intended to be
a general guideline only.
E 5.519.3/11.13
135
Ball valve
Ball valve
materials
materials
Housing
Housing
Sealing
Sealing
Control
Control
spindle
spindle
seals
seals
cups
cups
Soft
Soft
Ball
Ball
GG, GS-C
GG, GS-C
1.4571
1.4571
Brass
PTFE
Brass
PTFE
Steel
POM
Steel
POM
NBR
FKM
NBR
FKM
Medium Medium
A C
Acetaldehyde 3 2 3 1 4 3 2 1 Copper nitrate, aqueous 4 4 4 2 2 1 2 1
Acetic acid 3 3 3 1 4 4 4 1 Copper sulphate, aqueous 4 4 4 2 2 1 2 1
Acetic anhydride 4 3 4 2 4 4 4 1 Cresolyl, aqueous 3 3 4 2 4 2 4 1
Acetone 1 1 1 1 4 4 2 2 Crude oil 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1
Acetylene 1 4 1 1 2 2 2 2 Crude oil 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1
Acrylonitrile 1 1 3 1 4 3 4 1 Cutting oil 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Air 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Cutting oil emulsion 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 1
Alcohol 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 D
Alum, aqueous 3 3 3 1 2 1 2 1 Diesel fuel 1 1 1 1 3 1 2 1
Aluminium chloride 3 3 3 1 2 1 1 1 E
Ammonia 1 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 Edible oil 4 4 4 1 1 4 4 1
Ammonium carbonate 2 4 2 2 3 3 3 1 Ethane 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1
Ammonium chloride 4 4 4 2 2 1 2 1 Ethanol 2 2 2 1 3 3 2 1
Ammonium phosphate, Ether 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 1
4 4 4 2 2 1 2 1
aqueous Ethyl acetate 2 3 2 2 4 4 2 1
Ammonium sulphate 3 4 3 2 2 1 2 1 Ethylene 2 – 2 1 2 2 2 1
Amyl acetate 3 3 3 2 4 4 2 1 F
Aniline 2 3 3 1 4 2 2 1 Faecal matter 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1
Argon gas 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fatty acids 4 – 4 1 3 1 1 1
Aviation fuel JP 3–6 1 1 1 1 3 2 3 1 Fertilizer solution 4 3 4 3 4 4 – 1
B Fire extinguishing substance 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 1
Beer 4 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 Fish oil 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1
Beet sugar solution 2 – 2 1 2 1 1 1 Formaldehyde 3 1 3 1 2 2 1 1
Benzene 2 2 2 2 4 3 2 1 Formic acid 4 2 4 2 4 4 4 1
Bitumen 1 2 2 1 4 2 3 1 Freon 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1
Borax, aqueous 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 Fruit juices 4 3 4 1 2 1 1 1
Boric acid, aqueous 3 3 4 2 1 1 2 1 Fuel oil, heavy 2 2 3 1 4 3 3 1
Brake fluid 2 2 3 2 4 3 2 1 Fuel oil, light 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 1
Brandy 2 2 3 2 2 1 2 1 Furan 1 4 4 1 4 4 4 1
Bromine 4 3 4 4 4 2 – 1 Furfurol 1 1 2 1 4 4 2 1
Brown coal tar 1 4 1 1 4 4 4 1 G
Butane, gaseous 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 Gas liquor 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1
Butter fat 4 4 4 1 1 4 1 1 Gas oil 2 2 2 1 3 1 2 1
Butyric acid, aqueous 4 3 4 2 2 2 2 1 Gasoline, pure 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 1
C Gelatine 3 3 4 1 1 1 1 1
Cadmium chloride 4 4 4 1 1 4 4 1 Glucose 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1
Cadmium sulphate 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Glycerine 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 1
Calcareous water 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Glycol 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 1
Calcium bisulphate, aqueous 4 2 4 2 2 2 2 1 H
Calcium carbonate 1 4 4 1 1 1 4 1 Heavy oil 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 1
Calcium chloride, aqueous 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 Heptane 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1
Calcium hydroxide 3 1 3 2 1 1 2 1 Hexane 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1
Carbon dioxide 1 1 2 1 2 1 4 1 Hydraulic fluid,
Carbon disulphide 3 3 3 2 4 1 2 1 based on phosphate-ester 2 4 2 1 4 1 1 1
Carbonic acid 2 4 4 2 2 2 2 1 Hydraulic fluid,
based on glycol 2 3 2 1 3 2 3 1
Castor oil 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
Cellolube 220 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 Hydraulic fluid,
based on mineral oil 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Chlorine wet + dry 4 4 4 4 4 2 4 1
Chlorine, gaseous up to 100 °C 4 4 4 1 4 1 4 1 Hydrochloric acid 4 4 4 4 – 1 – 1
Chlorobenzene 2 2 2 1 4 2 2 1 Hydrogen 2 2 2 1 2 2 – 1
Chloroform 2 2 2 1 4 2 4 1 Hydrogen peroxide 4 4 4 2 4 2 4 1
Citric acid 4 2 4 2 2 1 2 1 Hydrogen sulphide 3 4 4 2 3 2 3 1
Clophen A 1 1 1 1 4 1 4 1 I
E 5.519.3/11.13
Coal tar oil 1 1 1 1 4 2 3 1 Ink 4 3 4 1 1 1 1 1

Coke oven gas 2 3 2 1 4 2 – 1 Iron chloride 4 2 4 4 2 1 3 1
Condenser oil 1 4 1 1 4 1 1 1 Iron sulphate 4 2 4 2 3 1 1 1
136
Ball valve
Ball valve
materials
materials
Housing
Housing
Sealing
Sealing
Control
Control
spindle
spindle
seals
seals
cups
cups
Soft
Soft
Ball
Ball
GG, GS-C
GG, GS-C
1.4571
1.4571
Brass
PTFE
Brass
PTFE
Steel
POM
Steel
POM
NBR
FKM
NBR
FKM
Medium Medium
I P
Isobutyl alcohol 2 2 3 2 3 1 3 1 Picric acid 4 3 4 1 2 1 – 1
Isooctane 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 Pine needle oil 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1
Isopropyl alcohol 2 2 3 2 3 1 2 1 Pit water 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Isopropyl ether 1 1 3 1 3 4 – 1 Potassium bromide, aqueous 4 3 4 1 2 1 2 1
K Potassium carbonate, aqueous 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1
Kerosene 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 Potassium chlorate, aqueous 2 2 2 2 4 1 2 1
Ketone 4 4 4 1 4 4 4 1 Potassium chloride, aqueous 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1
L Potassium nitrate, aqueous 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
Lacquers 2 1 2 1 4 3 2 1 Potassium sulphate, aqueous 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
Latex emulsion 2 1 2 1 – – 1 1 Propane 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1
Lead acetate, aqueous 4 3 4 1 4 2 3 1 Propyl alcohol 4 1 4 1 4 – – 1
Linseed oil 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 Propylene glycol 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1
Lubricating oil 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pydraul F9 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1
Lubricating oil, mineral 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 S
Lyes, alkaline 4 4 4 1 1 4 1 1 Salicylic acid 4 3 4 1 1 1 2 1
M Silver nitrate 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 1
Magnesium chloride 3 3 4 2 2 1 1 1 Soap solutions 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
Magnesium hydroxide 2 4 2 1 2 1 1 1 Sodium bicarbonate 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1
Magnesium sulphate 3 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 Sodium carbonate 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1
Maleic anhydride 4 2 4 2 – 2 3 1 Sodium chlorate 3 – 3 2 3 1 2 1
Malic acid 4 3 4 2 1 1 1 1 Sodium chloride 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
Mercury 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 Sodium cyanide 2 4 2 2 2 1 2 1
Mercury chloride 4 4 4 3 2 1 4 1 Sodium hydroxide 2 2 2 1 3 3 – 1
Methane 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 Sodium hydroxide solution 4 4 4 1 1 4 4 1
Methanol 2 2 2 2 3 4 2 1 Sodium nitrate 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1
Methyl ethyl ketone 1 1 3 1 4 4 1 1 Sodium phosphate 3 2 3 1 2 1 2 1
Methylamine, aqueous 2 4 2 1 4 4 – 1 Sodium silicate 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1
Methylene bromide 4 1 4 4 4 1 3 1 Sodium sulphate 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1
Methylene chloride 2 1 3 1 4 3 3 1 Sodium sulphide 2 4 3 2 2 1 2 1
Milk of lime 2 – 2 1 4 2 2 1 Sodium sulphite, aqueous 4 – 4 1 4 3 3 1
Mine gas 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 Sodium thiosulphate 2 3 2 1 4 1 1 1
N Solvents 2 2 2 1 4 3 2 1
Naphtha 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 Spirit 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 1
Naphthalene 2 2 2 2 4 1 1 1 Steam (water) 2 1 2 1 4 4 4 1
Natural gas 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 Stearic acid 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
Nickel chloride 4 4 4 2 1 1 2 1 Styrene 1 1 2 1 4 2 2 1
Nickel sulphate 4 4 4 2 2 1 2 1 Sugar solution 4 4 4 1 1 4 1 1
Nitric acid 1 4 1 1 4 4 4 1 Sulphur 3 4 3 2 4 1 2 1
Nitrobenzene – 4 3 1 4 3 4 1 Sulphur dioxide 2 2 2 1 4 1 2 1
Nitrogen 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Sulphuric acid 2 3 2 1 4 2 4 1
O T
Oil-water emulsion 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Tannic acid 3 2 3 1 2 2 1 1
Oleic acid 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 Tartaric acid 4 2 4 2 2 1 2 1
Oleum 3 4 3 2 4 2 4 1 Tin chloride 4 4 4 4 2 1 2 1
Oxalic acid 4 4 4 2 2 1 3 1 Toluene 1 1 1 1 4 2 2 1
Oxygen 2 1 3 1 4 2 4 1 Town gas 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1
Oxygen gas 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Transformer oil 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1
Ozone 4 4 4 1 – – – 1 Transmission oil 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
P Tributyl phosphate 2 2 2 1 4 3 – 1
Palm oil 4 4 4 1 4 1 1 1 Trichloroacetic acid 4 4 4 1 4 4 4 1
Palmitic acid 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 Trichloroethylene 2 3 3 2 4 3 3 1
Paraffin 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 Turbine oil 1 1 1 1 4 1 4 1
E 5.519.3/11.13
Pentane 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 Turpentine oil 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1

Perchloroethylene 1 4 1 1 4 4 4 1 Urea, aqueous 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 1
Petroleum 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 V
Phenol 2 2 2 2 4 2 4 1 Vinegar 4 3 4 1 3 2 4 1
137
MATERIALS SUMMARY AND APPLICATIONS
Ball valve
OF THE MATERIALS IN HYDAC BALL
Housing
material
Sealing
Control
spindle
VALVES.
seals
cups
Soft
Ball
Housing, connection adapter, control spindle and ball:
Material Material Application
GG, GS-C
code
1.4571
Brass
PTFE
1 9SMnPb28KGeneral oil hydraulics without special
Steel
POM
NBR
FKM
materials requirement.
Medium
2 Brass General oil and water hydraulics with
V
(MS58) increased corrosion protection requirements.
Vinyl chloride 2 3 2 2 4 3 2 1 Low and medium pressure range.
Viscose 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 3 Stainless Special application in the chemical and power
Volatile oils 2 2 2 1 3 2 2 1 steel industry with high corrosion protection
W (1.4571) requirements of the material.
Water up to 180 °C. 2 1 2 1 4 4 4 1 5 Structural General oil and water hydraulics with special
steel materials requirement.
Water up to 80 °C. 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 1
(ST52-3)
Water, distilled 4 1 4 1 2 2 2 1
6 Tempered As for code 5.
Water, sea water 4 2 4 2 3 2 3 1 steel
Wax 1 1 1 1 3 2 1 1 (C 22.8)
X 8 Cast iron Low pressure applications with good corrosion
Xylenes 2 1 2 1 4 2 1 1 (GG25) resistance.
Z 10 Cast steel High temperature applications with
(GS-C 25) high stability values.
Zinc chloride 4 4 3 4 3 1 2 1
Poor corrosive property.
Zinc sulphate 4 2 4 2 1 1 2 1
Material of ball sealing cup:
1 = recommended
2 = mostly suitable code
3 = probably suitable 1 Polyacetal Primarily for high pressure hydraulics in the
(POM) temperature range from - 20 °C to + 100 °C.
4 = not recommended Operating pressure up to max. 500 bar.
Not resistant to aggressive media.
– = not yet determined
2 Perbunan Primarily for pneumatics and gas applications
Note: (NBR) (DVGW, German Technical Association for
Medium tested at room temperature 20 °C Gas and Water).
Temperature range from - 5 °C to + 70 °C.
Operating pressure up to max. 100 bar.
Not resistant to aggressive media.
3 PTFE Given the excellent chemical and thermal
properties, the application ranges are varied.
8 Victrex- Good chemical and thermal properties.
Peek Temperature range from - 150 °C to + 200 °C.
Material of O-rings on the control spindle and the connection
adapters:
code
2 Perbunan General hydraulics.
(NBR) Temperature range from - 20 °C to + 100 °C.
Operating pressure up to max. 500 bar
4 Viton General hydraulics, however primarily for
(FKM) aggressive media.
NOTE
The information in this brochure relates to the operating
conditions and applications described.
For applications or operating conditions not described, please
contact the relevant technical department.

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.519.3/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
Email: [email protected]
138
HY–ROS Mounting Technology
for …
Catalogue Section …
Mounting for …
Hoses, cables
Components
Pipes
Clamps to DIN 3015 Light range DIN 3015 Part 1 l
Heavy range DIN 3015 Part 2 l
1 Light range DIN 3015 Part 1 with elastomer insert l l
Heavy range DIN 3015 Part 2 with elastomer insert l l
Twin clamps DIN 3015 Part 3 l
HYDAC Clamps Diagonal clamp l
2 Buegu clamp l l l
Oval clamp l l
Series strips Series strips, light range l
3
Series strips, heavy range with elastomer insert l l
U-bolt clamps U-bolt clamps similar to DIN 3570 l
4
Flat steel bolt clamp DIN 3567 l
Swivel bolt clamps Swivel bolt clamping band l
Support, short, for mounting air reservoirs l
Quick release swivel bolt clamp l l
5 Quick release swivel bolt band clamp l
Quick release swivel bolt band clamp "Multi" l l
Swivel bolt prism clamp l l
E 61.000.1/11.13
Clamps for cylinders l l l

Other solutions Sensor clamp l
6
Rubber tank bush l
139
HY–ROS Mounting Technology
for …
Catalogue section …
Swivel bolt clamps

Multiple clamps
Mounting for …
Single clamps
Combinations
Design
Pipes 1 Clamp DIN 3015 l l
4 Clamp DIN 3567 l

4 Clamp DIN 3570 with support l
3 Series strip, light range l
3 Series strip, heavy range with elastomer insert l
2 Clamps with rubber insert l l
2 HYDAC clamps l
5 Clamps for mounting pipes to cylinders l l l
Hoses and cables 1 Clamp DIN 3015 l l
2 Clamps with rubber insert l l
5 Clamps for mounting hoses/cables to cylinders l l l
5 Hose clamps l l l
3 Series strip, heavy range with elastomer insert l
Components 5 Clamps for hydraulic accumulators l l
5 Clamps for mounting air reservoirs l l
E 61.000.1/11.13
5 Clamps for mounting components to cylinders l l l

6 Sensor clamps l l
140
BT 1
Schellen nach DIN 3015
Clamps to DIN 3015
Colliers selon DIN 3015
BT 1.1 Leichte Reihe DIN 3015 Teil 1

BT 1.1 Light range DIN 3015 part 1
BT 1.1 Série légère selon DIN 3015 chap. 1
BT 1.2 Schwere Reihe DIN 3015 Teil 2

BT 1.2 Heavy range DIN 3015 Part 2
BT 1.2 Série lourde selon DIN 3015 chap. 2
BT 1.3 Leichte Reihe DIN 3015 Teil 1 mit Elastomereinsatz

BT 1.3 Light range DIN 3015 part 1 with elastomer insert
BT 1.3 Série légère avec garniture élastomère selon DIN 3015 chap. 1
BT 1.4 Schwere Reihe DIN 3015 Teil 2 mit Elastomereinsatz

BT 1.4 Heavy range DIN 3015 Part 2 with elastomer insert
BT 1.4 Série lourde avec garniture élastomère selon DIN 3015 chap. 2
BT 1.5 Zweirohrschelle DIN 3015 Teil 3

BT 1.5 Twin clamps DIN 3015 Part 3
BT 1.5 Collier double selon DIN 3015 chap. 3
BT 1.6 Technische Daten

BT 1.6 Technical Details
BT 1.6 Caractéristiques techniques
BT 1.7 Verpackungseinheiten
BT 1.7 Packing details
BT 1.7 Conditionnement
BT 1.8 Maße Metrisch / Zoll

BT 1.8 Comparison metric / imperial measurements
BT 1.8 Correspondance métrique/pouce
Hirschbachstr. 2
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
141
ANMERKUNG NOTE REMARQUE
Die Angaben in diesem Prospekt The information in this brochure relates to Les données de ce prospectus
beziehen sich auf die beschriebenen the operating conditions and applications se réfèrent aux conditions de
Betriebsbedingungen und Einsatzfälle. described. For applications or operating fonctionnement et d'utilisation
Bei abweichenden Einsatzfällen und/oder conditions not described, please contact décrites. Pour des conditions
Betriebsbedingungen wenden Sie sich the relevant technical department. Subject d'utilisation et de fonctionnement
bitte an die entsprechende Fachabteilung. to technical modifications. différentes, veuillez vous adresser
Technische Änderungen sind vorbehalten. au service technique compétent.
Sous réserve de modifications
techniques.
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
142
1.1 Leichte Reihe DIN 3015 Teil 1
1.1 Light range DIN 3015 part 1 BT 1
1.1 SERIE LEGERE selon DIN 3015 chap. 1
Größe 0 Größe 1-6

Size 0 Size 1-6
Taille 0 Taille 1-6
Ø extérieur du tuyau mm
Rohr-Außen-Ø in mm
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
SLOTTED HEAD
Vis tête fendue

Pipe O/D mm
ISO 4014
ISO 4014
ISO 4014
ISO 4762
ISO 4762
ISO 4762
ISO 1207
ISO 1207
ISO 1207
SCHLITZ
Ext. hex.
DIN 938
DIN 938
DIN 938
Vis CHc
Int. hex.
Goujon
Größe
STIFT
ASKT
STUD
Vis H
Taille
ISKT
Size
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 h1 h2
6
6,4
8
9,5 0 – 30 28 44 58 16 32 M6 x 30 M6 x 20 M6 x 20 M6 x 20
10
12
6
6,4
8
9,5 1 20 36 36 50 64 16 32 M6 x 30 M6 x 20 M6 x 20 M6 x 20
10
12
12,7
13,7
14
15 2 26 42 40 56 70 19,5 39 M6 x 35 M6 x 25 M6 x 25 M6 x 25
16
17,1
18
19
20
21,3
22 3 33 50 48 64 78 20,5 41 M6 x 40 M6 x 30 M6 x 30 M6 x 30
23
25
25,4
26,9
28 4 40 59 57 73 87 24 48 M6 x 45 M6 x 35 M6 x 35 M6 x 35
30
32
33,7
35
5 52 72 70 86 100 32 64 M6 x 60 M6 x 50 M6 x 50 M6 x 50
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
38
40
42
44,5
48,3 6 66 88 86 100 116 36 72 M6 x 70 M6 x 60 M6 x 60 M6 x 60
50,8
143
1.1 Light range DIN 3015 part 1
Ausführung A Ausführung AV
Model A Model AV
Exécution A Exécution AV
Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Taille
Size
6 .. 12 0
6 .. 12 1
12,7 .. 18 2
19 .. 25,4 3
26,9 .. 30 4
32 .. 42 5
44,5 .. 50,8 6
Ausführung A1 Ausführung A1TM

Model A1 Model A1TM

Exécution A1 Exécution A1TM

Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Taille
Size
6 .. 12 0
6 .. 12 1
12,7 .. 18 2
19 .. 25,4 3
26,9 .. 30 4
32 .. 42 5
44,5 .. 50,8 6
Bestellschlüssel HRL 2 A 16 PP ST M BL

Order code / Code de commande
Baureihe / range / série
HRL
HRGL
Baugröße / size / taille
0/1/2/3/4/5/6
Ausführung / model / exécution
A / A1 / A1TM / AV
Durchmesser / O/D / diamètre
Werkstoff der Klemmbacken/ clamp material / matériau des pièces de serrage
PP / PA / PAFF / TPE / AL
Werkstoff der Stahlteile / material of steel parts / matériau des pièces acier
ST
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
A2 / A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande

Metrisches Gewinde / metric thread / filet métrique
Oberfläche der Stahlteile / plating of steel parts / revêtement des pièces acier
BL blank / unplated / sans revêtement
ZN verzinkt / zinc plated / zingué
144
Ausführung B Ausführung BV
Model B Model BV
Exécution B Exécution BV
Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Taille
entfällt bei AL entfällt bei AL

Size
not required for AL not required for AL

sauf exécution AL sauf exécution AL
6 .. 12 0
6 .. 12 1
12,7 .. 18 2
19 .. 25,4 3
26,9 .. 30 4
32 .. 42 5
44,5 .. 50,8 6
Ausführung B1 Ausführung B1TM

Model B1 Model B1TM

Exécution B1 Exécution B1TM

Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Taille
Size

6 .. 12 0 not required for AL not required for AL
sauf exécution AL sauf exécution AL
6 .. 12 1
12,7 .. 18 2
19 .. 25,4 3
26,9 .. 30 4
32 .. 42 5
44,5 .. 50,8 6
Bestellschlüssel HRL 2 B 16 PP ST M BL

HRL
HRGL
0/1/2/3/4/5/6
B / B1 / B1TM / BV
ST
DEF 8.183.2/11.13

145
1.1 Light range DIN 3015 part 1
Ausführung C Ausführung CV Ausführung C1

Model C Model CV Model C1

Exécution C Exécution CV Exécution C1

Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Taille
Size

6 .. 12 0 not required for AL not required for AL
sauf exécution AL sauf exécution AL entfällt bei AL
6 .. 12 1 not required for AL
sauf exécution AL
12,7 .. 18 2
19 .. 25,4 3
26,9 .. 30 4
32 .. 42 5
44,5 .. 50,8 6
Ausführung C1TM Ausführung D

Model C1TM Model D

Exécution C1TM Exécution D

Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Taille
Size
6 .. 12 0 entfällt bei AL
not required for AL
sauf exécution AL
6 .. 12 1
12,7 .. 18 2
19 .. 25,4 3
26,9 .. 30 4
32 .. 42 5
44,5 .. 50,8 6
Bestellschlüssel HRL 2 C 16 PP ST M BL

HRL
HRGL
0/1/2/3/4/5/6
C / C1 / C1TM / CV / D
ST
DEF 8.183.2/11.13

146
1.1 Leichte Reihe DIN 3015 Teil 1, Einzelteile
1.1 Light range DIN 3015 part 1, individual parts BT 1
1.1 SERIE LEGERE selon DIN 3015 chap. 1, pièces individuelles
Deckplatte Anschweißplatte
Cover plate Weld plate
0
Größe
Größe
Plaque de protection Plaque à souder
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
(DP) (AP)
0 0
1 1 1 ... 6
0
2 2 Anschweißplatte verlängert
Extended weld plate
Plaque à souder
3 3 rallongée
(APV)
0
4 4
1 ... 6
5 5
1 ... 6
6 6
Bestellschlüssel Bestellschlüssel
Order code / Code de commande Order code / Code de commande
HRL 3 DP ST ZN HRL 2 AP ST M BL
Baureihe / range / série Baureihe / range / série

HRL HRL

Baugröße / size / taille 0/1/2/3/4/5/6
0/1/2/3/4/5/6
Ausführung / model / exécution AP / APV
DP Werkstoff der Stahlteile /
material of steel parts /
Werkstoff der Stahlteile / matériau des pièces acier
material of steel parts / ST
matériau des pièces acier A2 / A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande
ST
A2 / A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande Metrisches Gewinde /
metric thread / filet métrique
Oberfläche der Stahlteile / Oberfläche der Stahlteile /
plating of steel parts / plating of steel parts /
revêtement des pièces acier revêtement des pièces acier
ZN verzinkt / zinc plated / zingué ZN verzinkt / zinc plated / zingué
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
147
1.1 Light range DIN 3015 part 1, individual parts
1.1 SERIE LEGERE DIN 3015 chap. 1, pièces individuelles
Reihenanschweißplatte Doppelanschweißplatte
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
Interconnecting weld plate Double weld plate
Plaque de combinaison à souder Plaque à souder double
0 (RAP) 0 (DAP)
1b 1b
2a 2a
2b 2b
3a 3a
3b 3b
4 4
5 5
6 6
HRL 2a RAP ST M BL HRL 2a DAP ST M BL
HRL HRL
Baugröße / size / taille Baugröße / size / taille
0 / 1b / 2a / 2b / 3a / 3b / 4 / 5 / 6 0 / 1b / 2a / 2b / 3a / 3b / 4 / 5 / 6
Ausführung / model / exécution Ausführung / model / exécution
RAP DAP
Werkstoff der Stahlteile / Werkstoff der Stahlteile /
material of steel parts / material of steel parts /
matériau des pièces acier matériau des pièces acier
ST ST
A2 / A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande A2 / A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande
Metrisches Gewinde / metric thread / filet métrique Metrisches Gewinde / metric thread / filet métrique
Oberfläche der Stahlteile / plating of steel parts / Oberfläche der Stahlteile / plating of steel parts /
BL blank / unplated / sans revêtement BL blank / unplated / sans revêtement
Reihenanschweißplatte Doppelanschweißplatte
Interconnecting weld plate Double weld plate
Plaque de combinaison à souder Plaque à souder double
(RAP) (DAP)
3 mm dick / 3 mm thick / ép. 3 mm 3 mm dick / 3 mm thick / ép. 3 mm

Nombre de colliers
Abmessungen
Nombre de colliers
Abmessungen
Number of clamps
Number of clamps
Schellenanzahl
Schellenanzahl
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
e1 e2 e3 e4 L e1 e2 e3 e4 L
0 10 – 30 – – 298 0 2 – – 30 9,5 63
1b 10 17 40 20 7 394 1b 2 18 40 20 8 76
2a 10 20 43 26 7 427 2a 2 21,5 43 26 8,5 86
2b 10 20 52 26 7 508 2b 2 21 52 26 8 94
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
3a 10 24 52 33 7,5 516 3a 2 26 52 33 9,5 104

3b 10 24 75 33 7,5 723 3b 2 25 75 33 8,5 125
4 5 28,5 60 40 8,5 297 4 2 28,5 60 40 8,5 117
5 5 35 75 52 9 370 5 2 35 75 52 9 145
6 5 43 90 66 10 446 6 2 43 90 66 10 176
148
1.1 SERIE LEGERE DIN 3015 chap. 1, pièces individuelles
Klemmbackenpaar gerippt Klemmbackenpaar glatt

Pair of clamp jaws, ribbed body Pair of clamp jaws, smooth
Paire de pièces de serrage, rainurée Paire de pièces de serrage, lisse
(HRL ... KP ...) (HRGL ... KP ...)
Pipe O/D mm
Pipe O/D mm
0 1 ... 6 0 1 ... 6
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
6 .. 12 0 6 .. 12 0
6 .. 12 1 6 .. 12 1
12,7 .. 18 2 12,7 .. 18 2
19 .. 25,4 3 19 .. 25,4 3
26,9 .. 30 4 26,9 .. 30 4
32 .. 42 5 32 .. 42 5
44,5 .. 50,8 6 44,5 .. 50,8 6
Bestellschlüssel HRL 3 KP 23 PP


HRL
HRGL
0/1/2/3/4/5/6
KP
Werkstoff der Klemmbacken / clamp material / matériau des pièces de serrage
PP / PA / AL / PAFF / TPE / AL*
* nicht für Größe 0

not for size 0
pas pour la taille 0 DEF 8.183.2/11.13
149
6-kt-Schraube ISO 4014 Zylinder-Schraube ISO 4762

Ext. hex. bolt ISO 4014 Int. hex. bolt ISO 4762
Vis H ISO 4014 Vis CHc ISO 4762
(6kt-shr.ISO4014) (zyl-shr.ISO4762)
Abmessungen
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
M6 x 30 0 M6 x 20 0
M6 x 30 1 M6 x 20 1
M6 x 35 2 M6 x 25 2
M6 x 40 3 M6 x 30 3
M6 x 45 4 M6 x 35 4
M6 x 60 5 M6 x 50 5
M6 x 70 6 M6 x 60 6
Zylinder-Schraube ISO 1207

Slotted head bolt ISO 1207
Vis tête fendue ISO 1207
(zyl-shr.ISO1207)
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
Größe
Taille
Size
M6 x 20 0
M6 x 20 1
M6 x 25 2
M6 x 30 3
M6 x 35 4
M6 x 50 5
M6 x 60 6
Bestellschlüssel 6kt-shr. ISO4014 - M6 x 30 - 8.8 - A4B

Bauart / design / série

6kt-shr. ISO4014
zyl-shr.ISO4762
zyl-shr.ISO1207
ISO4014 ISO4762 ISO1207
M6 x 30 M6 x 20 M6 x 20
M6 x 35 M6 x 25 M6 x 25
M6 x 40 M6 x 30 M6 x 30
M6 x 45 M6 x 35 M6 x 35
M6 x 60 M6 x 50 M6 x 50
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
M6 x 70 M6 x 60 M6 x 60
Schraubenqualität / bolt quality / qualité de vis
ISO4014, ISO4762 = 8.8 ISO 1207 = 5.6
Oberfläche der Schraube / bolt plating / revêtement de vis
A4B verzinkt / zinc plated / zingué
150
Aufbauschraube Sicherungsblech
Abmessungen
Build-up bolt Locking plate

Dimensions
Dimensions
Goujon-écrou Plaque intermédiaire

(AF ...) (SIP)
Größe
Taille
Size
AF 6 0+1
Abmessungen
AF 6 2
Dimensions
Dimensions
AF 6 3
Größe
Taille
Size
AF 6 4
AF 6 5
SIP 0
AF 6 6
HRL 4 AF ST M ZN HRL 0 SIP ST ZN
HRL HRL

0+1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6
0
AF Ausführung / model / exécution
SIP
Werkstoff / material / matériau
ST
ST
A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande
Oberfläche der Stahlteile / plating of steel parts / Oberfläche der Stahlteile / plating of steel parts /
Aufbauschraube Gr. 0-6L Sicherungsblech Gr. 0L

Build-up bolt size 0-6L Locking plate size 0L
Goujon-écrou taille 0-6L Plaque intermédiaire taille 0L
(AF) (SIP)
für alle Größen

for all sizes
pour toutes les tailles
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
Größe
Taille
Size
L1 L2 d
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
0+1 34 14 M6
2 39 14 M6
3 44 14 M6
4 49 14 M6
5 64 14 M6
6 74 14 M6
151
C-Tragschiene Tragschienenmutter
C-rail Bayonet nut
Abmessungen
C-Rail porteur Ecrou rail porteur

Dimensions
Dimensions
(TS) (TMV6)
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
28 x 11
C-Tragschiene m. Anschweißstegen
C-rail with weld struts
C-Rail porteur avec barres à souder
28 x 14 (TS28x11AS)
28 x 30
TMV6
28 x 11AS
Order code / Code de commande Order code /
HRL TS28x11 ST BL 1m Code de commande
Baureihe / range / série HRL TMV6 ST ZN
HRL
TS28x11 Baureihe /
TS28x14 range /
TS28x30 série
TS28x11AS HRL
Werkstoff der Stahlteile / Ausführung /
material of steel parts / model / exécution
matériau des pièces acier TMV 6
ST / AL* / A2* / A4*
Werkstoff der Stahlteile /
Oberfläche der Stahlteile / material of steel parts /
plating of steel parts / matériau des pièces acier
revêtement des pièces acier ST
BL blank / unplated / sans revêtement A4 auf Anfrage / on request /
ZN verzinkt / zinc plated / zingué sur demande
Baulänge (nur für Ausführung TS) /
length (only for model TS) / Oberfläche der Stahlteile /
longueur (seulement pour exécution TS) plating of steel parts /
1m / 2m revêtement des pièces acier
ZN verzinkt /
zinc plated /
* auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande zingué
C-Tragschiene C-Tragschiene m. Anschweißstegen Tragschienenmutter M6

C-rail C-rail with weld struts Bayonet nut M6
C-Rail porteur C-Rail porteur avec barres à souder Ecrou rail porteur M6
(TS) (TS28x11AS) (TMV6)
15
4.5
10.6
M6
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
10.6
Lieferbar in 1m und 2m Stücken Lieferbar in 1m Stücken

Available in 1m and 2m lengths Available in 1m lengths
Existe en longueur de 1m et 2m Existe en longueur de 1m 25.4
152
1.2 SCHWERE REIHE DIN 3015 Teil 2
1.2 HEAVY RANGE DIN 3015 part 2 BT 1
1.2 SERIE LOURDE selon DIN 3015 chap. 2
Abmessungen
Vis CHc ISO 4762

ASKT ISO 4014
Dimensions
Dimensions
Vis H ISO 4014
ISKT ISO 4762

Ext. hex. 4014
Int. hex. 4762

Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Taille
Size
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 b1 b2 h1 h2 s1 d1
6 13,7
6,4 14
8 15
9,5 16 1 33 73 55 85 113 30 60 24 48 8 11 M10 x 45 M10 x 25
10 17,1
12 18
12,7
19 25,4
20 26,9
21,3 28 2 45 85 70 97 125 30 60 32 64 8 11 M10 x 60 M10 x 40
22 30
25
25 38
30 40
32 42 3 60 100 85 112 140 30 60 38 76 8 11 M10 x 70 M10 x 50
33,7
35
30 55
38 57
42 60,3
44,5 63,5 4 90,5 140 115 160 190 45 90 54,5 109 10 14 M12 x 100 M12 x 80
48,3 65
50,8 70
38 76,1
65 80
70 88,9 5 122 180 152 205 240 60 120 70 140 10 18 M16 x 130 M16 x 110
73
65 114,3
96 127,0
101,6 6 168 225 205 270 310 80 160 100 200 15 22 M20 x 190 M20 x 150
108
90
136
139,7 7 205 270 252 320 370 90 180 115 230 15 26 M24 x 220 M24 x 180
168
168
177,8
193,7 8 265 340 320 – – 120 240 160 320 25 – M30 x 300 –
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
219,1
219,1 323,9
244,5 9 395 520 466 – – 160 324 235 470 30 – M30 x 450 –
273
355,6
406,4 10 530 680 630 – – 180 364 295 590 30 – M30 x 560 –
153
1.2 HEAVY RANGE DIN 3015 part 2
Ausführung S Ausführung S1 Ausführung I

Model S Model S1 Model I

Exécution S Exécution S1 Exécution I

Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Taille
Size
6 .. 18 1
19 .. 30 2
25 .. 42 3
30 .. 70 4
38 .. 88,9 5
65 .. 114,3 6
90 .. 168 7
168 .. 219,1 8
219,1 .. 323,9 9
355,6 .. 406,4 10
Ausführung SV Ausführung S1TM

Model SV Model S1TM

Exécution SV Exécution S1TM

Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Taille
Size
6 .. 18 1
19 .. 30 2
25 .. 42 3
30 .. 70 4
38 .. 88,9 5
65 .. 114,3 6
90 .. 168 7
168 .. 219,1 8
219,1 .. 323,9 9
355,6 .. 406,4 10
Bestellschlüssel HRS 2 S 30 PP ST M BL

HRS
HRGS (auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande)
1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 / 9 / 10
S / SV / S1 / S1TM / I
S1TM nur bis Größe 4 / S1TM only up to size 4 / S1TM seulement jusqu’à taille 4
I nur bis Größe 7 / I only up to size 7 / I seulement jusqu’à taille 7
ST
DEF 8.183.2/11.13

154
1.2 HEAVY RANGE DIN 3015 part 2 BT 1
Ausführung A Ausführung D
Model A Model D
Exécution A Exécution D
Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Taille
Size
6 .. 18 1
19 .. 30 2
25 .. 42 3
30 .. 70 4
38 .. 88,9 5
65 .. 114,3 6
90 .. 168 7
168 .. 219,1 8
219,1 .. 323,9 9
355,6 .. 406,4 10
Bestellschlüssel HRS 5 D 76,1 PP ST M BL

HRS
1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 / 9 / 10
A/D
Ausführung A nur bis Größe 7 / model A up to size 7 / exécution A seulement jusqu’à taille 7
ST
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
155
1.2 SCHWERE REIHE DIN 3015 Teil 2, Einzelteile
1.2 HEAVY RANGE DIN 3015 part 2, individual parts
1.2 SERIE LOURDE selon DIN 3015 chap. 2, pièces individuelles

Pair of clamp jaws, ribbed Pair of clamp jaws, smooth


(HRS ... KP ...) (HRGS ... KP ...)
Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Taille
Size
6 .. 18 1
19 .. 30 2
25 .. 42 3
30 .. 70 4
38 .. 88,9 5
65 .. 114,3 6
90 .. 168 7
168 .. 219,1 8
nicht in AL
219,1 .. 323,9 9 not in AL
355,6 .. 406,4 10 ne pas en AL
Bestellschlüssel HRS 2 KP 30 PP


HRS

1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 / 9 / 10

KP

DEF 8.183.2/11.13
156
1.2 HEAVY RANGE DIN 3015 part 2, individual parts BT 1
Deckplatte Doppeldeckplatte Anschweißplatte Anschweißplatte verlängert

Cover plate Double cover plate Weld plate Extended weld plate
Größe
Größe
Plaque de protection Plaque de protection double Plaque à souder Plaque à souder rallongée
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
(DP) (DDP) (AP) (APV)
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
Sicherungsblech* Doppelanschweißplatte
5 Locking plate* 5 Double weld plate
Plaque intermédiaire* Plaque à souder double
6 (SIP) 6 (DAP)
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
HRS 2 DP ST BL HRS 2 APV ST M BL

HRS HRS

1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 / 9 / 10 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 / 9 / 10

Ausführung / model / exécution AP / APV / DAP
DP / DDP / SIP*
Werkstoff der Stahlteile / material of steel parts /
material of steel parts / matériau des pièces acier
matériau des pièces acier ST
ST A2 / A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande
Metrisches Gewinde /
Oberfläche der Stahlteile /
plating of steel parts / Oberfläche der Stahlteile /
revêtement des pièces acier plating of steel parts /
BL blank / unplated / sans revêtement revêtement des pièces acier
ZN verzinkt / zinc plated / zingué BL blank / unplated / sans revêtement
* nur bis Größe 7
only up to size 7
seulement jusqu'à la taille 7
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
157
6-kt-Schraube ISO 4014 Zylinder-Schraube ISO 4762

Ext. hex. bolt ISO 4014 Int. hex. bolt ISO 4762
Vis H ISO 4014 Vis CHc ISO 4762
(6kt-shr.ISO4014) (zyl-shr.ISO4762)
Abmessungen
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
M10 x 45 1 M10 x 25 1
M10 x 60 2
M10 x 70 3
M10 x 40 2
M12 x 100 4 M10 x 50 3
M16 x 130 5
M12 x 80 4
M20 x 190 6
M24 x 220 7 M16 x 110 5
M30 x 300 8 M20 x 150 6
M30 x 450 9
M30 x 560 10 M24 x 180 7
Bestellschlüssel 6kt-shr. ISO4014 - M10 x 70 - 8.8 - A4B


6kt-shr. ISO4014
zyl-shr.ISO4762
ISO4014 ISO4762
M10 x 45 M10 x 25
M10 x 60 M10 x 40
M10 x 70 M10 x 50
M12 x 100 M12 x 80
M16 x 130 M16 x 110
M20 x 190 M20 x 150
M24 x 220 M24 x 180
M30 x 300
M30 x 450
M30 x 560
8.8
keine Angabe (blank) / no details (unplated) / pas d’indication (pas de couvert)
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
158
1.2 HEAVY RANGE DIN 3015 part 2, individual parts BT 1
C-rail Bayonet nut
(TS) (TM ...)
Abmessungen
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
TM10
40 x 22
TM12
HRS TS40x22 ST BL 2m HRS TM10 ST M ZN

HRS HRS

TS 40 x 22 TM10 / TM12
material of steel parts / Werkstoff der Stahlteile /
matériau des pièces acier material of steel parts /
ST matériau des pièces acier
A2 / A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande ST
plating of steel parts / Metrisches Gewinde /
revêtement des pièces acier metric thread / filet métrique
Oberflächenbeschichtung /
Baulänge / length / longueur plating / revêtement
1m/2m ZN verzinkt / zinc plated / zingué
C-Tragschiene Tragschienenmutter M10 Tragschienenmutter M12

C-rail Bayonet nut M10 Bayonet nut M12
C-Rail porteur Ecrou pour rail porteur M10 Ecrou pour rail porteur M12
(TS) (TM10) (TM12)
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
159
Aufbauschraube
Abmessungen
Build-up bolt
Dimensions
Dimensions
Goujon-écrou
(AF...)
Größe
Taille
Size
AF 10 1
AF 10 2
AF 10 3
AF 12 4
AF 16 5
AF 20 6
AF 24 7
Bestellschlüssel
HRS 5 AF16 ST M ZN
HRS
1/2/3/4/5/6/7
AF10, AF12, AF16, AF20, AF24
ST

Oberfläche der Stahlteile / plating of steel parts /
revêtement des pièces acier
Aufbauschraube Gr. 1-7S

Build-up bolt size 1-7S
Goujon-écrou taille 1-7S
(AF)
* ohne U-Scheibe
without washer
sans rondelle
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
Größe
Taille
Size
L1 L2 d
1 50 25 M10
2 65 25 M10
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
3 75 25 M10
4 106 26 M12
5* 145 35 M16
6* 200 50 M20
7* 236 56 M24
160
1.3 Leichte Reihe mit Elastomereinsatz DIN 3015 Teil 1
1.3 Light range with elastomer insert DIN 3015 part 1 BT 1
1.3 SERIE LEGERE avec garniture élastomère selon DIN 3015 chap. 1
Schelle in PP- und PA-Ausführung, Elastomereinsatz: Thermoplastisches Elastomer

Clamp in PP or PA, elastomer insert: thermoplastic elastomer
Collier en exécution PP et PA: garniture élastomère
Intern. surface smooth
Intern. surface ribbed

Innenfläche gerippt
Abmessungen
Innenfläche glatt
SLOTTED HEAD
Dimensions
Dimensions
Portée rainurée
Vis tête fondue

Portée lisse
ISO 4014
ISO 4014
ISO 4014
ISO 4762
ISO 4762
ISO 4762
ISO 1207
ISO 1207
ISO 1207
SCHLITZ
Ext. hex.
DIN 938
DIN 938
DIN 938
Vis CHc
Int. hex.
Goujon
Größe
STIFT
ASKT
STUD
Vis H
Taille
ISKT
Size
d1 d2 a1 a2 a3 h1 h2
d
6 –
8 –
10 10
12 12
12,7 –
14 14 4 25,5 31 40 59 57 23,5 47 M6 x 45 M6 x 35 M6 x 35 M6 x 35
15 15
16 16
17,2 17,2
18 –
19 –
20 20
21,3 –
22 22
23 –
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
25 25 6 39 46 66 88 86 35,5 71 M6 x 70 M6 x 60 M6 x 60 M6 x 60
26,9 –
28 28
30 30
32 –
161
1.3 Leichte Reihe mit Elastomereinsatz DIN 3015 Teil 1
1.3 Light range with elastomer insert DIN 3015 part 1
1.3 SERIE LEGERE avec garniture élastomère selon DIN 3015 chap. 1
Ausführung A
Model A
Exécution A

Innenfläche glatt
Portée rainurée
Portée lisse
Größe
Taille
Size
d
6-19 10-17,2 4
20-32 20-30 6
Bestellschlüssel HREL 4 A 16 PP ST M BL


HREL
HRERL
4/6
A
PP / PA / PAFF
ST
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
162
1.3 Leichte Reihe mit Elastomereinsatz DIN 3015 Teil 1, Einzelteile
1.3 Light range with elastomer insert DIN 3015 part 1, individual parts BT 1
1.3 SERIE LEGERE avec garniture élastomère selon DIN 3015 chap. 1, pièces individuelles
Klemmbackenpaar
Pair of clamp jaws
Paire de pièces de serrage
(KP)
Größe
Taille
Size
Bestellschlüssel
HREL 4 KP PP
HREL
4/6
KP
Werkstoff der Klemmbacken /
material of clamp jaws / matériau de la garniture élastomère
PP / PA / PAFF
Elastomereinsatz glatt Elastomereinsatz gerippt

Elastomer insert smooth Elastomer insert ribbed

Innenfläche glatt
Garniture élastomère lisse Garniture élastomère rainurée

Portée rainurée
(HRES ... EE ...) (HRERS ... EE ...)

Portée lisse
Größe
Taille
Size
d
6 –
8 –
10 10
12 12
12,7 –
14 14 2/4L
15 15
16 16
17,2 17,2
18 –
19 –
20 20
21,3 –
22 22
23 –
25 25 3/6L
26,9 –
28 28
30 30
32 –
Bestellschlüssel HRES 2/4L EE 16 TPE

HRES / HRERS
2/4L / 3/6L
DEF 8.183.2/11.13

EE
Werkstoff des Einsatzes / insert material / matériau de la garniture élastomère
TPE
163
164
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
1.4 SCHWERE REIHE mit Elastomereinsatz DIN 3015 Teil 2, Einzelteile
1.4 HEAVY RANGE with elastomer insert DIN 3015 part 2, individual parts BT 1
1.4 SERIE LOURDE avec garniture élastomère selon DIN 3015 chap. 2, pièces individuelles
Schelle in PP- und PA-Ausführung, Elastomereinsatz: Acrylinitril-Butadien-Elastomer (NBR), Thermoplastisches Elastomer

Clamp in PP or PA, elastomer insert: acrylonitrile butadiene rubber (NBR), thermoplastic rubber
Collier en PP et PA, garniture élastomère: Acrylinitril-Butadien élastomère (NBR), élastomère thermoplastique

Abmessungen
Innenfläche glatt
Dimensions
Dimensions
Größe
Portée rainurée
Taille
Size
Portée lisse
ISO 4014
ISO 4014
ISO 4014
Ext. hex
ASKT
Vis H
d1 d2 b1 h1 h2 a1 a2 a3 s1
d
6 –
8 –
10 10
12 12
12,7 –
14 14 2 25,5 31 30 31 62 45 85 70 8 M10 x 60
15 15
16 16
17,2 17,2
18 –
19 –
20 20
21,3 –
22 22
23 –
25 25 3 39 46 30 37 74 60 100 85 8 M10 x 70
26,9 –
28 28
30 30
32 –
33,7 –
35 –
38 38
40 –
42 42
45,5 44,5 4 65 74 45 53,5 107 90,5 140 115 10 M12 x 100
48 48
51 –
53,4 –
56,4 57
60 –
65 –
70 – 5 89 98 60 68,5 137 122 180 152 10 M16 x 130
73 –
76 76
83 –
89 89
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
94 – 6 116 132 80 98,5 197 168 225 205 15 M20 x 190

101 –
108 108
114 –
133 – 7 154 168 90 113,5 227 205 270 252 15 M24 x 220
140 –
165
1.4 SCHWERE REIHE mit Elastomereinsatz DIN 3015 Teil 2
1.4 HEAVY RANGE with elastomer insert DIN 3015 part 2
1.4 SERIE LOURDE avec garniture élastomère selon DIN 3015 chap. 2
Ausführung S
Model S
Exécution S

Innenfläche glatt
Portée rainurée
Portée lisse
Größe
Taille
Size
d
6 .. 19 10 .. 17,2 2
20 .. 32 20 .. 30 3
33,7 .. 56,4 38 .. 57 4
60 .. 76 76 5
83 .. 101 89 6
108 .. 140 108 7
Bestellschlüssel HRES 2 S 16 PP ST M BL


HRES
HRERS
2/3/4/5/6/7
S
PP / PA / PAFF
ST
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
166
1.4 SCHWERE REIHE mit Elastomereinsatz DIN 3015 Teil 2, Einzelteile
1.4 HEAVY RANGE with elastomer insert DIN 3015 part 2, individual parts BT 1
1.4 SERIE LOURDE avec garniture élastomère selon DIN 3015 chap. 2, pièces individuelles
Klemmbackenpaar
Pair of clamp jaws
Paire de pièces de serrage
(KP)
Größe
Taille
Size
2
3
4
5
6
7
Bestellschlüssel
HRES 4 KP PP
HRES
2/3/4/5/6/7
KP
material of clamp jaws / matériau de la garniture élastomère
PP / PA / PAFF
Elastomereinsatz glatt Elastomereinsatz gerippt

Elastomer insert smooth Elastomer insert ribbed
Garniture élastomère lisse Garniture élastomère rainurée
(HRES ... EE ...) (HRERS ... EE ...)

Innenfläche glatt
Portée rainurée
Portée lisse
Größe
Taille
Size
d
6 .. 19 10 .. 17,2 2/4L
20 .. 32 20 .. 30 3/6L
33,7 .. 56,4 38 .. 57 4
60 .. 76 76 5
83 .. 101 89 6
108 .. 140 108 7
Bestellschlüssel HRES 2/4L EE 16 TPE

HRES / HRERS
2/4L / 3/6L / 4 / 5 / 6 / 7
DEF 8.183.2/11.13

EE
Werkstoff des Einsatzes / insert material / matériau de la garniture élastomère
TPE / NBR (Größe 5 ... 7 / Size 5 ... 7 / Taille 5 ... 7)
167
168
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
1.5 Zweirohrschelle DIN 3015 Teil 3
1.5 Twin clamp DIN 3015 part 3 BT 1
1.5 Collier double selon DIN 3015 chap. 3
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
6-Kt.-Schraube
Pipe O/D mm
ISO 4014
ISO 4014
ISO 4014
Hex. bolt
Größe
VIs H
Taille
Size
a1 a2 a3 a6 h1 h2 h3
6
6,4
8
9,5
1 20 37 36 34 18,5 27 43 M6 x 35
10
12
12,7
13,7
14
15 2 29 55 53 51 18 26 43,5 M8 x 35
16
17,1
18
19
20
21,3
22 3 36 70 67 64 23,5 37 54,5 M8 x 45
23
25
25,4
26,9
28 4 45 85 82 78 26 42 59,5 M8 x 50
30
32
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
33,7
35
38
5 56 110 106 102 32 54 71,5 M8 x 60
40
42
169
1.5 Twin clamp DIN 3015 part 3
Ausführung A Ausführung A1 Ausführung A1TM

Model A Model A1 Model A1TM
Exécution A Exécution A1 Exécution A1TM

Rohr-Außen Ø mm
Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Taille
Size
6 .. 12 1
12,7 .. 18 2
19 .. 25,4 3
26,9 .. 30 4
32 .. 42 5
Ausführung D
Model D
Exécution D
Rohr-Außen Ø mm
Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Taille
Size
6 .. 12 1
12,7 .. 18 2
19 .. 25,4 3
26,9 .. 30 4
32 .. 42 5
Bestellschlüssel HRZ 2 A 16-16 PP ST M BL

HRZ / HRGZ
1/2/3/4/5
A / A1 / A1TM / D
(Einzel-Ø / indiv. Ø / Ø-particulier – siehe vorherige Seite / see previous page / voir page précédente)
PP / PA / PAFF / TPE
ST
DEF 8.183.2/11.13

170
1.5 Zweirohrschelle DIN 3015 Teil 3, Einzelteile
1.5 Twin clamp DIN 3015 part 3, individual parts BT 1
1.5 Collier double selon DIN 3015 chap. 3, pièces individuelles
Deckplatte Reihenanschweißplatte*
Cover plate Interconnecting weld plate
Größe
Größe
Plaque de protection Plaque de combinaison à souder
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
(DP) (RAP)
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4 * nicht nach DIN3015
not to DIN3015
5 5 pas selon DIN3015
HRZ 3 DP ST ZN HRZ 2 RAP ST M BL
HRZ HRZ
1/2/3/4/5 1/2/3/4/5
DP RAP
material of steel parts / material of steel parts / matériau des pièces acier
matériau des pièces acier ST
ST A2 / A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande
A2 / A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande Metrisches Gewinde / metric thread / filet métrique
plating of steel parts / plating of steel parts / revêtement des pièces acier
revêtement des pièces acier BL blank / unplated / sans revêtement
Anschweißplatte Reihenanschweißplatte
Weld plate Interconnecting weld plate
Größe
Plaque à souder Plaque de combinaison à souder

Taille
Size
(AP) (RAP)
1
2
3
4 5 mm dick / 5 mm thick /
ép. 5 mm
5
Bestellschlüssel
Abmessungen
Nombre de colliers

Number of clamps
Schellenanzahl
Dimensions
Dimensions
HRZ 2 AP ST M BL

Größe
Taille
HRZ
Size
e1 e2 L d
1/2/3/4/5
1 5 18 40 196 M6
AP
Werkstoff der Stahlteile / 2 5 28 58 288 M8
material of steel parts / matériau des pièces acier
ST
A2 / A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande 3 5 35 72 358 M8
DEF 8.183.2/11.13

Oberfläche der Stahlteile / 4 5 43 90 446 M8
plating of steel parts / revêtement des pièces acier
ZN verzinkt / zinc plated / zingué 5 5 55 112 558 M8
171
1.5 Twin clamp DIN 3015 part 3, individual parts

Pair of clamp jaws, ribbed Pair of clamp jaws, smooth

Rohr-Außen Ø mm
(HRZ ... KP ...) (HRGZ ... KP ...)

Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Taille
Size
6 .. 12 1
12,7 .. 18 2
19 .. 25,4 3
26,9 .. 30 4
32 .. 42 5
Bestellschlüssel HRZ 3 KP 23-23 PP


HRZ
HRGZ

1/2/3/4/5

KP

PP / PA / PAFF / TPE
andere Werkstoffe auf Anfrage / other materials on request / autres matériaux sur demande
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
172
6-kt-Schraube ISO 4014 Aufbauschraube

Abmessungen
Abmessungen
Hex. bolt ISO 4014 Build-up bolt
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Vis H ISO 4014 Goujon-écrou
(6kt-shr.ISO4014) (AF...)
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
M6 x 35 1 AF6 1
M8 x 35 2 AF8 2
M8 x 45 3 AF8 3
M8 x 50 4 AF8 4
M8 x 60 5 AF8 5
6kt-shr. ISO4014 - M6 x 35 - 8.8 - A4B HRZ 4 AF ST M ZN
Bauart / HRZ
design / forme Baugröße / size / taille
6kt-shr. ISO4014 1 = HRL 0+1 AF ST M ZN
Baugröße / size / taille 2/3/4/5
ISO4014
M6 x 35 Ausführung / model / exécution
M8 x 35 AF
M8 x 45
M8 x 50
ST
M8 x 60 A2 / A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande
8.8 Metrisches Gewinde / metric thread / filet métrique
Oberfläche der Schraube / bolt plating / Oberfläche der Stahlteile / plating of steel parts /
revêtement de vis revêtement des pièces acier
A4B verzinkt / zinc plated / zingué ZN verzinkt / zinc plated / zingué
Aufbauschraube
Build-up bolt
Goujon-écrou
(AF)
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
Größe
Taille
Size
L1 L2 d
1 34 14 M6
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
2 33 13 M8
3 44 15 M8
4 49 15 M8
5 62 15 M8
173
1.5 Twin clamp DIN 3015 part 3, individual parts
1.5 Collier double DIN 3015 chap. 3, pièces individuelles
Sicherungsblech Tragschienenmutter
Locking plate Bayonet nut
Abmessungen
Plaque intermédiaire Ecrou rail porteur
Dimensions
Dimensions
(SIP) (TM ...)
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
1 TMV6 1
2-5 TM8 2-5
HRZ 2-5 SIP ST ZN HRL TMV6 ST ZN
HRZ Größe/Size/Taille 1: HRL TMV6
Größe/Size/Taille 2-5: HRZ TM8
1 / 2-5 Ausführung / model / exécution
TMV6 / TM8
SIP Werkstoff der Stahlteile /
Werkstoff / material / matériau matériau des pièces acier
ST ST
A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande
Oberfläche der Stahlteile / plating of steel parts / plating / revêtement
revêtement des pièces acier ZN verzinkt / zinc plated / zingué
Sicherungsblech Gr. 1 Tragschienenmutter M6 Tragschienenmutter M8

Locking plate size 1 Bayonet nut M6 Bayonet nut M8
Plaque intermédiaire taille 1 Ecrou pour rail porteur M6 Ecrou pour rail porteur M8
(SIP) (TMV6) (TM8)
Größe 1 Größe 2-5
Size 1 Size 2-5
Taille 1 Taille 2-5
O-Ring
O-ring
joint torique
15
4.5
Sicherungsblech Gr. 2-5 10.6

Locking plate size 2-5
Plaque intermédiaire taille 2-5
(SIP)
M6
10.6
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
25.4
174
1.5 Collier double DIN 3015 chap. 3, pièces individuelles
C-Tragschiene C-Tragschiene m. Anschweißstegen

C-rail C-rail with weld struts
C-Rail porteur C-Rail porteur avec barres à souder
(TS) (TS28x11AS)
Größe
Taille
Size
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
28 x 11
28 x 14
28 x 11
28 x 30
HRL TS28x11 ST BL 1m HRL TS28x11AS ST BL 1m
Baureihe / range / série Baureihe /

HRL range / série
Ausführung / model / exécution HRL
TS28 x 11 Ausführung / model / exécution
TS28 x 14 TS28 x 11AS
TS28 x 30
matériau des pièces acier
ST / AL* / A2* / A4*
ST / AL* / A2* / A4*
plating of steel parts / plating of steel parts /
BL blank / unplated / sans revêtement BL blank / unplated / sans revêtement
Baulänge / length / longueur Baulänge / length / longueur
1m/2m 1m
* auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande * auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande
C-Tragschiene C-Tragschiene m. Anschweißstegen

C-rail C-rail with weld struts
C-Rail porteur C-Rail porteur avec barres à souder
(TS) (TS28x11AS)
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
175
176
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
1.6 Schellen nach DIN 3015
1.6 Clamps to DIN 3015 BT 1
1.6 Colliers selon DIN 3015
Technische Daten / Allgemeine Hinweise

Dem Anwender stehen zur Befestigung Allgemeine Hinweise
von Rohrleitungen umfassende Angebote
an Systemen zur Verfügung. Die Für die sichere Montage ist eine stabile, den
Befestigungsbauteile bestehen in der Regel aus Belastungen entsprechende Unterbefestigung
Stahl-, Aluminium-, Kunststoff- und Gummiteilen. der Trägereinheiten, wie Grundplatten und
Aus diesen Bauteilen werden Kombinationen Tragschienen notwendig.
gewählt, die zur Montage der Rohrleitungen
notwendig sind. Die erste Schelle soll unmittelbar nach der
Anschlussverschraubung platziert sein. Sie hält
So ergeben sich z.B. für die Schellen in somit die Schwingungen von der Verschraubung
Blockform nach DIN 3015 die vielfältigsten ab.
Anwendungsmöglichkeiten.
Rohrbögen sind unmittelbar hinter den Bögen
Bei der Verwendung dieser Schellen stellt sich die abzufangen (Pulsationsrichtung beachten).
Frage:
Die vorgegebenen Schraubenanzugsmomente
Wann setze ich die Leichte Baureihe, wann die nach DIN 3015, Teil 10 sind einzuhalten
Schwere Baureihe und wann die Zweirohrschelle (siehe Folgeseiten).
ein?
Die vorgegebenen Grenzen der Materialeigenschaften
Die nachstehenden Informationen sollen helfen, sind zu beachten (siehe Folgeseiten).
diese Entscheidung zu vereinfachen.
Wo keine Aussage aufgrund der praktischen
Erfahrung vorliegt, sind die empfohlenen
Rohrstützweiten einzuhalten (siehe unten).
Werden in den Rohrleitungen Armaturen

integriert, so ist eine Abstützung vor und hinter
diesen Armaturen empfohlen.
Empfohlene Rohrstützweiten
Rohrstützweite Rohrdurchmesser D
L min max
(m) (mm) (mm)
1,0 6,0 12,7
1,2 12,7 22,0
1,5 22,0 32,0
2,0 32,0 38,0
2,7 38,0 57,0
3,0 57,0 75,0
3,5 75,0 76,1
3,7 76,1 88,9
4,0 88,9 102,0
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
4,5 102,0 114,0

5,0 114,0 168,0
6,0 168,0 219,0
6,7 219,0 324,0
7,0 324,0 356,0
177
1.6 Clamps to DIN 3015
Recommended guidelines for mounting pipelines

There is an extensive range of systems available Basic prerequisite
for mounting pipelines.The mounting components
are generally made of steel, aluminium, plastic and For secure mounting, stable carrier units, such as
rubber. From these components combinations are base plates and rails are required according to
selected as required.This means that block type specific load requirements.
clamps to DIN 3015, for example, have a multitude
of application possibilities. The question arises The first clamp should be situated directly after the
concerning the use of these clamps: threaded connection or coupling. This protects the
threaded connection or coupling from vibrations.
When to use the Light range, heavy range or twin
clamp? Bends in the pipe should be clamped on each side
(pulsation direction must be taken into account).
The following information is intended to simplify this
decision. The given screw torque ratings to DIN 3015, Part 10
must be adhered to (see following pages).
Material property limitations must be observed

(see following pages).
In the absence of any past experience, the

recommended distance between pipe supports must
be adhered to (see below).
If valves are incorporated in the pipelines, it is

recommended that support is provided in front of and
behind these valves.
Recommended distance between pipe supports
Distance between Pipe outside diameters D

pipe supports
L min max
(m) (mm) (mm)
1.0 6.0 12.7
1.2 12.7 22.0
1.5 22.0 32.0
2.0 32.0 38.0
2.7 38.0 57.0
3.0 57.0 75.0
3.5 75.0 76.1
3.7 76.1 88.9
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
4.0 88.9 102.0

4.5 102.0 114.0
5.0 114.0 168.0
6.0 168.0 219.0
6.7 219.0 324.0
7.0 324.0 356.0
178
Consignes pour la fixation de tuyauteries

Il existe aujourd'hui pour l'utilisateur un choix très Conditions de base
large et varié de types de fixation de tuyauteries. Les
pièces de fixation sont en règle générale composées Pour assurer un montage sûr, il est nécessaire
de pièces en acier, aluminium, matière plastique d'utiliser une embase supportant les charges, comme
et matière caoutchouc. La combinaison entre ces la plaque de base ou le rail porteur.
différentes pièces permet le montage de tuyauteries.
On peut ainsi obtenir pour les colliers en forme Le premier collier doit impérativement être monté
bloc suivant DIN 3015 un nombre très important de directement après le raccord. Il empêche ainsi des
possibilités. Les questions suivantes se posent lors de oscillations de ce raccord.
l'utilisation de ces colliers:
Sur un tube coudé, la fixation est à prévoir en sortie
A quel moment dois-je choisir la série légère ou la de courbe (sens de pulsation à vérifier).
série lourde ou les colliers doubles?
Le couple de serrage des vis prescrit dans la norme DIN
Les informations suivantes sont destinées à vous 3015, partie 10, est à respecter (voir pages suivantes).
aider lors de votre choix.
Les caractéristiques limites des matériaux prescrites
dans le tableau E sont à vérifier (voir pages suivantes).
En l'absence de caractéristiques techniques,

lorsque l'expérience pratique prévaut, respecter les
espacements de colliers conseillés (voir ci-dessous).
Lorsque des vannes sont intégrées dans la tuyauterie,

il est conseillé de prévoir des points de fixation
directement avant et après ces vannes.
Espacement recommandé
Espacement Diamètre extérieur du tube D

L min max
(m) (mm) (mm)
1,0 6,0 12,7
1,2 12,7 22,0
1,5 22,0 32,0
2,0 32,0 38,0
2,7 38,0 57,0
3,0 57,0 75,0
3,5 75,0 76,1
3,7 76,1 88,9
4,0 88,9 102,0
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
4,5 102,0 114,0

5,0 114,0 168,0
6,0 168,0 219,0
6,7 219,0 324,0
7,0 324,0 356,0
179
Materialeigenschaften der Schellen nach DIN 3015

Mechanische Eigenschaften Polypropylen Polyamid Thermo- Acrylinitril-
plastisches Butadien
Elastomer Elastomer
(TPE) (NBR)
Streckspannung DIN 53455 30 N/mm² 55 bis 82 N/mm² 8,3 N/mm² 25 N/mm²
Grenzbiegespannung DIN 53452 54 N/mm² 145 N/mm² 24 N/mm² –
Schlagzähigkeit DIN 53453 ohne Bruch ohne Bruch – –
Kugeldruckhärte ISO 2039 60 N/mm² 70 N/mm² – –
Shore-Härte – – 73 ± 5° Shore A 73 ± 5° Shore A
andere Härten a.A. andere Härten a.A.
Thermische Eigenschaften
Temperaturbeständigkeit -30 bis +90 °C -40 bis +120 °C -40 bis +125 °C -30 bis +120 °C
Wärmeausdehnungskoeffizient 1,5 x 10-4/°C 7 bis 10 x 10-3/°C – –
Elektrische Eigenschaften
Spezif. Durchgangswiderstand DIN 53482 1015 Ohm x cm 1015 Ohm x cm – –
VDE 0303
Kriechstromfestigkeit DIN 53480 KA 3 c KA 3 b – –
VDE 0303
Festigkeitswerte AL-Schelle
Zugfestigkeit 160 – 200 N/mm2
Druckfestigkeit HB 600 – 750 N/mm2
E-Modul 68000 – 78000 N/mm2
Temperaturbeständigkeit (max) bis 300 °C
Polyamid Polyamid
PA-VO PAFF S4
Vorbeugender Brandschutz nach UL 94 nach DIN 5510 Teil 2
Mechanische Eigenschaften
Streckspannung ISO 527 45 N/mm² 45 N/mm²
Kerbschlagzähigkeit nach Charpy / ISO 179 / 1eA 35 kJ/m² bei +23 °C 35 kJ/m² bei +23 °C
Kugeldruckhärte 100 N/mm² 100 N/mm²
Temperaturbeständigkeit -40 °C bis +120 °C -40 °C bis +120 °C
Schraubenanzugs-Drehmoment (Nm) nach DIN 3015 Teil 10

Anzugsmoment in Nm bei Klemmwerkstoff
Norm Gewinde Nenngröße PP PA AL
Leichte Reihe M 6 0 bis 6 8 10 12
Schwere Reihe M 10 1 bis 2 12 20 30
3 15 25 35
M 12 4 30 40 55
M 16 5 45 55 120
M 20 6 80 150 220
M 24 7 110 200 250
M 30 8 180 350 500
9 200 370 500
10 270 470 600
Zweirohrschellen Reihe M 6 1 5 6 –
M 8 2 bis 4 12 12 –
5 8 8 –
Die angegebenen Schraubenanzugsmomente beziehen sich auf Montage mit Deckplatten und Außensechskantschrauben
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
nach ISO 4014 / 4017.
180
Properties of plastic pieces to DIN 3015

Mechanical properties Polypropylene Polyamide Thermo- Acrylonitrile
plastic butadiene
elastomer elastomer
(TPE) (NBR)
Yield stress DIN 53455 30 N/mm² 55 to 82 N/mm² 8.3 N/mm² 25 N/mm²
Critical bending stress DIN 53452 54 N/mm² 145 N/mm² 24 N/mm² –
Impact resistance DIN 53453 no breakage no breakage – –
Ball indentation hardness ISO 2039 60 N/mm² 70 N/mm² – –
Shore hardness – – 73 ± 5° Shore A 73 ± 5° Shore A
other hardness other hardness
on request on request
Thermal properties
Temperature resistant -30 to +90 °C -40 to +120 °C -40 to +125 °C -30 to +120 °C
Coefficient of thermal expansion 1.5 x 10-4/°C 7 to 10 x 10-3/°C – –
Electrical properties
Specific current-flow resistance DIN 53482 1015 Ohm x cm 1015 Ohm x cm – –
VDE 0303
Creep resistance DIN 53480 KA 3 c KA 3 b – –
VDE 0303
Strength values Alu clamp

Tensile strength 160 – 200 N/mm2
Pressure resistance HB 600 – 750 N/mm2
Modulus of elasticity 68000 – 78000 N/mm2
Thermal properties
Temperature resistant to 300 °C
Polyamide Polyamide
PA-VO PAFF S4
Preventive fire protection to UL 94 to DIN 5510 part 2
Mechanical properties
Yield stress ISO 527 45 N/mm² 45 N/mm²
Noched impact strength to Charpy / ISO 179 / 1eA 35 kJ/m² at +23 °C 35 kJ/m² at +23 °C
Ball indentation hardness 100 N/mm² 100 N/mm²
Thermal properties
Temperature resistant -40 °C to +120 °C -40 °C to +120 °C
Bolt Torque Rating (Nm) to DIN 3015 Part 10

Torque rating in Nm with clamping material
Standard Thread Nominal size PP PA AL
Light range M 6 0 to 6 8 10 12
Heavy range M 10 1 to 2 12 20 30
3 15 25 35
M 12 4 30 40 55
M 16 5 45 55 120
M 20 6 80 150 220
M 24 7 110 200 250
M 30 8 180 350 500
9 200 370 500
10 270 470 600
Twin clamp range M 6 1 5 6 –
M 8 2 to 4 12 12 –
5 8 8 –
The indicated screw tightening torques refer to the assembly with cover plates and hexagon bolts
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
according to ISO 4014 / 4017.
181
Caractéristiques des pièces en plastique selon DIN 3015

Caractéristiques mécaniques Polypropylène Polyamide Thermo- Acrylinitril-
plastique Butadien
élastomère élastomère
(TPE) (NBR)
Résistance à la traction DIN 53455 30 N/mm² 55 à 82 N/mm² 8,3 N/mm² 25 N/mm²
Résistance à la flexion DIN 53452 54 N/mm² 145 N/mm² 24 N/mm² –
Résistance aux chocs DIN 53453 sans rupture sans rupture – –
Dureté à la bille ISO 2039 60 N/mm² 70 N/mm² – –
Dureté - Shore – – 73 ± 5° Shore A 73 ± 5° Shore A
autres duretés autres duretés
sur demande sur demande
Caractéristiques thermiques
Résistance à la température -30 à +90 °C -40 à +120 °C -40 à +125 °C -30 à +120 °C
Cœfficient de dilatation thermique 1,5 x 10-4/°C 7 à 10 x 10-3/°C – –
Caractéristiques électriques
Résistivité spécifique DIN 53482 1015 Ohm x cm 1015 Ohm x cm – –
VDE 0303
Résistivité au courant de fuite DIN 53480 KA 3 c KA 3 b – –
VDE 0303
Résistances mécaniques Collier aluminium

Résistance à la traction 160 – 200 N/mm2
Résistance à la compression HB 600 – 750 N/mm2
Module d'élasticité 68000 – 78000 N/mm2
Résistance à la température (max) à 300 °C
Polyamid Polyamid
PA-VO PAFF S4
Prévention protection contre le feu UL 94 DIN 5510 chap. 2
Caractéristiques mécaniques
Résistance à la traction ISO 527 45 N/mm² 45 N/mm²
Essai de résilience Charpy / ISO 179 / 1eA 35 kJ/m² à +23 °C 35 kJ/m² à +23 °C
Dureté à la bille 100 N/mm² 100 N/mm²
Résistance à la température -40 °C à +120 °C -40 °C à +120 °C
Couple de serrage des vis (Nm) suivant DIN 3015 partie 10

Couple de serrage en Nm suivant matériau de collier
Norme Filetage Taille nom. PP PA AL
Série légère M 6 0à6 8 10 12
Série lourde M 10 1à2 12 20 30
3 15 25 35
M 12 4 30 40 55
M 16 5 45 55 120
M 20 6 80 150 220
M 24 7 110 200 250
M 30 8 180 350 500
9 200 370 500
10 270 470 600
Collier série double M 6 1 5 6 –
M 8 2à4 12 12 –
5 8 8 –
Les couples de serrage des vis sont donnés pour le montage avec plaque de protection et vis hexagonale
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
d'après ISO 4014 / 4017.
182
Verpackungseinheiten
Packing details
Conditionnement
L Klemmbackenpaare Anschweiß- und Deckplatten Schrauben
Pair of clamp jaws Weld and cover plates Bolts
Pièces de serrage Plaques de base et de protection Vis
Karton (Paar) Tüte (Paar) Karton (Stück) Tüte (Stück) Karton (Stück) Tüte (Stück)
Box (pairs) Bag (pairs) Box (pieces) Bag (pieces) Box (pieces) Bag (pieces)
Carton (paires) Sachet (paires) Carton (pièces) Sachet (pièces) Carton (pièces) Sachet (pièces)
PP, PA AL AP DP
0 1000 50 250 500 50 1000 50
1 1000 500 50 250 500 50 1000 50
2 1000 250 50 250 50 1000 50
3 500 250 50 250 50 1000 50
4 500 200 25 200 25 1000 50
5 250 100 25 100 200 25 500 50
6 250 100 25 100 200 25 500 50
TMV 6 1000 50
U-Scheibe Washer Rondelle 50
Aufbaumutter Build-up nut Ecrou pour collier superposable 1000 50
L = Leichte Baureihe DIN 3015 / Light range DIN 3015 / Série légère selon DIN 3015
Abgabe nur in Verpackungseinheiten.

Only available in given pack sizes.
Livraison uniquement sous conditionnement.
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
183
1.7 HEAVY RANGE DIN 3015 part 2
Packing details
Conditionnement
S Klemmbackenpaare Anschweiß- und Deckplatten Schrauben
PP, PA AL
1 500 250 25 100 25 250 50
2 250 150 25 100 25 250 50
3 250 100 25 100 25 250 50
4 250 (Stück,pieces,pièces) 50 100
5 120 (Stück,pieces,pièces) 25 25
TM 10 250 50
TM 12 250 50
U-Scheibe Washer Rondelle 50
Aufbaumutter Build-up nut Ecrou pour collier superposable Gr. 1–4 250 50
Aufbaumutter Build-up nut Ecrou pour collier superposable Gr. 5 100
Stiftschraube Stud Gougeon Gr. 1–3 250 50
Stiftschraube Stud Gougeon Gr. 4 250
Stiftschraube Stud Gougeon Gr. 5 100
S = Schwere Baureihe DIN 3015 / Heavy range DIN 3015 / Série lourde selon DIN 3015
Gr. = Größe / Size / Taille

DEF 8.183.2/11.13
184
1.7 Twin clamp DIN 3015 part 3 BT 1
Packing details
Conditionnement
Z Klemmbackenpaare Anschweiß- und Deckplatten Schrauben
AP DP
1 1000 50 200 250 50 500 50
2 750 50 100 200 50 500 50
3 500 50 100 200 50 500 50
4 250 25 100 25 200 25
5 250 25 100 25 200 25
TMV 6 50
TM 8 25
Aufbauschraube wie normale Schrauben
Build-up bolt the same as normal bolts
Vis pour collier superposable identiques aux vis standard
Z = Zweirohrschelle DIN 3015 / Twin clamp DIN 3015 / Collier double selon DIN 3015

DEF 8.183.2/11.13
185
186
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
1.8 Gegenüberstellung "Metrisch" zu "Zoll"
1.8. Comparison metric / imperial measurements BT 1
1.8 Correspondance métrique / pouce
Nominal bore (inch)
Nominal bore (inch)

Tube fileté pouce
Tube fileté pouce

Gewinderohre
Gewinderohre
Pipe O/D mm
Pipe O/D mm
pouce
pouce
Inch
Inch
Zoll
Zoll
6 – – 80 – –
6,4 1/4 – 88,9 3 1/2 G3
8 5/16 –
9,5 3/8 – 90 – –
96 – –
10 – G 1/8
12 – –
101,6 4 G 3 1/2
12,7 1/2 –
108 4 1/4 –
13,7 – G 1/4
114,3 4 1/2 G4
14 – –
136 – –
15 – –
139,7 5 1/2 G5
16 5/8 –
168 6 1/2 G6
17,1 – G 3/8
177,8 7 –
18 – –
193,7 7 5/8 G7
19 3/4 –
20 – – 219,1 8 5/8 G8
21,3 – G 1/2 244,5 – –
22 – – 273 – G 10
23 – –
25 – – 323,9 12 3/4 G12
25,4 1 – 355,6 – G 14
26,9 – G 3/4
28 – – 406,4 – G 16
30 – –
32 1 1/4 –
33,7 – G1
35 – –
38 1 1/2 G 1 1/8
40 – –
42 – G 1 1/4
44,5 1 3/4 –
48,3 – G 1 1/2
50,8 2 –
54 – –
57 2 1/4 –
60,3 – G2
63,5 2 1/2 –
65 – –
70 – –
73 – –
76,1 3 G 2 1/2
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
187
188
DEF 8.183.2/11.13
BT 2
HYDAC Schellen
HYDAC Clamps
Colliers HYDAC
BT 2.1. Diagonalschelle
BT 2.1. Diagonal clamp
BT 2.1. Collier forme diagonale
BT 2.2.Buegu-Schelle
BT 2.2. Buegu Clamp
BT 2.2. Collier Buegu
BT 2.3. Oval-Schelle
BT 2.3. Oval clamp
BT 2.3. Collier ovale

Hirschbachstr. 2
DEF 8.184.2/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
189
techniques.
DEF 8.184.2/11.13
190
2.1 Diagonalschelle
2.1 Diagonal clamp BT 2
2.1 Collier forme diagonale
Ø du tuyau (D)
Rohr Ø (D)
Pipe Ø (D)
Größe
Taille
Size
170 .. 209 1
210 .. 249 2
250 .. 299 3
300 .. 349 4
350 .. 409 5
410 .. 474 6
475 .. 554 7
555 .. 634 8
635 .. 739 9
740 .. 840 10
Bestellschlüssel
Abmessungen
Größe / Size / Taille
Stiftschraube
HRD 5 A 370 PP ST
Dimensions
Dimensions
Goujon
Stud
HRD
a b c l g
1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 7 / 8 / 9 / 10 1 315 50 225 M16 x 100
Ausführung / model / exécution 2 355 117 78 265

110
A
3 420 82 320 M16 x 130
4 470 121 75 370

5 540 106 430 M20 x 180
clamp material / 6 605 161 153 175 495 M20 x 220
matériau des pièces de serrage
PP / PA 7 685 165 575
M20 x 240
Werkstoff der Stahlteile / 8 780 186 170 655
matériau des pièces acier 9 880 255 250 760 M24 x 320
190
ST 10 980 297 860 M24 x 360
DEF 8.184.2/11.13
191
192
DEF 8.184.2/11.13
2.2 Buegu-Schelle
2.2 Buegu clamp BT 2
2.2 Collier Buegu avec garniture élastomère
Größe 0 Größe 1 - 2 - 3
Size 0 Size 1 - 2 - 3
Taile 0 geschlitzt Taile 1 - 2 - 3 geschlitzt
split split
fendu fendu
a3 b
s
ASKT für Ausführung Höhe der Hülse für Ausführung

Abmessungen
Ext. hex. bolt for model Length of sleeve for model

available ex stock
Dimensions
Dimensions
Vis H pour exécution Hauteur de l’entretoise pour

lagervorrätig
exécution
Ø d1 - d2*
disponible
Größe
Taille
Size
a1 a2 a3 b h1 h2 s A A1 A1TM A A1 A1TM
6
8
10 0A 15 34 9 20 10 23 3 M6 x 25 M6 x 30 M6 x 25 11,5 18 11,5
12
10
12
14
15
16 0B 18 39 9 20 12 27 3 M6 x 25 M6 x 35 M6 x 30 15,5 22 15,5
18
19
20
21,3
22
23
25
25,4 0C 23,5 57,5 15 30 20 43 5 M8 x 45 M8 x 50 M8 x 45 32 38 32
28
30
32
6- 6
8- 8
10 - 10 1 30 50 – 20 10 23 3 M6 x 25 M6 x 30 M6 x 25 11,5 18 11,5
12 - 12
10 - 10
12 - 12
15 - 15
16 - 16
17,1 - 17,1 2 35 59 – 20 12 27 3 M6 x 25 M6 x 35 M6 x 30 15,5 22 15,5
18 - 18
19 - 19
20 - 20
21,3-21,3
22 - 22
23 - 23
25 - 25
25,4-25,4 3 47 86 – 30 20 43 5 M8 x 45 M8 x 50 M8 x 45 32 38 32
28 - 28
DEF 8.184.2/11.13
30 - 30
32 - 32
* Andere ø-Kombinationen auf Anfrage
* Other ø-combinations on request
* Autres combinaisons de diamètre sur demande
193
2.2 Buegu-Schelle
2.2 Buegu clamp
2.2 Collier Buegu avec garniture élastomère

Durchmesser

Diameter
Diamètre

Größe
Taille
Size
6.
..
0A
12
10
..
. 0B
20
Größe 0A,
21,3
.. Größe 0A, 0B, 0C Größe 0A, 0B, 0C 0B, 0C
. 0C Size 0A, 0B, 0C Size 0A, 0B, 0C Size 0A, 0B, 0C
32
Taille 0A, 0B, 0C Taille 0A, 0B, 0C Taille 0A, 0B, 0C
Durchmesser

Diameter
Diamètre

Größe
Taille
Size
6 -. 6
..
1
12 - 12
10 .- 10
..
2
20 - 20
21,3 -. 21,3
.. Größe 1, 2, 3 Größe 1, 2, 3 Größe 1, 2, 3
3 Size 1, 2, 3 Size 1, 2, 3 Size 1, 2, 3
32 - 32
Taille 1, 2, 3 Taille 1, 2, 3 Taille 1, 2, 3
Bestellschlüssel HRBGS 1 A1 12 - 12 TPE ST M BL


HRBGS
0A / 0B / 0C / 1 / 2 / 3
A / A1 / A1TM
Werkstoff des Gummiteils / material of rubber body / matériau de la garniture élastomère
TPE
ST
DEF 8.184.2/11.13
194
2.2 Buegu-Schelle, Einzelteile
2.2 Buegu clamp, individual parts BT 2
2.2 Collier Buegu avec garniture élastomère, pièces individuelles
Größe
Größe
Anschweißplatte Bügel
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
Weld plate Stirrup
Plaque à souder Arceau
0A 0A
(AP) (BUE)
0B 0B
0C 0C
1 1
2 2
3 3
HRBGS 0A AP ST M BL HRBGS 2 BUE ST ZN
HRBGS HRBGS
0A / 0B / 0C / 1 / 2 / 3 Baugröße / size / taille
0A / 0B / 0C / 1 / 2 / 3
AP Ausführung / model / exécution
Werkstoff der Stahlteile / BUE
matériau des pièces acier Werkstoff der Stahlteile /
ST material of steel parts /
A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande matériau des pièces acier
ST
metric thread /
filet métrique Oberfläche der Stahlteile /
plating of steel parts / revêtement des pièces acier
revêtement des pièces acier ZN verzinkt / zinc plated / zingué
Größe
Außen-6-kt-Schraube DIN
Taille
Size
Ext. hex. screw DIN

Vis H DIN
0A
(6kt-shr. ISO 4014 / 4017)
0B
0C
1
2
3
Bestellschlüssel
6kt-shr. ISO4014 - M6 x 30 - 8.8 - A3B

6kt-shr. ISO4014
6kt-shr. ISO4017
ISO4014 ISO4017
M6 x 30 M6 x 25
M6 x 35
M8 x 45
M8 x 50
DEF 8.184.2/11.13

8.8
195
2.2 Buegu clamp, individual parts
Gummiteil
Diameter
Diamètre
messer
Durch-
Rubber section
Größe
Taille
Size
Garniture élastomère
(GT)
6 .. 12 0A
10 .. 20 0B Größe 0A, 0B, 0C
Size 0A, 0B, 0C
21,3 .. 32 0C Taille 0A, 0B, 0C
6 - 6 .. 12 - 12 1
8 - 14 .. 20 - 20 2 Größe 1, 2, 3
Size 1, 2, 3
21,3 .. 32 3 Taille 1, 2, 3
Bestellschlüssel
HRBGS 0A GT 12 TPE

HRBGS

0A / 0B / 0C / 1 / 2 / 3
Gummiteil /
rubber section /
garniture élastomère
GT
Durchmesser /
O/D /
diamètre
Werkstoff des Klemmkörpers /

clamp material /
matériau de l‘élément de serrage
TPE
DEF 8.184.2/11.13
196
2.2 Buegu clamp, individual parts BT 2
C-rail Bayonet nut
Abmessungen

Dimensions
Dimensions
(TS) (TMV6)
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
28 x 11
28 x 14 (TS28x11AS)
28 x 30
TMV6
28 x 11AS
HRL TMV6 ST ZN
HRL Baureihe /
Ausführung / model / exécution range /
TS28x11 série
TS28x14 HRL
TS28x30
Ausführung /
TS28x11AS
model /
Werkstoff der Stahlteile / exécution
material of steel parts / TMV6
ST / AL * / A2* / A4* Werkstoff der Stahlteile /
Oberfläche der Stahlteile / matériau des pièces acier
plating of steel parts / ST
revêtement des pièces acier A4 auf Anfrage / on request /
BL blank / unplated / sans revêtement sur demande
Baulänge (nur für Ausführung TS) / Oberfläche der Stahlteile /
plating of steel parts /
length (only for model TS) /
longueur (seulement pour exécution TS) ZN verzinkt /
1m / 2m zinc plated /
* auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande zingué

15
4.5
10.6
M6
DEF 8.184.2/11.13
10.6

197
198
DEF 8.184.2/11.13
2.3 Oval-Schelle
2.3 Oval clamp BT 2
2.3 Collier ovale
Größe 0 Größe 1 - 4 Zubehör zu Größe 1 - 4

Size 0 Size 1 - 4 Accessories to size 1 - 4
Taille 0 Taille 1 - 4 Accessoires pour la taille 1 - 4
Abmessungen
Rohr-Außen Ø mm
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
Werkstoff
Dimensions
Dimensions
Matériau
Material
Pipe O/D mm
Ø d1 - d2
Größe
Taille
Size
Größe
Taille
a3 h2 h3
Size
a1 a2 b h1
1 STZN 29 4,0 4,5
6
6,4 0a 9 23 7 13,5 2 STZN 40 4,0 4,5
8
8 3 STZN 50,5 7,6 8,2
9,5
10 0b 11 27 7 18,5 4 STZN 63 7,6 8,2
12
12,7
10 14
12 15
12,7 16 0c 15 34 7 23,5 Bestellschlüssel
13,5
14 20
15 21,3
16 22 HROS 3 DP ST ZN
17,2 25 0d 19 40 6 30,5
18 25,4 Baureihe / range / série
19
HROS
6
6,4 1 18 32 – 13,5 Baugröße / size / taille
8 1/2/3/4
8
9,5 Ausführung / model / exécution
10 2 22 41 – 18,5 DP
12
12,7 Werkstoff der Stahlteile /
10 14 material of steel parts /
12 15
12,7 16 3 30 54 – 23,5 matériau des pièces acier
13,5 ST
14 20 Oberfläche der Stahlteile /
15 21,3
16 22 plating of steel parts /
17,2 25 4 38 69 – 30,5 revêtement des pièces acier
18 25,4 ZN verzinkt / zinc plated / zingué
19
Bestellschlüssel
HROS 3 KP 15-15 PP
HROS
0a / 0b / 0c / 0d / 1 / 2 / 3 / 4
KP
DEF 8.184.2/11.13

clamp material /
PP / PA
199
200
DEF 8.184.2/11.13
BT 3
Reihenleisten
Series strips
Colliers en ligne
BT 3.1. Reihenleiste Leichte Reihe

BT 3.1. Series strip light range
BT 3.1. Colliers en ligne série légère
BT 3.2. Reihenleiste Schwere Reihe mit Elastomereinsatz

BT 3.2. Series strip heavy range with elastomer insert
BT 3.2. Colliers en ligne série lourde avec garniture élastomère

Hirschbachstr. 2
DEF 8.185.3/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
201
techniques.
DEF 8.185.3/11.13
202
3.1 Reihenleiste Leichte Reihe
3.1 Series strip light range BT 3
3.1 Colliers en ligne série légère
2 Rohre mit 2 Befestigungsschrauben

Rohr-Außen Ø mm
Abmessungen
2 pipes with 2 fixing screws
2 tuyaux avec 2 vis de fixation
Dimensions
Dimensions
Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
A C H L
6 .. 12 1L 1L 20 40 13,5 60,5
10 .. 18 2L 2L 29 58 16,5 78,5
15 .. 25,4 3L 3L 36 72 18,5 92,5

Rohr-Außen Ø mm
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
A C H L
6 .. 12 1L 1L 20 20 13,5 56
10 .. 18 2L 2L 29 29 16,5 85
15 .. 25,4 3L 3L 36 36 18,5 106

Rohr-Außen Ø mm
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
A C H L
6 .. 12 1L 1L 20 40 13,5 76
10 .. 18 2L 2L 29 58 16,5 114
15 .. 25,4 3L 3L 36 72 18,5 142

Rohr-Außen Ø mm

Abmessungen

Dimensions
Dimensions
Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
A C H L
6 .. 12 1L 1L 20 40 13,5 100,5
10 .. 18 2L 2L 29 58 16,5 136,5
15 .. 25,4 3L 3L 36 72 18,5 164,5

Rohr-Außen Ø mm
Abmessungen

Dimensions
Dimensions
Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
A C H L
6 .. 12 1L 1L 20 40 13,5 116
10 .. 18 2L 2L 29 58 16,5 172
15 .. 25,4 3L 3L 36 72 18,5 214

Rohr-Außen Ø mm
Abmessungen

Dimensions
Dimensions
Pipe O/D mm
Größe
Größe
Taille
DEF 8.185.3/11.13
Taille
Size
Size
A C H L
6 .. 12 1L 1L 20 40 13,5 196
10 .. 18 2L 2L 29 58 16,5 288
15 .. 25,4 3L 3L 36 72 18,5 358
203
3.1 Reihenleiste Leichte Reihe
3.1 Series strip light range
3.1 Colliers en ligne série légère

Number and diameter of pipes

Anzahl und Ø der Rohre
Befestigungsschrauben
quantité et Ø des tuyaux
Longueur et nombre
Länge / Anzahl der
de vis de fixation
Length / number
of fixing bolts
Größe
Taille
Size
2xD 60,5 / 2
3xD 56 / 2
4xD 76 / 2
1L
4xD 100,5 / 3
6xD 116 / 3
10 x D 196 / 5
2xD 78,5 / 2
3xD 85 / 2
4xD 114 / 2
2L
4xD 136,5 / 3
6xD 172 / 3
10 x D 288 / 5
2xD 92,5 / 2
3xD 106 / 2
4xD 142 / 2
3L
4xD 164,5 / 3
6xD 214 / 3
10 x D 358 / 5
Ausführung D
Model D
Bestellschlüssel
Exécution D Order code / Code de commande

HRRL 2L A 4x12 PP 114/2 ST M6 BL

Longueur et nombre
Länge / Anzahl der
de vis de fixation
Length / number
Baureihe /
of fixing bolts
range /
série
HRRL
Größe
Taille
Size

1L / 2L / 3L
2xD 60,5 / 2
3xD 56 / 2 Ausführung / model /
exécution
4xD 76 / 2 A / A1 / A1TM / D
1L
4xD 100,5 / 3 Durchmesser / O/D / diamètre
6xD 116 / 3 Werkstoff der Klemmbacken/
10 x D 196 / 5 clamp material /
2xD 78,5 / 2 PP / PA
3xD 85 / 2 Baulänge / Anzahl der Schrauben /
4xD 114 / 2 Length / number of screws /
2L Longueur / nombre de vis de fixation
4xD 136,5 / 3
6xD 172 / 3 material of steel parts /
10 x D 288 / 5 matériau des pièces acier
ST
2xD 92,5 / 2 A2 / A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande
3xD 106 / 2 Metrisches Gewinde / metric thread / filet métrique
DEF 8.185.3/11.13
4xD 142 / 2
3L Oberfläche der Stahlteile / plating of steel parts /
4xD 164,5 / 3 revêtement des pièces acier
6xD 214 / 3 ZN verzinkt / zinc plated / zingué
10 x D 358 / 5
204
3.1 Reihenleiste Leichte Reihe, Einzelteile
3.1 Series strip light range, individual parts BT 3
3.1 Colliers en ligne série légère, pièces individuelles
Länge / Anzahl der Be-

Anschweißplatte Deckplatte
festigungsschrauben
festigungsschrauben
Weld plate Cover plate
Longueur et nombre
Longueur et nombre
Plaque à souder Plaque de protection
de vis de fixation
de vis de fixation
Length / number
Length / number
(AP) (DP)
of fixing bolts
of fixing bolts
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
60,5 / 2 60,5 / 2
56 / 2 56 / 2
76 / 2 76 / 2
100,5 / 3 1L 100,5 / 3 1L
116 / 3 116 / 3
196 / 5 196 / 5
78,5 / 2 78,5 / 2
85 / 2 85 / 2
114 / 2 114 / 2
136,5 / 3 2L 136,5 / 3 2L
172 / 3 172 / 3
288 / 5 288 / 5
92,5 / 2 92,5 / 2
106 / 2 106 / 2
142 / 2 142 / 2
164,5 / 3 3L 164,5 / 3 3L
214 / 3 214 / 3
358 / 5 358 / 5
HRRL 3L AP 30x3x214/3 ST M6 BL HRRL 3L DP 30x3x106/2 ST D7 ZN
Baureihe / Baureihe /
range / série range / série
HRRL HRRL
Baugröße / Baugröße /
size / taille size / taille
1L / 2L / 3L 1L / 2L / 3L
Ausführung / model / Ausführung / model /
exécution exécution
AP DP
Baulänge / Anzahl der Schrauben / Baulänge / Anzahl der Schrauben /
Length / number of screws / Length / number of screws /
Longueur / nombre de vis de fixation Longueur / nombre de vis de fixation
Werkstoff der Stahlteile / material of steel parts/ Werkstoff der Stahlteile / material of steel parts/
ST ST
A2 / A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande A2 / A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande
Metrisches Gewinde / metric thread / filet métrique Schraubenbohrung /
Oberfläche der Stahlteile / hole / Perçage pour vissage
plating of steel parts / revêtement des pièces acier Oberfläche der Stahlteile /
BL blank / unplated / sans revêtement plating of steel parts / revêtement des pièces acier
Klemmbackenpaar Bestellschlüssel
Pair of clamp jaws

Paire de pièces de Order code / Code de commande

Longueur et nombre
Länge / Anzahl der
serrage
(KP)
de vis de fixation
Length / number
HRRL 1L KP 3x12 PP 56/2 M6

of fixing bolts
Baureihe /
range /
Größe
Taille
série
Size
HRRL
2xD 60,5 / 2 Baugröße / size / taille
3xD 56 / 2 1L / 2L / 3L
4xD 76 / 2
4xD 100,5 / 3 1L Ausführung / model / exécution
6xD 116 / 3 KP
10 x D 196 / 5 Durchmesser / O/D / diamètre
2xD 78,5 / 2
3xD 85 / 2
Werkstoff der Klemmbacken/
4xD 114 / 2 clamp material /
4xD 136,5 / 3 2L matériau des pièces de serrage
6xD 172 / 3 PP / PA
Baulänge / Anzahl der Schrauben /
DEF 8.185.3/11.13
10 x D 288 / 5
2xD 92,5 / 2 Length / number of screws /
3xD 106 / 2 Longueur / nombre de vis de fixation
4xD 142 / 2 Schraubenbohrung /
4xD 164,5 / 3 3L hole /
6xD 214 / 3 Perçage pour vissage
10 x D 358 / 5
205
3.1 Series strip light range, individual parts
C-rail Bayonet nut
Abmessungen

Dimensions
Dimensions
(TS) (TMV6)
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
28 x 11
28 x 14 (TS28x11AS)
28 x 30
TMV6
28 x 11AS
HRL TMV6 ST ZN
HRL
Baureihe /
Ausführung / model / exécution range /
TS28x11 série
TS28x14 HRL
TS28x30
TS28x11AS Ausführung /
model /
Werkstoff der Stahlteile / exécution
material of steel parts / TMV6
ST / AL * / A2* / A4* Werkstoff der Stahlteile /
Oberfläche der Stahlteile / matériau des pièces acier
plating of steel parts / ST
revêtement des pièces acier A4 auf Anfrage / on request /
BL blank / unplated / sans revêtement sur demande
Baulänge (nur für Ausführung TS) / plating of steel parts /
length (only for model TS) / revêtement des pièces acier
longueur (seulement pour exécution TS) ZN verzinkt /
1m / 2m zinc plated /
zingué
* auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande

15
4.5
10.6
M6
DEF 8.185.3/11.13
10.6

206
3.1 Series strip light range, individual parts BT 3
Außen-6-kt-Schraube ISO 4014

Ext. hex. screw ISO 4014
Abmessungen
Vis H ISO 4014

Dimensions
Dimensions
(6kt-shr. ISO 4014)

Größe
Taille
Size
M6 x 30 1L
M6 x 35 2L
M6 x 40 3L
Bestellschlüssel
6kt-shr. ISO4014 - M6 x 30 - 8.8 - A3B

6kt-shr. ISO4014

M6 x 30
M6 x 35
M6 x 40

8.8

DEF 8.185.3/11.13
207
3.1 Series strip light range, individual parts
Aufbauschraube Sicherungsblech
Abmessungen
Build-up screw Locking plate

Dimensions
Dimensions
Goujon-écrou Plaque intermédiaire

(AF...) (SIP)
Größe
Taille
Size
Abmessungen
AF 6 0+1
Dimensions
Dimensions
Größe
2
Taille
AF 6
Size
AF 6 3 SIP 0
HRL 3 AF ST M ZN HRL 0 SIP ST ZN
HRL HRL
0+1 / 2 / 3 Baugröße / size / taille
0
AF Ausführung / model / exécution
Werkstoff / material / matériau SIP
ST
A2 / A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande Werkstoff / material / matériau
ST
Metrisches Gewinde / metric thread / filet métrique A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande
revêtement des pièces acier Oberfläche der Stahlteile / plating of steel parts /
ZN verzinkt / zinc plated / zingué revêtement des pièces acier
Aufbauschraube Gr. 0-3 Sicherungsblech Gr. 0

Build-up bolt size 0-3 Locking plate size 0
Goujon-écrou taille 0-3 Plaque intermédiaire taille 0
(AF) (SIP)
für alle Größen

for all sizes
pour toutes les tailles
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
Größe
Taille
Size
L1 L2 d
DEF 8.185.3/11.13
0+1 34 14 M6
2 39 14 M6
3 44 14 M6
208
3.2 Reihenleiste Schwere Reihe mit Elastomereinsatz
3.2 Series strip heavy range with elastomer inserts BT 3
3.2 Colliers en ligne série lourde avec garniture élastomère

Abmessungen
Rohr-Außen Ø
2 pipes with 1 fixing bolts

Pipe O/D mm
du tuyau mm
Dimensions
Dimensions
Ø extérieur
Größe
Taille
Size
mm
d1 d2 A1 A2 B L H C S
6 .. 19 2
6 .. 19 3* 2 25,5 31 46 30 83 23 8
20 .. 32 3 3 39 46 60 30 115 30 8
33,7 .. 56,4 4 4 65 74 93 45 173 40 10

Abmessungen
Rohr-Außen Ø

Pipe O/D mm
du tuyau mm
Dimensions
Dimensions
Ø extérieur
Größe
Taille
Size
mm
6 .. 19 2
6 .. 19 3* 2 25,5 31 34 30 107 23 80 8
20 .. 32 3 3 39 46 50 30 134 30 110 8
33,7 .. 56,4 4 4 65 74 80 45 199 40 173 10

Abmessungen
Rohr-Außen Ø

Pipe O/D mm
du tuyau mm
Dimensions
Dimensions
Ø extérieur
Größe
Taille
Size
mm
6 .. 19 2
6 .. 19 3* 2 25,5 31 34 46 30 135 23 80 8
20 .. 32 3 3 39 46 50 60 30 179,5 30 110 8
33,7 .. 56,4 4 4 65 74 80 93 45 273 40 173 10

Abmessungen
Rohr-Außen Ø

Pipe O/D mm
du tuyau mm
Dimensions
Dimensions

Ø extérieur
Größe
Taille
Size
mm
6 .. 19 2
6 .. 19 3* 2 25,5 31 34 46 30 163 23 80 8
20 .. 32 3 3 39 46 50 60 30 225 30 110 8
33,7 .. 56,4 4 4 65 74 80 93 45 346 40 173 10

Abmessungen
Rohr-Außen Ø

Pipe O/D mm
du tuyau mm
Dimensions
Dimensions

Ø extérieur
Größe
Taille
Size
mm
6 .. 19 2
6 .. 19 3* 2 25,5 31 34 46 30 187 23 80 8
20 .. 32 3 3 39 46 50 60 30 244 30 110 8
33,7 .. 56,4 4 4 65 74 80 93 45 373 40 173 10

Abmessungen
Rohr-Außen Ø

Pipe O/D mm
du tuyau mm
Dimensions
Dimensions

Ø extérieur
Größe
Taille
Size
mm
DEF 8.185.3/11.13
6 .. 19 2
6 .. 19 3* 2 25,5 31 34 46 30 243 23 80 8
20 .. 32 3 3 39 46 50 60 30 335 30 110 8
33,7 .. 56,4 4 4 65 74 80 93 45 519 40 173 10
* Nur mit Reduzierstück / Only with reducing piece / Seulement avec pièce de réduction
209
3.2 Reihenleiste Schwere Reihe mit Elastomereinsatz
3.2 Series strip heavy range with elastomer inserts
3.2 Colliers en ligne série lourde avec garniture élastomère
Ausführung S Ausführung S1 Ausführung S1TM

Model S Model S1 Model S1TM
Exécution S Exécution S1 Exécution S1TM

Longueur et nombre
Länge / Anzahl der
de vis de fixation
Length / number
of fixing bolts
Größe
Taille
Size
2xD 83 / 1
2xD 107 / 2
3xD 135 / 2
2
4xD 163 / 2
4xD 187 / 3
6xD 243 / 3
2xD 115 / 1
2xD 134 / 2
3xD 179,5 / 2
3
4xD 225 / 2
4xD 244 / 3
6xD 335 / 3
2xD 199 / 2
3xD 346 / 2
4
4xD 373 / 3
6xD 519 / 3
Bestellschlüssel
HRRLE 2 S 2x15 PP 107/2 ST M10 BL
Baureihe /
range /
série
HRRLE
2/3/4
S / S1 / S1TM
Werkstoff der Klemmbacken/
clamp material /
PP / PA
Baulänge / Anzahl der Schrauben /
Length / number of bolts /
Longueur / nombre de vis de fixation
ST
DEF 8.185.3/11.13

210
3.2 Reihenleiste Schwere Reihe mit Elastomereinsatz, Einzelteile
3.2 Series strip heavy range with elastomer inserts, individual parts BT 3
3.2 Colliers en ligne série lourde aves garniture élastomère, pièces individuelles

Anschweißplatte Deckplatte
festigungsschrauben
festigungsschrauben
Weld plate Cover plate
Longueur et nombre
Longueur et nombre
Plaque à souder Plaque de protection
de vis de fixation
de vis de fixation
Length / number
Length / number
(AP) (DP)
of fixing bolts
of fixing bolts
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
83 / 1 83 / 1
107 / 2 107 / 2
135 / 2 135 / 2
163 / 2 2 163 / 2 2
187 / 3 187 / 3
243 / 3 243 / 3
115 / 1 115 / 1
134 / 2 134 / 2
179,5 / 2 179,5 / 2
225 / 2 3 225 / 2 3
244 / 3 244 / 3
335 / 3 335 / 3
199 / 2 199 / 2
346 / 2 346 / 2
373 / 3 4 373 / 3 4
519 / 3 519 / 3
HRRLE 3 AP 30x8x225/2 ST M10 BL HRRLE 4 DP 45x10x519/3 ST ZN
HRRLE HRRLE
Baugröße / Baugröße /
size / taille size / taille
2/3/4 2/3/4
Ausführung / model / Ausführung / model /
exécution: AP exécution
Baulänge / Anzahl der Schrauben / DP
Length / number of bolts / Baulänge / Anzahl der Schrauben /
Longueur / nombre de vis de fixation Length / number of bolts /
Werkstoff der Stahlteile / Longueur / nombre de vis de fixation
material of steel parts/ matériau des pièces acier Werkstoff der Stahlteile /
ST material of steel parts/
A2 / A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande matériau des pièces acier
Metrisches Gewinde / metric thread / filet metrique ST
Oberfläche der Stahlteile / A2 / A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande
plating of steel parts / revêtement des pièces acier Oberfläche der Stahlteile /
BL blank / unplated / sans revêtement plating of steel parts / revêtement des pièces acier
Klemmbackenpaar Bestellschlüssel
Pair of clamp jaws

Paire de pièces de Order code / Code de commande

Longueur et nombre
Länge / Anzahl der
serrage
(KP)
de vis de fixation
Length / number
HRRLE 4 KP 4x65 PP 346/2

of fixing bolts
Baureihe /
Größe
range /
Taille
Size
série
2 x 25,5 83 / 1 HRRLE
2 x 25,5 107 / 2 Baugröße / size / taille
3 x 25,5 135 / 2 2/3/4
4 x 25,5 163 / 2 2
4 x 25,5 187 / 3 Ausführung / model / exécution
6 x 25,5 243 / 3 KP
2 x 39 115 / 1 Durchmesser / O/D / diamètre
2 x 39 134 / 2
3 x 39 179,5 / 2 Werkstoff der Klemmbacken/
4 x 39 225 / 2 3 clamp material /
DEF 8.185.3/11.13
4 x 39 244 / 3
6 x 39 335 / 3 PP / PA
2 x 65 199 / 2 Baulänge / Anzahl der Schrauben /
4 x 65 346 / 2 Length / number of bolts /
4 x 65 373 / 3 4 Longueur / nombre de vis de fixation
6 x 65 519 / 3
211
3.2 Series strip heavy range with elastomer inserts, individual parts
C-rail Bayonet nut
(TS) (TM...)
Abmessungen
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
TM10
40 x 22
TM12
HRS TS40x22 ST BL 2m HRS TM10 ST M ZN

HRS HRS

TS 40 x 22
TM10 / TM12
material of steel parts / Werkstoff der Stahlteile /
matériau des pièces acier material of steel parts /
ST matériau des pièces acier
A4 auf Anfrage / on request / sur demande ST
plating of steel parts /
Baulänge / length / longueur plating / revêtement
1m/2m ZN verzinkt / zinc plated / zingué
C-Tragschiene Tragschienenmutter M10 Tragschienenmutter M12

C-rail Bayonet nut M10 Bayonet nut M12
C-Rail porteur Ecrou pour rail porteur M10 Ecrou pour rail porteur M12
(TS) (TM10) (TM12)
DEF 8.185.3/11.13
212
3.2 Series strip heavy range with elastomer inserts, individual parts BT 3
6-kt-Schraube ISO 4014 Elastomereinsatz glatt

Ext. hex. bolt ISO 4014 Elastomer instert, smooth
Abmessungen
Abmessungen
Vis H ISO 4014 Garniture élastomère à portée lisse
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
(6kt-shr. ISO 4014) (EE)
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
M10 x 60 2 6 - 19 2/4L
M10 x 70 3 20 - 32 3/6L
M12 x 100 4 33,7 - 56,4 4
6kt-shr. ISO4014 - M10 x 70 - 8.8 - A4B HRES 2/4L EE 16 TPE
Bauart / Baureihe / range / série

design / forme HRES
6kt-shr. ISO4014
Baugröße / size / taille 2/4L 3/6L 4
ISO4014 Ausführung / model / exécution
M10 x 60 EE
M10 x 70
M12 x 100 Durchmesser / O/D / diamètre
Schraubenqualität / bolt quality / qualité de vis Werkstoff des Einsatzes/

8.8 insert material /
matériau de la garniture élastomère
TPE
keine Angabe (blank) /
no details (unplated) /
pas d’indication (sans revêtement)
Reduzierstück Bestellschlüssel
Reducing piece
Pièce de réduction Order code / Code de commande
(RE)
HRES 3/2 RE PP
Größe

Taille
Size
HRES
3/2
RE
DEF 8.185.3/11.13
3/2
Elastomereinsatz Gr. 3S Reduzierstück mit Elastomereinsatz Gr. 3S
Werkstoff des Einsatzes/
Rubber insert size 3S Reducing piece with rubber insert size 3S material of reducing piece /
Garniture élastomère taille 3S Pièce insert avec garniture élastomère taille 3S matériau de la garniture élastomère
PP / PA
213
214
DEF 8.185.3/11.13
BT 4
Bügelschellen
U-bolt clamps
Collier arceau
BT 4.1. Rundstahlbügelschellen ähnlich DIN 3570

BT 4.1. U-bolt clamps similar to DIN 3570
BT 4.1. Collier arceau semblable à DIN 3570
BT 4.2. Flachstahlbügelschellen DIN 3567

BT 4.2. Flat steel bolt clamp to DIN 3567
BT 4.2. Collier circulaire plat en acier selon DIN 3567

Hirschbachstr. 2
DEF 8.186.1/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
215
techniques.
DEF 8.186.1/11.13
216
4.1 Rundstahlbügelschellen ähnlich DIN 3570
4.1 U-bolt clamps similar to DIN 3570 BT 4
4.1 Colliers arceau semblable à DIN 3570
Kurze Ausführung Lange Ausführung

Short version Long version
Exécution courte Exécution longue
Bei Rohrunterlage D=ø bis 42,4 ist e2 um 90° versetzt gezeichnet.

For pipe support D= dia. up to 42.4, e2 is shown displaced by 90°.
Pour support de tuyau D=ø jusqu’à 42,4, e2 est représenté décalé de 90°
Rundstahlbügel Rohrunterlage kurze Ausführung Rohrunterlage lange Ausführung

U-Bolt Pipe support short version Pipe support long version
Colliers arceau en acier rond Support de tuyau exécution courte Support de tuyau exécution longue
Ø tuyau
Ø tuyau
Rohr Ø
Rohr Ø
Pipe Ø
Pipe Ø
Größe
Taille
Size
a b d1 e1 h1 d2 e2 h2 L1 b1 h2 h4 L2 b1
17,1 17,1
21,3 1 23 33 65 10 60 25
21,3
25 25
26,9 2 30 40 40 70 75
26,9
8 24 35
30 30
33,7 3 38 M10 48 75 12 80 30
33,7
38 5 38
42,4 4 46 56 86 25 5 90
42,4
50
44,5 44,5
48,3 5 52 62 92 95
48,3
57 15 35 57
60,3 6 64 76 109 10 38 50 110
60,3
60 M12
76,1 7 82 94 125 135 76,1
88,9 8 94 106 138 145 88,9
108 108
114,3 9 120 136 171 10 20 190 40 114,3
133 133
139,7 10 148 164 191 220
139,7
80 M16 20 80 110 80
159 159
168,3 11 176 192 217 250
168,3
(191) 191
193,7 12 202 218 249 270
193,7
12 25 50
216 216
219,1 13 228 248 283 315
219,1
267 267
273 14 282 M20 302 334 25 130 175 110 370
273
318 318
323,9 15 332 352 385 9 420
323,9
100
355,6 355,6
368 16 378 402 435 480
368
15 30 60
406,4 406,4
419 17 428 M24 452 487 540
419
508 508
521 18 530 554 589 640
521
30 210 250 130
DEF 8.186.1/11.13
558 19 570 600 650 700 558

609 20 622 652 700 750 609
660 21 680 150 M30 710 760 20 40 810 70 660
711 22 730 760 810 870 711
762 23 785 815 870 910 762
217
4.1 U-bolt clamps similar to DIN 3570
Rundstahlbügel
U-Bolt
Arceau en acier rond
(BUE)
Größe
Taille
Size
1-23
Bestellschlüssel
HRRBS 10 BUE ST ZN
HRRBS
1 -23
Ausführung/ model / exécution
BUE
ST
Rohrunterlage lang Rohrunterlage kurz

Pipe support long Pipe support short
Support exécution longue Support exécution courte
(RUL) (RUK)
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
1-23 1-23
Bestellschlüssel HRRBS 10 RUL 139,7 PP


HRRBS
1 - 23
DEF 8.186.1/11.13
RUL / RUK
PP / PA (nur für RUK / for RUK only / seulement RUK)
218
4.1 U-bolt clamps similar to DIN 3570 BT 4
Ausführung A
Model A
Exécution A
Größe
Taille
Size
1-23
Bestellschlüssel
HRRBS 10 A ST ZN
HRRBS
1 -23
A
ST
Ausführung L Ausführung K
Model L Model K
Exécution L Exécution K
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
1-23 1-23
Bestellschlüssel HRRBS 10 L 139,7 PP ST ZN

HRRBS
1 - 23
L/K
Werkstoff der Klemmbacken / clamp material / matériau de pièces de serrage
DEF 8.186.1/11.13
PP / PA
ST
219
220
DEF 8.186.1/11.13
4.2 Flachstahlbügelschellen DIN 3567
4.2 Flat steel bolt clamp to DIN 3567 BT 4
4.2 Colliers circulaire plat en acier selon DIN 3567
Form A
Form A
Forme A
Lagerware bis Größe 12

Available ex stock up to size 12
Disponible jusqu’à taille 12
Abmessungen
kg/ 100 off

bei Nennweite
nach DIN 1017
nach ISO 4017

les tailles don-
To be used for
Anzuwenden
nominal width
A utiliser pour
Gewicht
Dimensions
kg/ 100
to DIN 1017
kg/ 100
to ISO 4017
Weight
Vis H selon
pièces
Dimensions
Flachstahl
Acier selon
Poids
ISO 4017
DIN 1017
Flat steel
Ext. hex.
St.
Größe
ASKT
Taille
nées
Size
a c d2 f r Form A
d1
25 1 20
62 21,73
27 2 3/4“ 66 22,75
30 3 25
68 23,37
34 4 1“ 72
15 11,5 7 4 30 x 5 M10 x 30MU
24,79
38 5 32
76 26,12
43 6 11/4“ 82 27,87
45 7 40
84 28,81
49 8 11/2“ 88 30,37
57 9 50
104 56,10
61 10 2“ 108
18 14 9 6 40 x 6 M12 x 35MU
58,20
77 11 65 21/2“ 122 66,30
89 12 80 3“ 136 75,30
108 13 100
172 159,10
115 14 4“ 178 163,40
133 15 125
196 178,50
140 16 204 183,10
159 17 150
222
24 18 11 6 50 x 8 M16 x 45MU
200,00
169 18 232 208,10
191 19 (175)
254 239,40
194 20 258 242,00
216 21 200
280 260,00
220 22 284 264,40
267 23 250
342 385,00
273 24 348 390,60
318 25 300
392
30 23 14 8 60 x 8 M20 x 50MU
440,00
324 26 398 448,80
356 27 350
432 508,70
368 28 444 530,00
407 29 498 852,20
DEF 8.186.1/11.13
400
419 30 510
36 27 18 8 70 x 10 M24 x 60MU
875,00
508 31 500
600 1020,00
521 32 614 1050,00
Eingeklammerte Größe möglichst vermeiden / Size in brackets should be avoided if possible / Eviter si possible les tailles entre parenthèses
221
4.2 Flachstahlbügelschellen DIN 3567
4.2 Flat steel bolt clamp to DIN 3567
4.2 Colliers circulaire plat en acier selon DIN 3567
Form A Ausführung A1 = ohne Schrauben Form A Ausführung A = mit Schrauben

und Muttern und Muttern
Model A1 = without bolts or nuts Model A = with bolts and nuts
Exécution A1 = sans vis ni écrou Exécution A = avec vis et écrou
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
1-32 1-32
Bestellschlüssel HRFBS 12 A1 89 ST ZN Form A


HRFBS
1 - 32
A / A1
ST
Form / form / forme
Form A
DEF 8.186.1/11.13
222
BT 5
Gelenkbandschellen
Swivel bolt clamps
Colliers à bande articulée
BT 5.1 Gelenkbolzenspannband
BT 5.1 Swivel bolt clamping band
BT 5.1 Bande de serrage à vis articulée
BT 5.2 Unterlage kurz, für Luftbehälter

BT 5.2 Support short, for mounting air reservoirs
BT 5.2 Support exécution courte, pour fixation réservoir à air
BT 5.3 Gelenkbolzenschelle mit Schnellverschluss

BT 5.3 Quick release swivel bolt clamp
BT 5.3 Collier à arceau à verrouillage rapide
BT 5.4 Gelenkbandkonsolenschelle
BT 5.4 Quick release swivel bolt band clamp
BT 5.4 Collier console à bande articulée
BT 5.5 Gelenkbandkonsolenschelle “MULTI“

BT 5.5 Quick release swivel bolt band clamp “MULTI“
BT 5.5 Collier à bande articulée sur support “MULTI“
BT 5.6 Gelenkband-Prismaschelle
BT 5.6 Swivel bolt prism clamp
BT 5.6 Collier prismatique à arceau
BT 5.7 Halter für Zylinder

BT 5.7 Mounting for cylinder
BT 5.7 Fixation pour vérin
Befestigungstechnik, wie insbesondere Gelenkbänder, ist Sicherheitstechnik. Deshalb sind An- und
Einbau unserer Befestigungsmittel nur durch geschultes Personal vorzunehmen.
Gewährleistung und Haftung übernehmen wir nur für die Mangelfreiheit unseres Liefergegenstandes
als solchen. Für die Eignung der Umfeldbedingungen und für die fachgerechte Montage tragen wir
HYDAC Accessories GmbH keine Verantwortung.
Hirschbachstr. 2 Mounting technology, in particular swivel bolt clamps, has health & safety implications. Therefore our
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
mounting equipment must only be fitted and installed by trained personnel. We will only guarantee and accept
66280 Sulzbach/Saar liability for our products as such, but not their installation or their suitability for individual ambient conditions.
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01 La technique de fixation, tout commes les bandes articulées, relèvent de la sécurité. Pour cette raison, le
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009 montage et l‘installation de notre matériel de fixation ne peuvent être effectués que par un personnel qualifié.
Internet: www.hydac.com Notre garantie et notre responsabilité couvrent uniquement l‘absence de vice sur le matériel livré. Nous
n‘engageons pas notre responsabilité quant aux conditions et à la qualité du montage.
223
Bei abweichenden Einsatzfällen und/ conditions not described, please contact décrites. Pour des conditions
oder Betriebsbedingungen wenden the relevant technical department. Subject d'utilisation et de fonctionnement
Sie sich bitte an die entsprechende to technical modifications. différentes, veuillez vous adresser
Fachabteilung. Technische Änderungen au service technique compétent.
sind vorbehalten. Sous réserve de modifications
techniques.
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
224
5.1 Gelenkbolzenspannband
5.1 Swivel bolt clamping band BT 5
5.1 Bande de serrage à vis articulées
Einzelteile
Individual parts
Pièces individuelles
Nr. Bezeichnung Werkstoff/Oberfläche
No. Description Material/Coating
No. Désignation Matériau/Surface
1 Spannband Stahl nicht rostend
Clamping band Stainless steel
Bande de serrage Acier inoxydable
Leichte Baureihe (GBSP)
Light range (GBSP)
Série légère (GBSP)
Schwere Baureihe (GBSSP)
Heavy range (GBSSP)
Série lourde (GBSSP)
2 Schraube Stahl verzinkt
Bolt Zinc-plated steel
Vis Acier galvanisé
3 Mutter Stahl verzinkt
Nut Zinc-plated steel
Ecrou Acier galvanisé
4 Gelenkhülse, Gelenkbolzen Stahl verzinkt
Swivel sleeve, swivel bolt Zinc-plated steel
Douille articulée, vis articulée Acier galvanisé
5 Gummiprofil
Rubber profile
Garniture caoutchouc
Bandbreite 25, 30, 40 mm Ethylen-Propylen-Terpolymer
Band width 25, 30, 40 mm Ethylene propylene terpolymer
Largeur de la bande 25, 30, 40 mm Ethylène-propylène-terpolymère
Temperatur-Beständigkeit: -20 °C bis +90 °C
Temperature resistance: -20 °C to +90 °C
Résistance à la température de -20 °C à +90 °C
Belastungswerte
Stress factors
Facteurs de résistance
Bandgröße max. Zugbelastung (N) Anzugsmoment Nm
Band dimension max. tensile strength (N) torque rating Nm
Dimension de la bande résistance à la traction max. (N) couple de serrage Nm
25 x 1,0 4600 auf Anfrage, on request, sur demande
) )
bis bis
n- ) n- )
vo - to à) vo - to à)
D( m - D( m -
e i ch D (fro D (de e i ch D (fro D (de
r r
n be nge rage n be nge rage
p an er ra ser p an er ra ser
Ø iame Ø de Ø iame Ø de
S t S t
D de D de
ge ge
Pla Pla
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
+4
+10
225
5.1 Swivel bolt clamping band
Ausführung Ausführung
Model Model
Exécution Exécution
A1 A1
B1 B1
D (von – bis)
D (von – bis)
D (von – bis)
D (von – bis)
D (from – to)
D (from – to)
D (from – to)
D (from – to)
D (de – à)
D (de – à)
D (de – à)
D (de – à)
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Typ
Typ
Typ
Typ
L1
L1
L1
L1
64 80 – 86 187 80 99 – 109 232 64 77 – 83 187 80 96 – 106 232
70 87 – 93 206 89 110 – 119 260 70 84 – 90 206 89 107 – 116 260
76 94 – 101 224 98 120 – 130 287 76 91 – 98 224 98 117 – 127 287
82 101 – 109 242 107 131 – 141 315 82 98 – 106 242 107 128 – 138 315
88 108 – 121 260 116 142 – 153 342 88 105 – 118 260 116 139 – 150 342
94 115 – 128 279 125 153 – 171 370 94 112 – 125 279 125 150 – 168 370
100 122 – 139 297 134 164 – 186 398 100 119 – 136 297 134 161 – 183 398
106 130 – 148 316 143 175 – 197 426 106 127 – 145 316 143 172 – 194 426
115 140 – 159 343 152 186 – 208 454 115 137 – 156 343 152 183 – 205 454
120 146 – 164 358 165 201 – 224 494 120 143 – 161 358 165 198 – 221 494
124 151 – 169 371 178 216 – 239 534 124 148 – 166 371 178 213 – 236 534
133 162 – 180 399 191 232 – 255 575 133 159 – 177 399 191 229 – 252 575
142 173 – 191 427 204 248 – 271 615 142 170 – 188 427 204 245 – 268 615
151 184 – 202 455 217 264 – 287 656 151 181 – 199 455 217 261 – 284 656
160 195 – 213 483 230 279 – 302 696 160 192 – 210 483 230 276 – 299 696
169 206 – 224 511 243 295 – 318 737 169 203 – 221 511 243 292 – 315 737
178 217 – 235 539 256 311 – 334 777 178 214 – 232 539 256 308 – 331 777
187 228 – 246 567 269 327 – 350 818 187 225 – 243 567 269 324 – 347 818
196 239 – 257 595 282 342 – 365 859 196 236 – 254 591 282 339 – 362 859
205 250 – 268 623 295 358 – 381 900 205 247 – 265 623 295 355 – 378 900
214 261 – 279 651 300 366 – 389 916 214 258 – 276 651 300 363 – 386 916
223 272 – 290 679 308 374 – 397 941 223 269 – 287 679 308 371 – 394 941
231 281 – 299 704 321 390 – 413 981 231 278 – 296 704 321 387 – 410 981
234 284 – 302 713 334 406 – 429 1022 234 281 – 299 713 334 403 – 426 1022
241 293 – 311 735 347 422 – 445 1063 241 290 – 308 735 347 419 – 442 1063
250 304 – 322 764 360 437 – 460 1103 250 301 – 319 764 360 434 – 457 1103
259 315 – 333 792 373 453 – 476 1144 259 312 – 330 792 373 450 – 473 1144
268 326 – 344 820 386 469 – 492 1185 268 323 – 341 820 386 466 – 489 1185
277 337 – 355 849 399 485 – 508 1225 277 334 – 352 849 399 482 – 505 1225
286 348 – 366 877 412 501 – 524 1266 286 345 – 363 877 412 496 – 521 1266
295 359 – 377 905 425 516 – 540 1307 295 356 – 374 905 425 513 – 537 1307
300 366 – 384 921 438 532 – 556 1348 300 363 – 382 921 438 529 – 553 1348
Leichte Baureihe 451 548 – 571 1388 Leichte Baureihe 451 545 – 568 1388
Band- und Schraubenabmessung 464 564 – 587 1429 Band- und Schraubenabmessung 464 561 – 584 1429
Light range Light range
Band and thread dimension 477 580 – 603 1470 Band and thread dimension 477 577 – 600 1470
Série légère 490 596 – 619 1511 Série légère 490 593 – 616 1511
Dimension de la bande et des vis Leichte Baureihe / Schwere Baureihe Dimension de la bande et des vis Leichte Baureihe / Schwere Baureihe
25 x 1 mm, M8 x 80 Band- und Schraubenabmessung 25 x 1 mm, M8 x 80 Band- und Schraubenabmessung
Light range / Heavy range Light range / Heavy range
Band and thread dimension Band and thread dimension
Série légère / Série lourde Série légère / Série lourde
Dimension de la bande et des vis Dimension de la bande et des vis
30 x 1 mm, M10x90 / 30 x 1,5 mm, M10x90/ 30 x 1 mm, M10x90 / 30 x 1,5 mm, M10x90
40 x 1,5 mm, M10x90 40 x 1,5 mm, M10x90
HRGBLP 25 A1 169 ST HRSGBLPU 30 A1 373 ST
25 x 1 / 30 x 1 HRGBLP 25 x 1 / 30 x 1 HRGBLPU
30 x 1,5 / 40 x 1,5 HRSGBLP 30 x 1,5 / 40 x 1,5 HRSGBLPU
Bandbreite / Bandbreite /
band width / largeur de la bande band width / largeur de la bande
25 / 30 / 40 25 / 30 / 40
A1 / B1 A1 / B1
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
Typ / type / type Typ / type / type

material of steel parts / material of steel parts /
ST / A2 ST / A2
226
5.1 Swivel bolt clamping band BT 5
Ausführung Ausführung
Model HRGBLP Model HRGBLPU
Exécution HRSGBLP Exécution HRSGBLPU
Schnellverschluss Schnellverschluss
Quick release Quick release
Verrouillage rapide Verrouillage rapide
Anwendung Anwendung
Application Application
Application Application
S1 is) S1 is)
on - b on - b
h D (v ) h D (v )
n bereic (from - to (de - à) n bereic (from - to (de - à)
n
Spa ter ragn e eD n
Spa ter ragn e eD
errag errag
Diam de Ø de s Diam de Ø de s
e e
Plage Plage
D (von – bis)
D (von – bis)
D (from – to)
D (from – to)
D (de – à)
D (de – à)
Type
Type
Type
Type
Typ
Typ
L1
L1
80 77 – 82 232 80 71 – 76 232

89 86 – 91 260 89 80 – 85 260
98 95 – 100 287 98 89 – 94 287
107 104 – 112 315 107 98 – 103 315
116 113 – 121 342 116 107 – 115 342
125 122 – 130 370 125 116 – 124 370
134 131 – 139 398 134 125 – 133 398
143 140 – 148 426 143 134 – 142 426
152 149 – 157 454 152 143 – 151 454
165 162 – 170 494 165 156 – 164 494
178 175 – 183 534 178 169 – 177 534
191 188 – 196 575 191 182 – 190 575
204 201 – 209 615 204 195 – 203 615
217 214 – 222 656 217 208 – 216 656
230 227 – 235 696 230 221 – 229 696
243 240 – 251 737 243 234 – 245 737
256 253 – 264 777 256 247 – 258 777
269 266 – 277 818 269 260 – 271 818
282 279 – 290 859 282 273 – 284 859
295 292 – 303 900 295 286 – 297 900
300 297 – 308 916 300 291 – 302 916
308 305 – 316 941 308 299 – 310 941
321 318 – 329 981 321 312 – 323 981
334 331 – 342 1022 334 325 – 336 1022
347 344 – 355 1063 347 338 – 349 1063
360 357 – 368 1103 360 351 – 362 1103
373 370 – 381 1144 373 364 – 375 1144
386 383 – 394 1185 386 377 – 388 1185
399 396 – 407 1225 399 390 – 401 1225
412 409 – 420 1266 412 403 – 414 1266
425 422 – 433 1307 425 416 – 427 1307
438 435 – 446 1348 438 429 – 440 1348
451 448 – 459 1388 451 442 – 453 1388
464 461 – 472 1429 464 455 – 466 1429
477 474 – 485 1470 477 468 – 479 1470
490 487 – 498 1511 490 481 – 492 1511
503 500 – 511 1552 503 494 – 505 1552
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
Leichte Baureihe / Schwere Baureihe Leichte Baureihe / Schwere Baureihe

Band- und Schraubenabmessung Band- und Schraubenabmessung
Light range / Heavy range Light range / Heavy range
Band and thread dimension Band and thread dimension
Série légère / Série lourde Série légère / Série lourde
Dimension de la bande et des vis Dimension de la bande et des vis
30 x 1 mm, M10x90 / 30 x 1,5 mm, M10x90 30 x 1 mm, M10x90 / 30 x 1,5 mm, M10x90
40 x 1,5 mm, M10x90 40 x 1,5 mm, M10x90
227
Bestellschlüssel
HRSGBLP 30 S1 373 ST

HRGBLP (30 x 1,0)
HRGBLPU (30 x 1,0)
HRSGBLP (30 x 1,5; 40 x 1,5)
HRSGBLPU (30 x 1,5; 40 x 1,5)
Bandbreite / band width / langeur de la bande
30
40
S1
Typ / type / type
Werkstoff der Stahlteile / material of steel parts/ matériau des pièces en acier
ST / A2

Eigengefertigte Spannbänder der Internally manufactured of clamping Production de bandes de serrage
Bandgrößen 30x1,0; 30x1,5 und 40x1,5 bands, band dimension 30x1.0; 30x1.5 de 30x1,0; 30x1,5 et 40x1,5 d’après
nach Schweißzulassung DIN EN 15085 and 40x1.5 according to weld certification agrément de soudure DIN EN 15085
Zertifizierungsstufe: CL2 DIN EN 15085 Niveau de certification: CL2
Schweißnahtgüteklasse: CP-C3 Certification level: CL2 Classe de qualité cordonde soudure:
Prüfklasse: CT4 Weld seam quality: CP-C3 CP-C3
Oberflächengüte: Stufe 3 Quality class: CT4 Classe de contrôle: CT4
Surface quality: step 3 Qualité de surface: Niveau 3
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
228
5.2 Unterlage kurz, für Luftbehälter
5.2 Support short, for mounting air reservoirs BT 5
5.2 Support exécution courte, pour fixation réservoir à air
Unterlage kurz (BUK) für Luftbehälter in Verbindung mit:

– HY-ROS Gelenkbolzen - Spannband (siehe Seite BT 5.1.)
Support short (BUK) for mounting of air reservoir in conjunction with:
– HY-ROS Swivel bolt clamping band (see pages BT 5.1.)
Support exécution courte (BUK) pour fixation de réservoir à air en combinaison avec:
– HY-ROS Bande de serrage à vis articulée (voir pages BT 5.1.)
Unterlage kurz für Spannbereich D = 125 bis 240 mm
Support short for diameter range D = 125 to 240 mm
Support exécution courte pour plage de diamètre de serrage D = 125 à 240 mm
Unterlage kurz für Spannbereich D = 240 bis 500 mm

Support short for diameter range D = 240 to 500 mm
Support exécution courte pour plage de diamètre de serrage D = 240 à 500 mm
Spannbereich Abmessungen Gewicht (g/Stück)

(von - bis) Dimensions Weight (g/ea)
Diameter range Dimensions Poids (g/pièce)
(from - to)
Plage de serrage
(de - à) b L h e h1 α PP PA
125 - 240 28 20° 49 63
30 110 8
240 - 350 17,6 14° 32 43
80
350 - 420 38 22° 82 106
40 200 10
420 - 500 32 17,5° 65 83
Bestellschlüssel
HRLBB BUK 240-350 PA

HRLBB
BUK
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
Durchmesser/ O/D / diamètre

125 - 240, 240 - 350, 350 - 420, 420 - 500
PP / PA
229
230
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
5.3 Gelenkbolzenschelle mit Schnellverschluss
5.3 Quick release swivel bolt clamp BT 5
5.3 Colliers à arceau à verrouillage rapide
Einfach mit Lasche mit Gummiprofil

Basic with strap with rubber profile
Simple avec lèvre avec garniture caoutchouc
HRGBP HRGB Schnellverschluss
HRGBPU Schnellverschluss
Quick release
Schnellverschluss Quick release Verrouillage rapide
Verrouillage rapide
Quick release Gummiprofil
Verrouillage rapide Lasche / strap / lèvre rubber profile
garniture caoutchouc
ich ich ich

ere ge e ere ge e ere ge e
nb an ag nb an ag nb an ag
an ter r serr p an ter r serr p an ter r serr
p
S me de S me de S me de
Dia de Ø Dia de Ø Dia de Ø
ge ge ge
Pla Pla Pla
Bandbreite 25 mm Bandbreite 25 mm Bandbreite 25 mm

Band width 25 mm Band width 25 mm Band width 25 mm
Largeur de bande 25 mm Largeur de bande 25 mm Largeur de bande 25 mm
D (von – bis)
D (von – bis)
D (von – bis)
D (from – to)
D (from – to)
D (from – to)
D (de – à)
D (de – à)
D (de – à)
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Typ
Typ
Typ
62 60 – 65 62 60 – 65 62 54 – 59
64 62 – 67 64 62 – 67 64 56 – 61
70 68 – 73 70 68 – 73 70 62 – 67
76 74 – 79 76 74 – 79 76 68 – 73
82 80 – 85 82 80 – 85 82 74 – 79
88 86 – 91 88 86 – 91 88 80 – 85
94 92 – 97 94 92 – 97 94 86 – 91
100 98 – 103 100 98 – 103 100 92 – 97
106 104 – 112 108 104 – 112 106 98 – 106
115 113 – 121 117 113 – 121 115 107 – 115
124 122 – 130 126 122 – 130 124 116 – 124
133 131 – 139 135 131 – 139 133 125 – 133
142 140 – 148 144 140 – 148 142 134 – 142
151 149 – 157 153 149 – 157 151 143 – 151
160 158 – 166 162 158 – 166 160 152 – 160
169 167 – 175 171 167 – 175 169 161 – 169
178 176 – 184 180 176 – 184 178 170 – 178
187 185 – 193 189 185 – 193 187 179 – 187
196 194 – 202 198 194 – 202 196 188 – 196
205 203 – 211 207 203 – 211 205 197 – 205
214 212 – 220 216 212 – 220 214 206 – 214
223 221 – 229 225 221 – 229 223 215 – 223
231 230 – 238 234 230 – 238 231 224 – 232
241 239 – 247 243 239 – 247 241 233 – 241
250 248 – 256 252 248 – 256 250 242 – 250
259 257 – 265 261 257 – 265 259 251 – 259
268 266 – 274 270 266 – 274 268 260 – 268
277 275 – 283 279 275 – 283 277 269 – 277
286 284 – 292 288 284 – 292 286 278 – 286
295 293 – 301 297 293 – 301 295 287 – 295
Bestellschlüssel / Order code / Bestellschlüssel / Order code / Bestellschlüssel / Order code /

Code de commande Code de commande Code de commande
HRGBP 25 S1 203-211/205 ST HRGB 25 S1 203-211/207 ST HRGBPU 25 S1 74-79/82 ST
Baureihe/ Baureihe/ Baureihe/
range / série range / série range / série
HRGBP HRGB HRGBPU
Größe / Größe / Größe /
size / taille size / taille size / taille
Ausführung / Ausführung / Ausführung /
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
model / exécution model / exécution model / exécution

Durchmesser / Durchmesser / Durchmesser /
O/D / diamètre O/D / diamètre O/D / diamètre
Werkstoff der Stahlteile / Werkstoff der Stahlteile / Werkstoff der Stahlteile /
material of steel parts / material of steel parts / material of steel parts /
matériau des pièces acier matériau des pièces acier matériau des pièces acier
ST / A2 ST / A2 ST / A2
231
232
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
5.4 Gelenkbandkonsolenschelle
5.4 Quick release swivel bolt band clamp BT 5
5.4 Colliers console à bande articulée
e
ag
err
s
de
de ran ich
tre
dia ge
ge ter ere
mè
Pla ame nnb
Di Spa
ø-
* Ausführung „B“
für Hydraulik-Speicher
* Model “B“
for hydraulic accumulators
* Exécution „B“
pour accumulateurs
hydropneumatiques
Gezeichnet ohne ** Maß „H“ abhängig

Gelenkbolzenschellen von ø Spannbereich
Swivel bolt clamp ** Dimension “H“ depends
not shown on diameter range
dessiné sans ** “H“ dépend de la plage
vis articulée du diamètre de serrage
Werkstoff der Einzelteile

Material of individual parts
Matériaux des differents éléments
Bezeichnung Werkstoff / Oberfläche Abkürzung
Description Material / Coating Abbreviation
Désignation Matériau / Surface Abréviation
Konsole (KONS) Stahl / verzinkt ST ZN
Support (KONS) Zinc-plated steel ST ZN
Console (KONS) Acier galvanisé ST ZN
Rohrunterlage Polyethylen PE
Pipe support Polyethylene PE
Support exécution courte Polyethylen PE
Gelenkbolzenschelle mit Stahl / nicht rostend ST ZN / F1
Schnellschraubverschluss (HRGB) Stahl / verzinkt
Quick release swivel bolt clamp (HRGB) Stainless steel ST ZN / F1
Zinc-plated steel
Colliers a arceau à verrouilliage rapide (HRGB) Acier inoxydable ST ZN / F1
Acier galvanise
Gummiprofil Chloropren EPDM
Rubber profile Chloroprene EPDM
Garniture caoutchouc Caoutchouc chloroprène EPDM
Schellengröße mit Belastungswerten (N)

Clamp size with stress factors (N)
Taille de colliers avec facteurs de résistance (N)
Größe
Durchmesser Anzugsmoment in Nm
Taille
Size
Diameter Fry Frx Fa Torque rating in Nm

Diamètre (N) (N) (N) Couple de serrage en Nm
100 - 120 500 400 360 max. 17
1
121 - 159 550 350 350 max. 17
160 - 180 1100 700 650 max. 17
2 181 - 200 1200 640 640 max. 17
201 - 230 1500 630 630 max. 17
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
233
A B Abmessungen und Gewicht gültig für Ausführung A und B*
Dimensions and weight apply to model A and B*
Hydr. accumulators
Hydr. accumulators
Plage de diamètre
hydropneumatique
hydropneumatique
Dimensions et poids pour exécutions A et B*
Hydr. Speicher
Hydr. Speicher
Diameter range
H** (von – bis)

Spannbereich
H** (from – to)
Gewicht (KG)
Accumulateur
Accumulateur
Weight (KG)
H** (de – à)
(von – bis)
Poids (KG)
de serrage
(from – to)
(de – à)
Größe
Taille
Size
B L A c max s
H
100-105 59 - 62 135 0,4
106-114 62,5 - 66 108 64 138 0,41
115-123 66,5 - 71 114 67 150 0,42
1 124-132 71,5 - 76 126 77 100 18 156 160 3 0,43
133-142 76,5 - 82,5 174 0,44
143-151 83 - 86,5 146 83 182 0,45
152-159 87 - 91 191 0,46
160-167 89 - 92 167 92,5 196 0,7
167-175 92,5 - 96,5 175 99,5 207 0,72
176-185 97 - 102,5 206 118 241 0,75
186-194 103 - 108 210 123 248 0,76
2 152 32 236 4
195-203 108,5 - 113,5 216 123 251 0,76
204-213 111,5 - 115,5 219 123 252 0,77
214-222 116 - 120 222 120/123 254 0,77
223-230 120,5 - 123,5 229 123 259 0,78
Bestellschlüssel
HRGKS 1 A 124-132 ST
HRGKS
1/2
A/B
ST ZN verzinkt / zinc plated / zinqué
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
234
5.5 Gelenkbandkonsolenschelle “MULTI“
5.5 Quick release swivel bolt band clamp “MULTI“ BT 5
5.5 Colliers à bande articulée sur support “MULTI“
Ausführung: Standard (HRGKSM)

Spannbandbreite x-dicke
Model: standard (HRGKSM) Clamping width x-thickness
Exécution: standard (HRGKSM) Largeur x épaisseur
de la bande de serrage
Spannband-Typ
Clamp type
Bande de serrage type
ch e
rei e rag
n be ang ser
p an ter e de
r
r
ø-S iame mèt
D dia
d e
ge
Pla
Gezeichnet ohne Gelenkbolzenschelle

Swivel bolt clamp not shown
dessiné sans colliers à arceau
Werkstoff der Einzelteile

Material of individual parts
Matériaux des différents éléments
Bezeichnung Werkstoff/Oberfläche Abkürzung
Description Material/Coating Abbreviation
Désignation Matériau/Revêtement Abréviation
Konsole (KONS) Stahl/verzinkt ST ZN
Support (KONS) Zinc-plated steel ST ZN
Console (KONS) Acier galvanisé ST ZN
Kunststoffprofil (GT) Polyethylen PE
Synthetic material profile (GT) Polyethylene PE
Profil en matériau synthétique (GT) Polyethylen PE
Gelenkbolzenschelle mit Stahl/nicht rostend ST ZN/F1
Schnellschraubverschluss (HR(S)GBP) Stahl/verzinkt
Quick release swivel bolt clamp Stainless steel ST ZN/F1
(HR(S)GBP) Zinc-plated steel
Colliers a arceau à verrouilliage rapide Acier inoxydable ST ZN/F1
(HR(S)GBP) Acier galvanisé
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
235
5.5 Quick release swivel bolt band clamp “MULTI“
Gewicht in kg/Stück
Poids en kg/pièce
D (von – bis)
Weight in kg/ea
D (from – to)
Ausführung
D (de – à)
Werkstoff
Exécution
Matériau
Material
Größe
Model
Taille
Type
Type
Size
Typ
H c max M T A s L B E d
44 - 46 47 29,8 - 32,3 67 0,15
46 - 49 50 30,8 – 32,3 69 0,15
51 - 54 55 33,3 - 34,8 75 0,15
55 - 58 59 35,3 - 36,8 77 0,16
58 - 61 62 37,3 - 38,8 83 0,16
62 - 65 65 38,0 - 39,5 85 0,20
66 - 69 69 40,0 - 41,5 89 0,21
0 R 70 - 73 73 42,0 - 43,5 93 M6x50 20x0,8 120 3 8 85 40 9 ST 0,21
73 - 76 76 43,5 - 45,0 96 0,22
77 - 80 80 45,5 - 47,0 100 0,22
81 - 84 85 47,0 - 48,5 104 0,23
85 - 88 89 49,0 - 50,5 108 0,23
89 - 92 93 51,0 - 52,5 112 0,24
92 - 95 96 52,5 - 54,0 115 0,24
96 - 100 100 54,5 - 56,5 120 0,24
101 - 109 106 58,5 - 62,5 137 0,34
110 - 118 115 63,0 - 67,0 146 0,35
119 - 127 124 66,8 - 70,8 154 0,36
1 R 128 - 136 133 71,3 - 75,3 163 M8 x 80 25x1,0 156 3 18 100 50 9 ST 0,37
137 - 145 142 76,0 - 80,0 172 0,38
146 - 154 151 80,5 - 84,5 181 0,39
155 - 163 160 85,0 - 89,0 190 0,40
163 - 171 169 90,1 - 94,1 200 0,57
167 - 175 173 92,1 - 96,1 204 0,58
172 - 180 178 94,6 - 98,6 209 0,58
181 - 189 187 98,4 - 102,4 217 0,59
186 - 194 192 100,9 - 104,9 222 0,60
2 R 190 - 198 196 102,9 - 106,9 226
M8 x 80 25x1,0 236 3 32 152 60 9 ST
0,60
199 - 207 205 107,4 - 111,4 235 0,61
208 - 216 214 111,2 - 115,2 243 0,62
217 - 225 223 115,7 - 119,7 252 0,63
226 - 234 231 120,2 - 124,2 261 0,64
235 - 246 243 129,0 - 134,5 279 0,97
248 - 259 256 135,5 - 141,0 292 0,99
261 - 272 269 140,9 - 146,4 304 1,00
274 - 285 282 147,4 - 152,9 317 1,02
3 R 287 - 298 295 153,9 - 159,4 330
M10 x 90 30x1,0 300 4 28 222 60 11 ST
1,03
300 - 311 308 159,4 - 164,9 342 1,05
313 - 324 321 165,9 - 171,4 355 1,06
326 - 337 334 172,4 - 177,9 368 1,08
339 - 350 347 181,2 - 186,7 385 1,47
352 - 363 360 187,7 - 193,2 398 1,49
365 - 376 373 194,2 - 199,7 411 1,51
378 - 389 386 200,7 - 206,2 424 1,52
391 - 402 399 205,2 - 210,7 435 1,54
404 - 415 412 211,7 - 217,2 448 1,56
4 R 417 - 428 425 218,2 - 223,7 461 M10 x 90 30x1,5 400 4 28 322 60 11 ST 1,58
430 - 441 438 224,7 - 230,2 474 1,60
443 - 454 451 229,4 - 234,9 485 1,62
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
456 - 467 464 235,9 - 241,4 498 1,63

469 - 480 477 242,4 - 247,9 511 1,65
482 - 493 490 248,9 - 254,4 524 1,67
495 - 506 503 255,4 - 260,9 537 1,70
236
Ausführung: mit Steg (HRVMS)

Model: with web plate (HRVMS)
Exécution: avec nervure de reifort (HRVMS)
E
L B
T Clamping width x-thickness
Largeur x épaisseur
M
Spannband-Typ HR(S)GBP
Clamp type
Bande de serrage type HY-ROS
169
ich
ere e rrage
GT
nb ng
p an ter ra de se
ø-Siame ètre
D diam
C
e
ed
Plag
H
KONS
S
Plage de diamètre
Poids en kg/piéce
Diameter range
Weight in kg/ea
Spannbereich
Ausführung
(von – bis)
de serrage
(from – to)
Werkstoff
Exécution
Matériau
HRVMS
Material
(de – à)
Größe
Model
Taille
Type
Type
Size
Typ
159-167 165 88,1- 92,1 197 0,73
165-173 171 91,1- 95,1 203 0,73
172-180 178 94,2- 98,2 210 0,74
178-186 184 97,6-101,6 216 0,74
185-193 191 101,1-105,1 223 0,75
2 R 192-200 198 103,9-107,9 229 M10x90 30x1,5 236 3 28 158 60 11 ST 0,75
198-206 204 106,9-110,9 235 0,75
204-212 210 109,9-113,9 241 0,76
211-219 217 112,7-116,7 248 0,77
217-225 223 115,7-119,7 254 0,78
224-232 230 119,2-125,2 263 0,79
235-246 243 129,0-134,5 279 1,03
248-259 256 135,5-141,0 292 1,05
261-272 269 140,9-146,4 304 1,06
274-285 282 147,4-152,9 317 1,08
3 R 287-298 295 153,9-159,4 330
M10x90 30x1,5 300 4 28 222 60 11 ST
1,09
300-311 308 159,4-164,9 342 1,11
313-324 321 165,9-171,4 355 1,12
326-337 334 172,4-177,9 368 1,14
339-350 347 181,2-186,7 385 1,53
352-363 360 187,7-193,2 398 1,55
365-376 373 194,2-199,7 411 1,57
378-389 386 200,7-206,2 424 1,58
391-402 399 205,2-210,7 435 1,60
404-415 412 211,7-217,2 448 1,62
4 R 417-428 425 218,2-223,7 461 M10x90 30x1,5 400 4 28 322 60 11 ST 1,64
430-441 438 224,7-230,2 474 1,66
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
443-454 451 229,4-234,9 485 1,68

456-467 464 235,9-241,4 498 1,69
469-480 477 242,4-247,9 511 1,71
482-493 490 248,9-254,4 524 1,73
495-506 503 255,4-260,9 537 1,76
237
5.5 Quick release swivel bolt band clamp “MULTI“
Ausführung: mit Wange (HRVMW)

Model: with reinforced side wall (HRVMW)
Exécution: avec reinfort latéral (HRVMW)
E
d
L B
T Clamping width x-thickness
Largeur x épaisseur
M
HR(S)GBP
HY-ROS
e
ic
h ag Spannband-Typ 169
e re ge serr Clamp type
GT
n
nb ra de Bande de serrage type
an ter re
Sp e èt
ø- iam iam
C
D d
de
g e
l a
P
H
KONS
S
Plage de diamètre
Poids en kg/piéce
Diameter range
Weight in kg/ea
Spannbereich
Ausführung
(von – bis)
de serrage
(from – to)
Werkstoff
Exécution
Matériau
HRVMW
Material
(de – à)
Größe
Model
Taille
Type
Type
Size
Typ
159-167 165 88,1-92,1 197 0,73
165-173 171 91,1-95,1 203 0,73
172-180 178 94,2-98,2 210 0,74
178-186 184 97,6-101,6 216 0,74
185-193 191 101,1-105,1 223 0,75
2 R 192-200 198 103,9-107,9 229 M10x90 30x1,5 236 3 28 158 60 11 ST 0,75
198-206 204 106,9-110,9 235 0,75
204-212 210 109,9-113,9 241 0,76
211-219 217 112,7-116,7 248 0,77
217-225 223 115,7-119,7 254 0,78
224-232 230 119,2-125,2 263 0,79
235-246 243 129,0-134,5 279 1,41
248-259 256 135,5-141,0 292 1,43
261-272 269 140,9-146,4 304 1,44
274-285 282 147,4-152,9 317 1,46
3 R 287-298 295 153,9-159,4 330
M10x90 30x1,5 300 4 28 222 60 11 ST
1,47
300-311 308 159,4-164,9 342 1,49
313-324 321 165,9-171,4 355 1,50
326-337 334 172,4-177,9 368 1,52
339-350 347 181,2-186,7 385 2,08
352-363 360 187,7-193,2 398 2,10
365-376 373 194,2-199,7 411 2,12
378-389 386 200,7-206,2 424 2,13
391-402 399 205,2-210,7 435 2,15
404-415 412 211,7-217,2 448 2,17
4 R 417-428 425 218,2-223,7 461 M10x90 30x1,5 400 4 28 322 60 11 ST 2,19
430-441 438 224,7-230,2 474 2,21
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
443-454 451 229,4-234,9 485 2,23

456-467 464 235,9-241,4 498 2,24
469-480 477 242,4-247,9 511 2,26
482-493 490 248,9-254,4 524 2,28
495-506 503 255,4-260,9 537 2,30
238
Bestellschlüssel
HRGKSM 2 R 186-194/ 192 ST GS O.PE
HRGKSM / HRVMS / HRVMW
HRGKSM (0 / 1 / 2 / 3 / 4)
HRVMS (2 / 3 / 4)
HRVMW (2 / 3 / 4)
R
Typ / type / type
A2*
A4*
Sonderausführung / special model / exécution spéciale
GS mit Gleitschiene / with guide rail / avec rail de guidage
(nur HRVMW / only HRVMW / solement HRVMW)
ab Größe 3 / for size 3 and above / à partir de la taille de 3
O.PE ohne Kunststoffprofil / without synthetic material profile / saus profile em matériau synthétique
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
239
240
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
5.6 Gelenkbandprismaschelle
5.6 Swivel bolt prism clamp BT 5
5.6 Colliers prismatique à arceau
Ausführung A
M8
Model A
Exécution A
ge 1
ra
h ser
eic de
er ge re
n nb ran mèt
a r ia
C
Sp ete d
ø- iam e de
D lag
P
H
Prisma-Ausführung A Prisma-Ausführung AV
Prism model A Prism model AV
Exécution prismatique A Exécution prismatique AV
Schellengröße mit Belastungswerten (N) (2-fache Sicherheit gegen Verformung)

Clamp size with stress factors (N) (double protection against distortion)
Taille de colliers avec facteurs de résistance (N) (double sécurité contre déformation)
Größe
Spannbereich Anzugsmoment in Nm
Taille
Size
Diameter range Fry Frx Fa Torque rating in Nm

Plage de diamètre (N) (N) (N) Couple de serrage en Nm
0 67 - 138 450 450 350 max. 17
1 139-300 1000 630 630 max. 17
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
241
5.6 Gelenkbandprismaschelle
5.6 Swivel bolt prism clamp
5.6 Colliers prismatique à arceau
Gewicht A/AV in (kg)

Weight A/AV in (kg)
Poids A/AV en (kg)
Plage de diamètre
Diameter range
Spannbereich
Ausführung
(von – bis)
de serrage
(from – to)
Werkstoff
Exécution
Matériau
Material
(de – à)
Größe
Model
Taille
Type
Type
Size
Typ
H Cmax E M S K G A B d L P A / AV
67 – 72 70 37,5 – 40,0 93 0,25 / 0,26
73 – 78 76 40,5 – 43,0 99 0,26 / 0,26
79 – 84 82 43,5 – 46,0 105 0,26 / 0,27
85 – 90 88 46,5 – 49,0 111 0,26 / 0,27
91 – 96 94 49,5 – 52,0 117 0,27 / 0,27
0 A / AV 50 27/30 3 7 22 110 64 8,5 15 24 ST
97 – 102 100 52,5 – 55,0 123 0,27 / 0,28
103 – 111 106 55,5 – 59,5 132 0,27 / 0,28
112 – 120 115 60,0 – 64,0 141 0,28 / 0,29
121 – 129 124 64,5 – 68,5 150 0,29 / 0,29
130 – 138 133 69,0 – 73,0 159 0,29 / 0,30
139 – 147 142 73,5 – 77,5 168 0,41
148 – 156 151 78,0 – 82,0 177 0,42
157 – 165 160 82,5 – 86,5 186 0,42
166 – 174 169 87,0 – 91,0 195 0,43
175 – 183 178 91,5 – 95,5 204 0,44
184 – 192 187 96,0 – 100,0 213 0,44
193 – 201 196 100,5 – 104,5 222 0,44
202 – 210 205 105,0 – 109,0 231 0,45
211 – 219 214 109,5 – 113,5 240 0,46
1 A 216 – 224 219 112,0 – 116,0 245 50 27 3 13 22 ST 0,47
220 228 223 114,0 – 118,0 249 0,48
228 236 231 118,0 – 122,0 257 0,48
238 246 241 123,0 – 127,0 267 0,48
247 255 250 127,5 – 131,5 276 0,49
256 264 259 132,0 – 136,0 285 0,49
265 273 268 136,5 – 140,5 294 0,50
274 282 277 141,0 – 145,0 303 0,50
283 291 286 145,5 – 149,5 312 0,51
292 300 295 150,0 – 154,0 321 0,52
Bestellschlüssel
HRGPS 0 AV 91-96/94 ST
HRGPS
0
A / AV
ST blank / unplated / sans revètement
A2*
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
242
5.7 Halter für Zylinder
5.7 Clamp for cylinders BT 5
5.7 Fixation pour vérin
Standardausführung A Schelle DIN3015 Teil 1

Zylinderdurchmesser
Standard model A Clamp DIN3015 part 1

Exécution standard A Colliers DIN3015 chap. 1
Diamètre du vérin
Cylinder diameter
Größe
Taille
Schelle DIN3015 Teil 2

Size
Clamp DIN3015 part 2

7 67 - 88 Colliers DIN3015 chap. 2
8 89 - 99
9 100 - 114

r
se
es er
10 115 - 140 m t
ch e rin
d ur iam vè
r r D u
11 141 - 169 de de e d
y lin ylin ètr
Z C iam Schelle DIN3015 Teil 3
D
12 170 - 194 Clamp DIN3015 part 3
Colliers DIN3015 chap. 3
13 195 - 220
14 221 - 274

Andere Kombinationen auf Anfrage
Other combinations on request
15 275 - 299 Autres combinaisons sur demande
Bestellschlüssel
HRHZ 12 / 3S A 172 / 33,7 PP ST M ZN
HRHZ
Baugröße Zylinder / size of cylinder / taille du vérin
7 / 8 / 9 / 10 / 11 / 12 / 13 / 14 / 15
Baugröße Schelle / clamp size / taille des pièces de serrage
1L 1S 1Z
2L 2S 2Z
3L 3S 3Z
4L 4S 4Z
5L 5Z
6L
A
Durchmesser Zylinder / O/D cylinder / diamètre extérieur du vérin
Durchmesser Rohr / pipe O/D / diamètre extérieur du tuyau
PP / PA
ST
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
243
244
DEF 8.187.3/11.13
BT 6
Sonstige Lösungen
Other solutions
Autres solutions
BT 6.1 Sensorschelle
BT 6.1 Sensor clamp
BT 6.1 Collier pour capteur
BT 6.2 Rohrdurchführung
BT 6.2 Rubber tank bush
BT 6.2 Traversée de cloison

Hirschbachstr. 2
DEF 8.188.2/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
245
techniques.
DEF 8.188.2/11.13
246
6.1 Sensorschelle
6.1 Sensor clamp BT 6
6.1 Collier pour capteur
Weitere Einzelteile sind bau- und

preisgleich mit der Leichten Reihe
(Standard) siehe Kapitel Schellen
nach DIN 3015.
Other components are identical in size and
price to the light range (standard) see chapter
on clamps to DIN 3015.
Les autres pièces détachées sont identiques
en prix et en encombrement à celles de la
série légère (standard). Voir § colliers
selon DIN 3015.
Ausführung B Klemmbackenpaar
Model B Pair of clamp jaws
Exécution B Paire de pièces de serrage
(KP)
entfällt bei AL
not required for AL
sauf exécution AL
Abmessungen
Abmessungen
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Größe
Größe
Taille
Taille
Size
Size
40 x 40 5 40 x 40 5
HRSEN 5 B 40x40 PP ST M BL HRSEN 5 KP 40x40 PP
Baureihe /
range / série Baureihe / range / série
HRSEN HRSEN
5 Baugröße / size / taille
Ausführung / 5
model / exécution
B
Durchmesser/ O/D / diamètre KP
clamp material /
matériau des pièces de serrage Durchmesser/ O/D / diamètre
PP / PA / AL
Werkstoff der Stahlteile / Werkstoff der Klemmbacken /
material of steel parts / clamp material /
matériau des pièces acier matériau des pièces de serrage
ST PP / PA / AL
DEF 8.188.2/11.13
Metrisches Gewinde / metric thread / filet metrique

BL Blank / unplated / sans revêtement
247
248
DEF 8.188.2/11.13
6.2 Rohrdurchführung
6.2 Rubber tank bush BT 6
6.2 Traversée de cloison
Ø B available ex stock
Ø B lagervorrätig
Ø B sur demande
Ø B auf Anfrage
Ø B on request
Ø B disponible
Größe
Taille
Size
ØC
ØA
6
Ø tuyau B
Rohr-Ø B
8
pipe-Ø B
9
9,5
30 18 18 1
10
12
14
15
16
17
18 40 28 24 2
19
20
21,3
22
25
27
28
30 55 42 24 3
31,5
34
35
38
42
42,5 70 58 24 4
48,5
50,5
60,5 80 67 24 5
Bestellschlüssel
HRRDF 3 GT 30 TPE
HRRDF
1/2/3/4/5
GT
DEF 8.188.2/11.13

Größe/Size/Taille 1-3: TPE 64
Größe/Size/Taille 4: NBR
Größe/Size/Taille 5: TPE 64
249
250
DEF 8.188.2/11.13
Supports for
Hydraulic Accumulators
1. Description Capacity [l]

1.1. General
SB35HB
SB500 /
SB 550
SB35H
SB330
SB400
SB600
HYDAC supports are used to mount all
SB35
SB40
types of hydraulic accumulator safely and
SN
simply. Clamps, consoles and complete
accumulator sets are available.
10-24
32-50
10-20
32-50
10-20
32-50
10-20
32-50
10-20
32-50
32-50
32-50
2.5+5
2.5-5
2.5-5
2.5-5
1.2. Use 4+6
0.5
20
20
50
Description
1
1
The supports are designed for static use.
For dynamic stresses, specially designed Clamps *
clamps are available on request.
HyRac 89-92 193 ST 1
2. Selection tables
HyRac 106-114/115
for supports H3 ST
2 2
2.1. BLADDER HyRac 110-118/124
1 2
ACCUMULATOR H10 ST
HyRac 121-129/133
1 2
H8 ST
HyRac 167-175/178
1 1
H5 ST
HyRac 202-210/214
1 2 1 2
H8 ST
HyRac 216-224/226
1 2 1 2
H5 ST
HyRac 223-230/231
1 2 2
H3 ST
HyRac 225-234/234
1 2
H3 ST
HSS 242 1 2
1 Consoles
KBK 167 / G 1 1
KBK 222 / G 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4
KHF 210 / G 1 1 1 1
3
2 Accumulator set
SEB 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
SEH 1 1 1
SEN 1 1 1
SEM 1 1 1
E 3.502.24/11.13
1 Clamp SEHF 1 1
2 Console
3 Rubber support ring SEHB 1 1
4 Back plate * The number of clamps can vary depending on the requirements and on the length of the accumulator.
These are recommendations.
251
2.2. Piston accumulator Piston diameter [mm]
50 60 80 100 150 180 250 > 250
Accumulator external diameter [mm]
Type 60 70 95 100 120 125 180 210 220 286 300 > 300
Clamps SK280 *

On request
HRGKSM 0 R 58-61/62 ST
HRGKSM 0 R 70-73/73 ST 
HRGKSM 0 R 92-95/96 ST 
HRGKSM 1 R 119-127/124 ST 
1 Clamps SK Standard *
HyRac 96-100/100 ST 
HyRac 121-129/133 H8 ST 
HyRac 176-185/187 H5 ST 
request
3
on
HyRac 209-217/223 H10 ST 
HyRac 216-224/226 H5 ST 
2 HSS 286 
HSS 310 
consoles
1
request
KBK 126
On
KBK 219 1 1
1 Clamp
2 Console
KBK 310 1 1
* Selecting the correct clamp depends on the external diameter of the accumulator. Depending on the application
3 Back plate and length of the accumulator, we recommend that several clamps are used. Clamps must be mounted near the
end caps in order to prevent deformation of the cylinder.
2.3. DIAPHRAGM ACCUMULATOR Accumulator type Clamp type

(WELD TYPE) SBO250-0.075E HyRac 62-65/65 ST
SBO210-0.16E HyRac 73-76/76 ST
SBO210-0.32E HyRac 92-95/96 ST
SBO210-0.5E HyRac 100-105/106 H3 ST
SBO100-0.7E HyRac 106-114/115 H3 ST
SBO330-0.6E
HyRac 110-118/124 H10 ST
SBO330-0.7E
SBO210-0.75E
HyRac 121-129/133 H8 ST
SBO330-0.75E
SBO200-1E HyRac 133-142/142 H3 ST
SBO140-1.4E
HyRac 143-151/151 H3 ST
SBO210-1.4E
1 SBO330-1.4E HyRac 152-159/160 H3 ST
SBO100-2E HyRac 160-167/169 H5 ST
SBO210-2E
SBO210-2.8E
SBO250-3.5E
HyRac 167-175/178 H5 ST
SBO330-2E
1 Clamp
SBO330-2.8E
SBO330-3.5E
2.4. DIAPHRAGM ACCUMULATOR Type of accumulator Console

(SCREW TYPE)
SBO210-1.3A6 KMS 200
SBO400-1.3A6 KMS 210
SBO100-2.0A6
KMS 220
SBO250-2.0A6
SBO210-2.8A6 KMS 250
SBO400-2.8A6 KMS 280
SBO210-4.0A6 KMS 300
SBO400-4.0A6 KMS 310
E 3.502.24/11.13
1 Console
252
3. CLAMPS
HRGKSM HyRac ( ØD ≤ 100 mm ) HyRac ( ØD ≥ 100 mm )
Closing device, support zinc-plated Closing device, support zinc-plated Closing device, support zinc-plated
Clamping band stainless steel Clamping band stainless steel Clamping band stainless steel
Insert LDPE Insert PE Insert PE, NBR
Description Part no. A B C max ØD (from - to) H (from - to) E L S K max. Weight:
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
HRGKSM 0 R 58-61/62 ST 3018442 83 58 - 61 37.3 - 38.8 0.16
HRGKSM 0 R 70-73/73 ST 3018444 120 85 93 70 - 73 42.0 - 43.5 40 6 0.21
3 –
HRGKSM 0 R 92-95/96 ST 444995 115 92 - 95 52.5 - 54.0 0.24
HRGKSM 1 R 119-127/124 ST 444505 158 100 154 119 - 127 66.8 - 70.8 50 18 0.36
HyRac 62-65/65 ST 445037 85 62 - 65 38 - 39.5 0.16
HyRac 73-76/76 ST 445038 96 73 - 76 43.5 - 45 0.16
HyRac 89-92/92 ST 445039 120 85 112 89 - 92 51 - 52.5 40 6 3 – 0.17
HyRac 92-95/96 ST 445040 115 92 - 95 52.5 - 54 0.17
HyRac 96-100/100 ST 445041 120 96 - 100 54.5 - 56.5 0.17
HyRac 100-105/106 H3 ST 444904 135 100 - 105 59 - 62 0.40
HyRac 106-114/115 H3 ST 444905 143 106 - 114 62.5 - 66 0.41
HyRac 110-118/124 H10 ST 445042 156 110 - 118 72.5 - 77 0.42
HyRac 121-129/133 H8 ST 444906 156 100 165 121 - 129 75.5 - 80 60 18 3 – 0.43
HyRac 133-142/142 H3 ST 444907 174 133 - 142 76.5 - 82.5 0.44
HyRac 143-151/151 H3 ST 444908 182 143 - 151 83 - 86.5 0.45
HyRac 152-159/160 H3 ST 444909 191 152 - 159 87 - 91 0.46
HyRac 160-167/169 H5 ST 444910 197 160 - 167 89 - 92 0.70
HyRac 167-175/178 H5 ST 445043 207 167 - 175 92.5 - 96.5 0.72
HyRac 176-185/187 H5 ST 445044 241 176 - 185 97 - 102.5 0.75
HyRac 202-210/214 H8 ST 445045 245 202 - 210 116 - 120 0.76
236 152 60 32 4 –
HyRac 209-217/223 H10 ST 445046 255 209 - 217 122.5 - 126.5 0.77
HyRac 216-224/226 H5 ST 445047 256 216 - 224 120 - 124 0.77
HyRac 223-230/231 H3 ST 445048 259 223 - 230 120.5 - 123.5 0.78
HyRac 225-234/234 H3 ST 445049 265 225 - 234 123 - 127.5 0.79
Model/order code (example):

HyRac 167-175/178 H5 ST 445043
E 3.502.24/11.13
253
HSS
Clamp zinc-plated
Insert NBR
Description Part no. A B C max ØD (from - to) H (from - to) E L S K max. Weight:
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
HSS 222/229 235224 268 216 244 222 - 229 123 292 1.60
HSS 242 362712 267 216 267 242 136 306 1.66
HSS 286 237395 330 280 314 286 163 40 Ø15 4 355 1.95
HSS 310 237389 330 280 333 310 170 390 2.45
HSS 360 355592 426 365 383 360 195 434 2.56

HSS 222/229 235224
E 3.502.24/11.13
254
4. CONSOLES
4.1. CONSOLE KBK FOR BLADDER AND PISTON ACCUMULATOR
Console KBK Rubber support ring G
G 167
*
G 222
G 360
* Ø22 on KBK 310 and KBK 360
Type Mat. Part no. A B C ØD E F G H Weight: Type Material Part no.

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
126 290530 175 100 60 65 36 – 150 77 1.1 – –
167 238526 260 200 120 75 35 225 92 2.5 167 236997
219 238042 270 180 100 135 80 40 250 6.5 – –
STZN 123 NBR
222 3002160 260 200 170 75 35 225 2.4 222 236996
310 238043 330 220 200 190 140 340 170 18.3 – –
60
360 357959 390 270 240 211 180 390 195 20.1 360 355966

KBK 167 STZN 238526 G 167 NBR 236997
4.2. KMS CONSOLES FOR DIAPHRAGM ACCUMULATOR SCREW TYPE
The screw type diaphragm accumulator has threaded

bores M8 in the lock nut for fixing to the KMS console.
Type Mat. Part no. A B C ØD ØP E F G H ØI Weight:

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
200 359931 270 180 148 160 80 40 250 6.5
210 358989 170 180
100 123 14
220 359922 260 200 170 188 75 35 225 2.4
250 359924 192 204
STZN
280 359925 215 230
300 359926 220 235
330 220 200 140 60 340 170 22 18.3
310 359927 245 265
E 3.502.24/11.13
320 359928 290 305

KMS 200 STZN 359931
255
5. ACCUMULATOR SET FOR BLADDER ACCUMULATORS
SEB, SEH, SEM 5.1. SEB for SB330/440

Accum- Part no. Vol. A B C D E F G H L J
ulator
set [l] [ mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
SEB 2.5 290787 2.5 460 310 198 138 132 214 200 400 75 –
SEB 4 238403 4 410 320 330 270 270 45 95
152 253
SEB 6 2115851 6 330
–
SEB 10 238407 10 570 420 330
SEB 20 240598 20 330 270 500 75 111
180 317
SEB 32 238409 32
1340 1190 500 1160
SEB 50 240599 50
This accumulator set SEB is also available with a SAF and SB330 as a compact unit
(ACCUSET SB330).
See catalogue section:
zzACCUSET SB
No. 3.503
5.2. SEH for SB500/550/600

ulator [
set [l] mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
SEH 2.5 2105194 2.5 460 310 400
198 138 133.5 223 200 –
SEH 5 2105195 5 750 600 650
SEH 10 378952 10 330
570 420 – 75
SEH 20 298181 20 500
330 270 194 323 111
SEH 32 298182 32
1340 1190 500 1160
SEH 50 298183 50
5.3. SEM for SB40

ulator [
set [l] mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
SEM 2.5 3007402 2.5 460 310 200 410
198 138 121.5 201 –
SEM 5 3007423 5 750 600 220 650
SEM 10 3007424 10 330
570 420 – 75
SEM 20 3007425 20 500
330 270 172 310 111
SEM 32 3007426 32
1340 1190 500 1160
SEM 50 3007427 50
E 3.502.24/11.13
256
SEHB 5.4. SEhB for SB35HB
Accum- Part no. Vol. A B E F G H L J
ulator
set [l] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
SEHB 20 3007431 20 570 420 – 500
SEHB 32 3007432 32 1340 1190 172 310 500 1160 75 111
SEHB 50 3007433 50 1340 1190 500 1160
Console Mat. Part no. A B C ØD E F G H Weight
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]

KHF 210 STZN 239965 260 200 100 170 75 35 230 123 2.5

SEB 10 238407
KHF 210
The accumulator sets SEHF/SEHB are supplied with console KHF 210 / G which can be
opened at the front for easier mounting of the bladder accumulator.
6. NOTE
The information in this brochure relates to
the operating conditions and
applications described. For applications
and operating conditions not described,
please contact the proper HYDAC
department. Subject to technical
modifications.

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 3.502.24/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
257
258
E 3.502.24/11.13
Bell Housings with Rigid /
Flexible Pump Mounting
PTS / PT
1. Description 2. Technical Test set-up

1.1. General specifications
Bell housings are connection elements 2.1. General
between drive motors and hydraulic 2.1.1 Mounting position
pumps. Both connecting flanges are Optional.
supplied ready for installation. The bell
housings are made from an aluminium 2.1.2 Operating temperature
cast alloy. -20 °C to +100 °C
1.2. Models 2.1.3 Noise level reduction
Bell housings in both flexible and rigid The noise level reduction achieved
design are available in dimensions to the depends on many factors such as pump Bell housing with foot bracket mounted
VDMA 24561 standard. type, operating pressure, type of fitting, on the oil tank cover plate.
design etc. It is therefore not possible
to quote exact figures. In general, noise Noise level diagram
level reductions of up to 6 db(A) can be
achieved.
The illustration in the next column
shows how the test is set up, together
Noise level [db(A)]
with a graph showing typical noise level rigid

improvements when using a flexible
bell housing compared to a rigid bell
housing.
flexible
Pressure (bar)
E 5.615.0/11.13
259
2.1.4 Notes on mounting 2.2. Specifications
The fixing bolts used for mounting the motor to the pump must 2.2.1 Permitted fluids
be long enough in order to fully utilize the available thread Mineral oil to DIN 51524,
depth on the bell housing. If the bolts used are too short, there other fluids on request.
is the risk of damaging the thread.
2.1.5 Weight loading
The permitted radial or axial load of the bell housing with Note
flexible and rigid pump mounting, allowing for an operating The information in this brochure relates to the operating
temperature of +60 °C: conditions and applications described.
For applications and operating conditions not described,
Permitted force due to

please contact the relevant technical department.
distance for radial

Centre of gravity
gravity Fmax. [N]
Bell housings
Damping ring
Nominal size
load L [mm]
Type of
160 Only rigid bell housing possible

E 400
200 200
K 500
E 600
250 200
K 800
E 1000
300 200
K 1300
E 1500
350 200
K 2000
E 2200
400 200
K 3000
E 4000
450 200
K 5500
E 4000
550 200
K 5500
E 4500
660 200
K 6000
800 Only rigid bell housing possible
For a larger centre of gravity distance L* the permitted force
due to gravity is reduced according to the following formula:
Fmax. • L
Fpermitt.* = [N]
L*
If the centre of gravity distance L* of the pump is smaller than
the centre of gravity distance L in the table, then the permitted
force due to gravity Fpermitt. for the pump is equal to the
maximum force due to gravity Fmax in the table.
Fpermitt.
Fmax
L
L*
E 5.615.0/11.13
260
3. MODEL CODE PT – 250 / 5.0 / M / FL001 – E / F3
Type
PTS = Rigid bell housing
PT = Flexible bell housing
Nominal size for IEC standard motor (type of mounting B5, B35, V1, V15)
Nominal size Type Electric Output
PTS / PT Rigid Flexible motor size n = 1430 rpm
160 x 71 0.25 - 0.37 kW
200 x x 80/90 0.55 - 1.5 kW
250 x x 100/112 2.2 - 4.0 kW
300 x x 132 5.5 - 7.5 kW
350 x x 160/180 11 - 22 kW
400 x x 200 30 kW
450 x x 225 37 - 45 kW
550 x x 250/280 55 - 90 kW
660 x x 315 110 - 200 kW
800 x 335/400 250 - 400 kW
Model with additional bores

Rigid Flexible Additional bores
PTS PT
2.0 5.0 Without additional bore (standard)
5.1 5.1 1x Leakage bore
5.3 5.3 Additional bores to Cnomo standard*
Mineral oil resistance (Special models on request)
Bore template code for pump connection (see our sizing program PT-WIN)
Type of damping ring (only required for flexible bell housings)

E = standard
K = damping ring for higher loads (greater rigidity)
Accessories
... = without accessories (no details)
F3 = bell housing foot bracket
* Cnomo: 1x mounting hole with grille, 1x leakage bore
E 5.615.0/11.13
261
3.1. Dimensions
3.1.1 Dimensions of rigid bell housing PTS
Electric motor size KW at n =1500 1/min Drive shaft Ød1 x I3 Bell housing ØA ØB ØC E M Ød L1 L4
71 0.25 - 0.37 14x30 PTS-160 160 110 110 130 M8 9 13 4
80 0.55 - 0.75 19x40
PTS-200 200 130 145 165 M10 11 16 6
90S-90L 1.1 - 1.5 24x50
100L-112M 2.2 - 4 28x60 PTS-250 250 180 190 215 M12 14 19 6
132S-132M 5.5 - 7.5 38x80 PTS-300 300 230 234 265 M12 14 20 6
160M-160L 11 - 15 42x110
PTS-350 350 250 260 300 M16 18 25 6
180M-180L 18.5 - 22 48x110
200 L 30 55x110 PTS-400 400 300 300 350 M16 18 25 6
225S-225M 37 - 45 60x140 PTS-450 450 350 350 400 M16 18 25 6
250M 55 65x140
PTS-550 550 450 450 500 M16 18 26 6
280S-280M 75 - 90 75x140
315S-315L 110 - 200 80x170 PTS-660 660 550 550 600 M20 22 32 6
355L-400L 250 - 400 95x170 PTS-800 800 680 680 740 M20 23 60 10
3.1.2 Dimensions of flexible bell housing PT
Electric motor size KW at n =1500 1/min Drive shaft Ød1 x I3 Bell housing ØA ØB ØC E M Ød L1 L4
80 0.55 - 0.75 19x40
PT-200 200 130 145 165 M10 11 16 6
90S-90L 1.1 - 1.5 24x50
100L-112M 2.2 - 4 28x60 PT-250 250 180 190 215 M12 14 20 6
132S-132M 5.5 - 7.5 38x80 PT-300 300 230 234 265 M12 14 20 6
160M-160L 11 - 15 42x110
PT-350 350 250 260 300 M16 18 25 6
180M-180L 18.5 - 22 48x110
200 L 30 55x110 PT-400 400 300 300 350 M16 18 25 6
225S-225M 37 - 45 60x140 PT-450 450 350 350 400 M16 18 25 6
250M 55 65x140
PT-550 550 450 450 500 M16 18 40 6
280S-280M 75 - 90 75x140
315S-315L 110 - 200 80x170 PT-660 660 550 550 600 M20 22 32 6
To identify the bore template code (dimensions N, S, K, M1), please use our sizing HYDAC Accessories GmbH
program PT-WIN as far as possible, or consult Head Office. You can download Hirschbachstr. 2
and use the PT-WIN program free of charge from our website www.hydac.com by 66280 Sulzbach/Saar
clicking through Support » Download » Software » Product Division - Accessories. Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Accessories: Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
E 5.615.0/11.13
For the range of accessories (bell housing foot brackets, bell housing mounting Internet: www.hydac.com
plate, damping rails, damping rings and couplings) please use our supplementary E-Mail: [email protected]
brochure "Bell Housing Accessories". This brochure can be downloaded from our
website www.hydac.com.
262
Bell Housings
with Flexible Pump Mounting
with Oil/Air Cooler
PTK Series
1. Description 2. Technical 2.1.3 Noise level reduction

specifications PTKs have a flexible damping ring as
1.1. General
standard between the bell housing and
Bell housings are connection elements 2.1. General pump flange.
between drive motors and hydraulic 2.1.1 Mounting position This ensures a complete decoupling
pumps. Optional. of the pump from the motor and bell
Both connecting flanges are supplied Once both mounting bolts have been housing.
ready for installation. removed, the cooler element can be The additional use of flexible damping
The bell housings are made from an turned through 180° (ports point towards rails reduces the noise level still further.
aluminium cast alloy. the motor or to the pump). Basically, the noise level reduction
On the PTK (bell housing with built-in 2.1.2 Temperature ranges achieved depends on many factors such
oil/air cooler) the oil is cooled efficiently During operation of the PTK, ensure that as pump type, operating pressure, type
by an air stream produced by a fan the maximum oil temperature of +100 °C of fitting, design etc.
mounted on the motor shaft. is not exceeded. It is therefore not possible to quote exact
This combination of noise-damping bell Warning! If there is a temperature figures.
housing and oil/air cooler considerably difference of over 50 °C between the In general, noise level reductions of up
simplifies the construction and reduces oil inlet on the cooler element and the to 6 dB(A) can be achieved by using the
the cost of hydraulic systems. ambient temperature, large fluctuations flexible pump mounting.
The high cooling capacity of the built-in in temperature (e.g. by turning on and off
frequently) must be avoided. Otherwise The illustration below shows how
cooler enables the user to reduce his
this could result in significant reduction the test is set up, together with a
tank capacity.
in lifetime or direct damage to the graph showing typical noise level
This reduction in oil quantity results in
element through stress cracking. improvements when using a flexible
a reduction in operating costs and oil bell housing compared with a rigid bell
disposal costs. Permitted ambient temperature: housing.
-20 °C to +60 °C
1.2. Models
Bell housings with flexible pump
mounting and oil/air cooler are supplied Test set-up
with dimensions to the VDMA 24561
standard.
Noise level diagram

Noise level [db(A)]
rigid
E 5.601.15/11.13
flexible
Pressure (bar)
263
2.1.4 Notes on mounting 2.2. Specifications 2.3. Hydraulic data
The fixing bolts used for mounting the 2.2.1 Coolant 2.3.1 Cooler element
motor to the pump must be long enough Mineral oil to DIN 51524, Material
in order to fully utilize the available other fluids on request Aluminium
thread depth on the PTK.
If the bolts used are too short, there 2.2.2 Nominal rpm for drive Pressure resistance
is the risk of damaging the thread and n=1430 1/min – At an operating pressure of ≤ 16 bar
consequently the whole unit. (Base rpm for the stated technical data) and a temperature ≤ 50 °C, 2 million
cycles (2 Hz) are achieved. For
2.1.5 Weight loading (up to 3000 1/min possible) higher operating pressures and/or
The permitted radial or axial load of 2.2.3 Direction of rotation temperatures, the life expectancy will
the PTK with flexible pump mounting, When looking at the pump shaft be shorter.
allowing for an operating temperature of clockwise
+60 °C: – Maximum operating pressure at static
2.2.4 Air flow rate pressure resistance is 40 bar.
Mounting
Permitted force due
Nominal size Volume

When mounting or dismantling the
Centre of gravity
PTK-200 approx. 72 m³/h threaded connection of the cooler

for radial load
damping ring
Nominal size
PTK-2001 approx. 72 m³/h inlet or outlet, the torque must be

F max. [N]
approx.
to gravity
PTK-250 260 m³/h countered (protects the cooler element

distance
Type of
L [mm]
PTK-300 approx. 435 m³/h from distortions). Please also see the
PTK
PTK-350 approx. 780 m³/h assembly instructions supplied with the

product.
200/ PTK-3501 approx. 780 m³/h
E 400 200
2001
2.2.5 Power requirement for fan
250 E 700 200
Nominal Rotation speed
size 1430 1/min 1800 1/min
300 E 1150 200
PTK-200 20 Watt 30 Watt
350/ PTK-2001 20 Watt 30 Watt
E 1500 200
3501
For a larger centre of gravity distance PTK-300 90 Watt 130 Watt
L* the permitted force due to gravity
is reduced according to the following
formula: PTK-3501 140 Watt 220 Watt
Fmax. • L 2.2.6 Noise levels for PTK

Fpermitt.* = [N] with electric motor without
L* pump
If the centre of gravity distance L* of (measured to DIN 45635, Part 1)
the pump is smaller than the centre of Nominal Output of PTK with
gravity distance L in the table, then the size electric electric
permitted force due to gravity Fpermitt. for motor at motor
the pump is equal to the maximum force 1430 1/min
due to gravity Fmax in the table.
PTK-200 1.5 kW 52 db(A)
PTK-250 4 kW 58 db(A)
PTK-300 5.5 kW 69 db(A)
PTK-350 11 kW 70 db(A)
Fpermitt. The noise levels with electric motor

depend on the make of motor.
Fmax
L The noise levels are only a guide as
the acoustic properties of a room and
L* reflections have an effect on the noise
level.
Note
E 5.601.15/11.13

264
2.3.2 Cooling capacity 2.3.3 Pressure drop Δp in the cooler element
Cooling capacity against oil flow rate for different temperature Flow direction is optional. The differential pressure Δp is
differentials ΔT between oil inlet and air inlet. shown against flow rate for different viscosities.
(Motor rpm 1430 1/min)
PTK-200/PTK-2001 PTK-200/PTK-2001
Pressure drop ∆p (bar)

Cooling capacity P (kW)
Flow rate l/min Flow rate l/min

PTK-250 PTK-250


PTK-300 PTK-300

PTK-350/PTK-3501 PTK-350/PTK-3501
E 5.601.15/11.13

265
3. MODEL CODE PTK – 250 / 2.X / M / FL001 – E / F3
Bell housing with flexible pump mounting and built-in oil/air cooler
Nominal size for IEC standard motor (type of mounting B5, B35, V1, V15)
Nominal size Size Output
PTK Electric motor n = 1430 rpm
2001 80 0.55 - 0.75 kW
200 90 1.1 - 1.5 kW
250 100/112 2.2 - 4.0 kW
300 132 5.5 - 7.5 kW
350 160 11.0 - 15.0 kW
3501 180 18.5 - 22.0 kW
Modification number
Mineral oil resistance (Special models on request)
Bore template code for pump connection (please use our sizing program PT-WIN)
Type of damping ring
E = standard
K = damping ring for higher loads (greater rigidity)
Accessories
... = without accessories (no details)
F3 = bell housing foot bracket
3.1. Dimensions
motor side pump side
Electric Output Electric PTK PTK PTK

motor at motor
1500 Drive
rpm shaft Nominal Foot Mounting min.
Size kW dxl size bracket plate H H1 H2 B E M B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 SW M2 L L1 L2 W1
80 0.55
19 x 40 PTK-2001
80 0.75
PTFL-200 PP200 275 174 143 130 164 M10 260 110 77.5 195 100 32 G1/2 84 80 21 120
90 S 1.1
24 x 50 PTK-200
90 L 1.5
100 L 2.2
28 x 60 PTK-250 PTFL-250 PP250 327 197 166 180 215 M12 334 156 123.5 269 130 32 G3/4 120 105 23 160
112 M 4
132 S 5.5
38 x 80 PTK-300 PTFL-300 PP-300 395 245 214 230 265 M12 334 132 99.5 269 150 32 G3/4 120 130 23 200
132 M 7.5
160 M 11
42 x 110 PTK-350
160 L 15
PTFL-350 – 437 262 231 250 300 M16 334 102 69.5 269 175 32 G3/4 148 170 31 240
180 M 18.5
48 x 110 PTK-3501
180 L 22
To identify the bore template code (dimensions N, S, K, M1), please use our sizing HYDAC Accessories GmbH
program PT-WIN as far as possible, or ask at our Head Office. You can download Hirschbachstr. 2
and use the PT-WIN program free of charge from our website www.hydac.com by 66280 Sulzbach/Saar
clicking through Support » Download » Software » Product Division - Accessories. Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
E 5.601.15/11.13
Accessories:
For the range of accessories (bell housing foot brackets, bell housing mounting Internet: www.hydac.com
plate, damping rails, damping rings and couplings) please use our supplementary E-Mail: [email protected]
brochure "Bell Housing Accessories". This brochure can be downloaded from our
website www.hydac.com.
266
Bell Housing Set
1. Description
To connect HYDAC pumps easily and effectively to the drive motors, HYDAC
Accessories provides bell housing sets.
Depending on the requirements, the sets consist of corresponding bell housings and
couplings. Foot brackets are also available for the bell housing and damping rails, as an
option.
2. Variants of the bell housings

Bell housings are connecting parts between drive motors and hydraulic pumps.
They are made in an aluminium alloy, in dimensions according to VDMA 24561. Both
connecting flanges are supplied ready for installation.
Using a HYDAC bell housing eliminates costly alignment work.
Possible versions:
●● Rigid bell housing (PTS)
●● Flexible bell housing (PT)
●● Flexible bell housing with oil-air cooler (PTK)
Selecting the matching nominal size

Motor Bell Motor power Bell housing version
size housing at 1500 rpm PTS PT PTK
size kW * rigid flexible flexible with
oil-air cooler
71 160 0.25-0,37 x not available
80 2001 0.55-0,75 x x x
90S 200 1.1 x x x
90L 200 1.5 x x x
100L 250 2.2-3 x x x
112M 250 4 x x x
132S 300 5.5 x x x
132M 300 7.5 x x x
160M 350 11 x x x
160L 350 15 x x x
180M 3501 18.5 x x x
180L 3501 22 x x x
200L 400 30 x x
225S 450 37 x x
225M 450 45 x x
not available
250M 550 55 x x
280S 5501 75 x x
280M 5501 90 x x
Order details 315S 660 110 x x
315M 660 132 x x
E 5.617.0/11.13
 Electric motor size

315L 6601 160-200 x x
 Motor power [kW]
 Motor speed [rpm]
 Complete pump designation * For other motor speeds or sizes please get in touch.
267
3. Model code
(also example order) PTK – 2001 / 2.0 / PPV100 / 016 / S F00 - 00
Version of the bell housing base

PTS = rigid bell housing
PT = flexible bell housing
PTK = flexible bell housing with oil-air cooler
Set size
Power at
Set size Motor size
1500 rpm *
160 71 0.25 - 0.37 kW
2001 80 0.55 - 0.75 kW
200 90S-90L 1.1 - 1.5 kW
250 100L-112M 2.2 - 4 kW
300 132S-132M 5.5 - 7.5 kW
350 160M-160L 11 - 15 kW
3501 180M-180L 18.5 - 22 kW
400 200L 30 kW
450 225S-225M 37 - 45 kW
550 250M 55 kW
5501 280S-280M 75 - 90 kW
660 315S-315M 110 - 132 kW
6601 315L 160 - 200 kW
* For other motor speeds or sizes please get in touch.
Version
2.0 = standard
5.3 = to CNOMO standard (leakage hole and assembly hole with grille)
Pump series
PPV100 axial piston pump medium pressure series
PPV101 axial piston pump light heavy duty series
PPV102 axial piston pump heavy duty series
PPV103 axial piston pump light medium pressure series
PVF100 vane pump, fixed displacement
PVF101 vane pump as double pump
PVV100 vane pump, variable displacement, pilot-operated
PVV101 vane pump variable displacement, direct-acting
PGE101-PGE104 gear pump
Set designation
HYDAC issues the designation of the set.
E 5.617.0/11.13
268
4. Accessories
To complement the pump mounting set, HYDAC Accessories also offers foot brackets and damping rails.
You will find extensive information in our brochure "Bell housing accessories" (E 5.616), which you can download from our web
site www.hydac.com.
Bell housing FOOT BRACKETS

HYDAC bell housing foot brackets to simply fasten the motor pump unit to the unit
●●Bell housing foot brackets to VDMA 24561
●●Lightweight and heavy series available off the shelf
●●Reduction of the motor bearing bracket to IMB5/V1
●●Simple replacement of the electric motor
●●It is also possible to set up the hydraulic pump and pipework without an electric
motor
●●Available sizes:
lightweight series: PF-160/3 to PF-300/3
heavy series: PF-250/4 to PF-660/4
Damping rails
HYDAC damping rails decouple vibrations and lower the noise level
●●For bell housing foot brackets to VDMA 24561 in the light and heavy duty design
●●Resistant to mineral oil due to NBR rubber compound
●●Designed for weight-bearing when installed horizontally
●●Reduces noise & vibration
●●Available from stock
●●Special lengths and/or special designs available on request
●●Available sizes:
FDS.../3 for bell housing foot brackets for light range
FDS.../4 for bell housing foot brackets for the heavy duty range

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.617.0/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
described.
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
269
270
E 5.617.0/11.13
Bell Housing
Accessories
Flexible drive (spider) couplings

Features
Code
Dimensions
Gear couplings
Features
Code
Dimensions
Bell housing foot brackets

Light-duty range
Heavy-duty range
Bell housing mounting plate

Bell housing mounting plate
Seal for bell housing mounting plate
Damping rails
Damping rails for motors
Damping rails for bell housing foot brackets
Damping rings
Application
Dimensions
Tank set
E 5.616.2/11.13
271
Flexible Drive (Spider)
Couplings
Features Model code

zzTorsionally flexible and vibration
(also order example)
damping due to elastomer toothed
insert (spider) with 98° Shore A Coupling 24/28 – 28 / 22.2 F ALU
(polyurethane)
zzElastomer is only subjected to Coupling size
compression loading
zzAxial plug-in Version of motor hub
zzFailsafe as a result of positive-fit 28 = 28H7 cylindrical bore with key to DIN 6885
power transmission
zzMaintenance-free Version of pump hub
zzAxial, radial and angular 22.2F = 22.2 code F (7/8") imperial hole
misalignment compensation B17...TN2A = tapered bores
SAE ... = profiled bores / spline shafts
zzAvailable in aluminium (Al), cast iron
(GG/GGG) or steel (St)
Special model
zzTemperature range:
... = coupling in cast iron or steel (no details required)
-30 °C to +90 °C for continuous
ALU = coupling in aluminium
operation, -40 °C to +120 °C for
ATEX = with ATEX approval
short-term operation
E 5.616.2/11.13
272
Dimensions
Hub combination A/A Hub combination A/B Hub combination B/B

e.g. Coupling 28 – 28/20 e.g. Coupling 28/38 – 28/35 e.g. Coupling 28/38 – 38/38
Coupling hubs in aluminium

Order example: Coupling 19/24-24/14 ALU
Bores
A-hub B-hub
max. max.
kW kW Finished Finished
at at bore bore
1000 1500 Pilot Ø d Pilot Ø d Dimensions [mm] Weight
Type rpm rpm hole min max hole min max A B OM L L1+ L2 E s b C C1 dh g f [kg]
19/24 1.1 1.5 5 6 19 18 19 24 40 32 39 66 25 16 2 12 20 21 18 M5 10 0.13
24/28 2.2 4 7 8 24 15 16 32 55 40 53 78 30 18 2 14 24 26 27 M5 10 0.26
28/38 5.5 7.5 8 10 28 25 28 38 65 48 63 90 35 20 3 15 28 29 30 M6 15 0.46
38/45 11 15 13 14 38 35 38 45 80 66 79 114 45 24 3 18 37 39 38 M8 15 0.9
42/55 22 30 13 19 42 40 42 55 95 75 94 126 50 26 3 20 40 41 46 M8 20 1.39
48/60 30 45 18 19 48 46 48 60 105 85 104 140 56 28 4 21 45 46 51 M8 20 1.86
Coupling hubs in steel / cast iron

Order example: Coupling 24/28-20/24
Bores
A-hub B-hub
max. max.
kw kW Finished Finished
at at bore bore
1000 1500 Pilot Ø d Pilot Ø d Dimensions [mm] Weight
Type rpm rpm hole min max hole min max A B OM L L1+ L2 E s b C C1 dh g f [kg]
19/24 1.1 1.5 – 6 19 – 12 24 40 32 39 66 25 16 2 12 20 21 18 M5 10 0.35
24/28 2.2 4 – 10 24 – 14 32 55 40 52 78 30 18 2 14 24 26 27 M5 10 1
28/38 5.5 7.5 – 12 28 22 24 38 65 45 62 90 35 20 2.5 15 28 29 30 M6 15 1.6
38/45 11 15 – 14 38 30 38 45 80 66 77 114 45 24 3 18 37 37 38 M8 15 2.3
42/55 22 30 – 19 42 15 42 55 95 75 94 126 50 26 3 20 40 40 46 M8 20 3.6
48/60 30 45 – 19 48 15 48 60 105 85 102 140 56 28 3.5 21 45 45 51 M8 20 4.8
55/70 37 55 – 19 55 47 55 70 120 98 118 160 65 30 4 22 52 52 60 M10 20 7.4
65/75 55 90 – 22 65 57 65 75 135 115 132 185 75 35 4.5 26 61 59 68 M10 20 10.9
75/90 90 132 – 30 75 50 75 90 160 135 158 210 85 40 5 30 69 65 80 M10 25 17.7
90/100 250 315 29 40 90 79 90 100 200 160 180 245 100 45 5.5 34 81 81 100 M10 25 29.5
100/110 315 315 – – – 40 55 110 225 – 200 270 110 50 6 38 – 89 113 M12 30 43.5
E 5.616.2/11.13
273
Imperial Bores Profile bores
Order Ød Ød Groove Profile spline DIN 5480 Profile DIN 5482 Profile SAE
Code mm Inch b+0.05 t2+0.2 N 20 x 1.25 x 14 x 9 G A 17 x 14 SAE 5/8” – 16/32 – Z9
9.5 TB 9.5 3/8 3.17 11.1 N 25 x 1.25 x 18 x 9 G A 28 x 25 SAE 3/4" – 16/32 – Z11
11.11 DNB 11.11 7/16 2.4 12.5 N 30 x 2 x 14 x 9 G A 30 x 27 SAE 7/8” – 16/32 – Z13
12.69 T 12.69 1/2 4.75 14.6 N 35 x 2 x 16 x 9 G A 35 x 31 SAE 1” – 16/32 – Z15
12.7 TA 12.7 1/2 3.17 14.3 N 40 x 2 x 18 x 9 G A 40 x 36 SAE 1-1/8” – 16/32 – Z17
13.45 DNC 13.45 17/32 3.17 14.9 N 45 x 2 x 21 x 9 G A 45 x 41 SAE 1-1/4” – 12/24 – Z14
14.29 DO 14.29 9/16 3.17 15.6 N 50 x 2 x 24 x 9 G A 48 x 44 SAE 1-3/8” – 16/32 – Z21
15.87 E 15.87 5/8 3.17 17.5 N 55 x 2 x 24 x 9 G A 50 x 45 SAE 1-1/2” –12/24 – Z17
15.87 S 15.87 5/8 3.97 17.9 N 60 x 2 x 28 x 9 G A 58 x 53 SAE 1-1/2” – 16/32 – Z23
15.88 ES 15.88 5/8 4.0 17.7 N 70 x 3 x 22 x 9 G A 70 x 64 SAE 1-3/4” – 16/32 – Z27
15.85 DND 15.852 5/8 4.75 18.1 N 80 x 3 x 25 x 9 G SAE 1-3/4” – 8/16 – Z13
15.87 ED 15.87 5/8 4.75 18.1 N 90 x 3 x 28 x 9 G SAE 2“ – 8/16 – Z15
17.47 DNH 17.465 11/16 4.75 19.6 SAE 2-1/4“ – 8/16 – Z17
19.02 AD 19.02 3/4 3.17 20.7
19.02 AS 19.02 3/4 4.78 21.3 Taper bores
19.05 A 19.05 3/4 4.78 21.3
Order Cone 1:8
22.2 FA 22.2 7/8 6.35 25.2
code Ød b t2 l
22.23 DNI 22.228 7/8 6.35 25.0
22.22 GS 7/8 24.4
TN1 9.75 2.40 10.7 17.0
22.22 4.78
22.22 g 22.22 7/8 4.75 24.7
TN1c 11.60 3.00 12.9 16.5
22.22 GB 22.22 7/8 4.78 25.5 TN1e 13.00 2.40 13.8 21.0
22.22 F 22.22 7/8 6.38 25.2 TN1d 14.00 3.00 15.5 17.5
22.225 GD 22.225 7/8 4.76 24.7 TN1b 14.30 3.20 15.7 19.5
23.8 GF 23.8 15/16 6.35 26.8 TN2 17.20 3.20 18.3 24.0
25.0 HB 25.0 63/64 6.35 28.7 TN2a 17.20 4.00 18.9 24.0
25.38 BA 25.38 1 6.35 27.6 TN2b 17.20 3.00 18.3 24.0
25.38 BS 25.38 1 6.37 28.3 TN3 22.00 4.00 23.4 28.0
25.4 H 25.4 1 4.78 27.8 TN4 25.46 4.78 27.8 36.0
25.4 HS 25.4 1 6.35 28.7 TN4b 25.46 5.00 28.2 36.0
26.95 R 26.95 1 1/16 4.78 29.3 TN4a 27.00 4.78 28.8 32.5
28.58 SA 28.575 1 1/8 6.35 31.7 TN4g 28.45 6.00 29.3 38.5
28.58 SB 28.58 1 1/8 6.35 31.5 TN5 33.17 6.38 35.4 44.0
28.58 SD 28.58 1 1/8 7.93 32.1 TN5a 33.17 7.00 35.4 44.0
31.7 JA 31.7 1 1/4 7.93 34.4
31.71 JC 31.71 1 1/4 7.93 35.3 Order Cone 1:5
31.75 JS 31.75 1 1/4 6.35 34.6 code Ød b t2 l
31.75 K 31.75 1 1/4 7.93 35.5 A10 9.85 2 10.9 11.5
31.75 KS 31.75 1 1/4 7.93 36.6 B17 16.85 3 18.9 18.5
31.76 DNK 31.755 1 1/4 7.93 35.3 C20 19.85 4 22.0 21.5
34.93 MA 34.925 1 3/8 7.93 38.7 Cs22 21.95 3 23.8 21.5
34.92 M 34.92 1 3/8 7.93 38.6 D25 24.85 5 27.9 26.5
34.93 RH1 34.93 1 3/8 9.55 37.8 E30 29.85 6 32.5 31.5
36.5 CB 36.5 1 7/16 9.55 40.9 F35 34.85 6 37.5 36.5
38.07 CA 38.07 1 1/2 7.93 42.0 G40 39.85 6 45.5 41.5
38.07 C 38.07 1 1/2 9.55 42.5
41.25 N 41.25 1 5/8 9.55 45.6
41.28 NB 41.275 1 5/8 9.55 45.8
44.42 LS 44.42 1 3/4 9.55 48.8
44.45 LA 44.45 1 3/4 11.0 48.1
44.45 L 44.45 1 3/4 11.11 49.4
47.63 LU 47.625 1 7/8 12.7 53.5
49.2 DA 49.2 1 15/16 12.7 55.0
50.77 DS 50.77 2 12.7 56.4
50.8 D 50.8 2 12.7 55.1
53.95 P 53.95 2 1/8 12.7 59.6
53.98 PA 53.975 2 1/8 12.7 60.0
57.1 U 57.1 2 1/4 12.73 62.9
60.33 UB 60.325 2 3/8 15.875 67.6
E 5.616.2/11.13
73.03 WA 73.025 2 7/8 19.05 81.7

85.73 WD 85.725 3 3/8 22.225 95.8
92.08 WF 92.075 3 5/8 22.225 101.9 = Standard
274
Gear
Couplings
Features Model code

zzFlexible shaft connection
zzAxial, radial and angular
Coupling B 24 24H7 / 20H7
misalignment compensation
zzCoupling hub in steel,
Gear coupling
coupling sleeve in polyamide
zzTorque transmission without radial
stress due to double Cardan Coupling size
construction
zzTemperature range: -25 °C to +80 °C Version of motor hub
for continuous operation 24H7 = cylindrical bore with key to DIN 6885
Version of pump hub

20H7 = cylindrical bore with key to DIN 6885
22.2F = 22.2 Code F (7/8") imperial bore*
B17/TN2A = tapered bore*
* see tables under flexible drive couplings
Finished-
Dimensions max. holes
kw max.
kw d [mm] Dimensions [mm] Weight
for
1000 for L1
rpm 1500 Pilot +
Type rpm hole Min. Max. A B L L2 E C F g f [kg]
B 24 1.10 1.50 – 10 24 52 36 56 26 4 7.5 41 M 5 6 0.316
B 28 2.20 4.00 7 10 28 66 44 84 40 4 19 46 M 8 10 0.739
B 38 5.50 7.50 12 14 38 83 58 84 40 4 18 48 M 8 10 1.22
B 42 11.00 15.00 12 20 42 92 65 88 42 4 19 50 M 8 10 1.49
E 5.616.2/11.13
275
Bell Housing Foot Brackets
for PT, PTK, PTS
Light-duty range to VDMA 24561

Size Part no. A A1 A2 B B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 H H1 d C E d1
PF-160/3 3130712 160 140 – 80 15 50 7 12 – 100 10 9 110 130 9
PF-200/3 953938 210 180 200 93 14 60 3 8 23 112 12 11 146 165 11
PF-250/3
for 3326868 250 220 – 110 20 60 21 19 – 132 15 14 190 215 14
PT, PTS
PF-250/3
3290117 250 220 – 110 20 60 21 19 – 132 15 14 190 215 14
for PTK*
PF-300/3 953710 290 260 300 120 19 80 19 15 32 160 15 14 240 265 14
* additional counterbore for use with countersunk screws
Heavy-duty range to VDMA 24561

Size Part no. A A1 B B1 B2 B3 B4 H H1 d C E d1
PF-350/3* 953942 350 300 305 70 265 18 22 180 18 18 265 300 18
PF-250/4 3045399 250 215 260 60 185 15 24 155 15 14 190.3 215 14
PF-300/4 3043132 300 265 270 75 225 18 24 185 18 14 234.5 265 14
PF-350/4 3045259 350 300 305 90 265 18 30 235 18 18 260 300 18
PF-400/4 3044298 400 350 350 100 300 20 30 260 20 18 302 350 18
PF-450/4 3044299 450 400 385 110 335 22 30 295 20 18 352 400 18
PF-550/4 3030682 550 500 465 140 415 25 30 350 25 18 452 500 18
PF-660/4 3044300 660 600 555 165 495 30 40 380 30 22 552 600 22
* PF-350/3 is part of the light-duty range but has dimensions according to drawing on left
E 5.616.2/11.13
276
Bell Housing Mounting Plate
for Bell Housings Type PT, PTK, PTS
Features Bell housing mounting plate Oil tank cut-out

zzEnables the complete motor-pump
unit to be fitted and removed from
outside the tank
zzSimplifies cleaning and maintenance
zzBell housing mounting plate in
aluminium, seal in NBR rubber
(mineral oil resistant)
Size Part no. A B C D E F G H K R L M N O S T

PP 200 273931 325 190 140 250 225 146 165 11 9.5 60 200 175 50 M8 84 168
PP 250 272058 350 190 140 300 275 194 215 14 9.5 60 250 175 50 M8 135 134
PP 300 272059 423 225 150 350 330 246 265 14 14.5 98 300 200 100 M12 160 190
PP 350 637939 475 225 160 410 380 262 300 18 14 110 350 200 136 M12 112 307.5
Seal for bell housing mounting plate Size Part no. A B C D E K R L S T

PPD 200 952788 325 190 140 250 225 10 60 200 84 168
PPD 250 952789 350 190 140 300 275 10 60 250 135 134
PPD 300 952812 420 225 150 360 330 15 90 300 160 190
PPD 350 3159093 475 225 160 410 380 20 110 350 112 307.5 E 5.616.2/11.13
277
Damping Rails
for Electric Motors Mounting-Type IMB35
Features
zzHorizontal base mounting
(not overhead mounted)
zzMachined ready for IMB 35 motors
zzNoise reduction due to decoupling
zzResistant to mineral oil due to NBR
Damping For Part no. L L1 L2 H H1 H2 B B1 B2 D D1 M
rubber compound, shore A60°±5
rails type
zzSpecial lengths and models are
MDS 080 80 3134999 176 146 100 40 8 12 50 22 25 14 20 M8
possible on request
MDS 090S 90S 721987 196 156 100 40 8 12 50 22 25 14 20 M8
MDS 090L 90L 721988 240 205 125 40 8 12 50 24 25 14 20 M8
MDS 100L 100L 721989 240 205 140 40 8 12 50 24 25 14 20 M10
MDS 112M 112M 3065818 240 205 140 40 8 12 50 20 25 14 20 M10
MDS 132S 132S 721990 285 245 140 45 8 12 50 20 25 14 20 M10
MDS 132M 132M 721991 285 245 178 45 8 12 50 20 25 14 20 M10
MDS 160M 160M 721992 340 300 210 60 15 15 70 28 35 18 26 M12
MDS 160L 160L 3128252 416 370 254 60 15 15 70 28 35 18 26 M12
MDS 180M 180M 3234395 416 370 241 60 15 15 70 35 35 18 26 M12
MDS 180L 180L 721995 446 400 279 60 15 15 70 35 35 18 26 M12
MDS 200L 200L 724279 496 430 305 60 15 15 70 35 35 22 32 M16
MDS 225S 225S 3042916 496 430 286 60 15 15 70 35 35 22 32 M16
MDS 225M 225M 723832 496 445 311 60 15 15 70 35 35 22 32 M16
MDS 250M 250M 722801 496 445 349 60 15 15 100 50 50 25 40 M20
MDS 280S 280S 3042928 580 530 368 60 15 15 100 50 50 25 40 M20
MDS 280M 280M 3042929 580 530 419 60 15 15 100 50 50 25 40 M20
MDS 315S 315S 3026755 660 610 406 70 15 15 150 60 75 25 40 M24
MDS 315M 315M 3026452 660 610 457 70 15 15 150 60 75 25 40 M24
MDS 315L 315L 3065559 720 670 508 70 15 15 150 60 75 25 40 M24
E 5.616.2/11.13
278
Damping Rails
for Bell Housing Foot Bracket
Features
zzHorizontal base mounting
(not overhead mounted)
zzReady machined for bell housing
base
zzNoise reduction due to decoupling
Damping For type Part no. L L1 L2 H H1 H2 B B1 B2 D D1 M
zzResistant to mineral oil due to NBR
rails *
rubber compound, shore A60°±5
FDS 160/3 PF160/3 3156788 166 120 50 40 8 12 50 19 25 14 20 M8
zzSpecial lengths and models are
possible on request FDS 200/3 PF200/3 721983 190 150 60 40 8 12 50 21 25 14 20 M10
FDS 250/3 PF250/3 721984 225 185 60 40 8 12 50 21 25 14 20 M12
FDS 300/3 PF300/3 721985 285 245 80 45 8 12 50 21 25 14 20 M12
FDS 350/3 PF350/3 721986 380 340 265 60 8 12 70 29 35 18 26 M16
FDS 300/4 PF300/4 3169191 350 300 225 40 8 12 50 25 20 14 20 M12
FDS 350/4 PF350/4 3169192 375 340 265 60 15 15 70 29 35 18 26 M16
FDS 400/4 PF400/4 3044302 420 385 300 60 15 15 70 30 35 18 26 M16
FDS 450/4 PF450/4 3044304 455 420 335 60 15 15 70 30 35 18 26 M16
FDS 550/4 PF550/4 3044305 535 500 415 60 15 15 70 30 35 18 26 M16
FDS 660/4 PF660/4 3044306 660 610 495 60 15 15 70 30 35 22 32 M20
* FDS .../3 for bell housing foot bracket for the light-duty range
FDS .../4 for bell housing foot bracket for heavy-duty range
E 5.616.2/11.13
279
Damping Rings
Application Dimensions
zzFor vertical and horizontal mounting Damping ring IEC motor Part no. Dimensions [mm]
zzCost-effective noise reduction due to type size D D1 D2 G L1 L
decoupling DFR-V1/B5 200 80, 90S / 90L 3026885 200 165 146 4xM10 18 40
zzResistant to mineral oil through the DFR-V1/B5 250 100L / 112 M 3026886 250 215 191 4xM12 22 45
use of NBR rubber compound DFR-V1/B5 300 132S / 132 M 3026887 300 265 235 4xM12 22 50
zzVulcanized seal lip, no additional 160M / 160L /
DFR-V1/B5 350 3210971 350 300 261 4xM16 28 60
seal required 180M / 180 L
DFR-V1/B5 400 200L 3210987 400 350 301 4xM16 29 50
DFR-V1/B5 450 225S / 225M 1151180 450 400 352 8xM16 32 60
250M /
DFR-V1/B5 550 1151181 550 500 452 8xM16 32 60
280S / 280M
DFR-V1/B5 660 315S / 315M 3041666 660 600 552 8xM20 33 65
160M / 160L/
DFR-V1/B5-350-VS 3870296 350 300 261 4xM16 22 60
180M / 180L
DFR-V1/B5-400-VS 200L 3870297 400 350 301 4xM16 29 50
DFR-V1/B5-450-VS 225S / 225M 3870298 450 400 352 8xM16 32 60
Permitted radial weight load and bending stress, allowing for an operating
temperature of + 60 °C:
Maximum permitted force: F pump + F motor ≤ F perm.
Maximum permitted bending moment: F motor x L1 - F pump x L2 ≤ Mb perm.
Damp. ring 200 250 300 350 400 450 550 660
type
F perm.[N] 385 755 1520 3780 5040 6800 13390 24720
Mb perm.[ Nm] 32 68 184 770 1135 1650 4530 9270
E 5.616.2/11.13
Pump Motor
280
TankSet
Component parts:
zzTank (aluminium)
zzFeet (aluminium)
zzCover seal
zzCover (steel, black primer)
zzFluid level gauge FSA
zzReturn Line Filter RF
zzBreather filter BFP
zzScrew set
Type Tank size Coordinates Part. no. Displ. Fluid Return Breather
vol. level line filter filters
gauge with filter
cartridge
LxBxH1/H2 L1/B1 (l) 10 µm

HYNG 6.5-140 260x220x170/10 85/85 3102944 6 FSA 076 RF 30 BFP3G10W3.0
HYNG 12-140 310x240x215/75 81/86 3104404 10 FSA 076 RF 30 BFP3G10W3.0
HYNG 12-160 310x240x215/75 96/96 3102945 10 FSA 076 RF 30 BFP3G10W3.0
HYNG 20-160 366x288x245/75 99/100 3102946 17 FSA 076 RFM 75 BFP3G10W3.0
HYNG 44-200 515x415x305x150 170/170 3104407 40 FSA 127 RFM 165 BFP3G10W3.0
HYNG 44-250 515x415x305x150 170/170 3103018 40 FSA 127 RFM 165 BFP3G10W3.0
HYNG 130-xxx 760x600x386/150 x/x - 123 FSA 127 RFM 185 BFP3G10W3.0

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.616.2/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
described.
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
281
282
E 5.616.2/11.13
Catalogue of CX valves
E 61.000.0/11.13
In addition, HYDAC ACCESSORIES offers NOTE
Introduction a comprehensive range of accessories for
final installation and optimizing fluid The information in this brochure
For the control of vacuum, gaseous, liquid, technology systems: relates to the operating conditions and
gelatinous, abrasive, dirty and aggressive applications described.
Mounting technology for pipes, hoses,
media, HYDAC ACCESSORIES offers a For applications and operating
cables, reservoirs and components
diverse range of well-established valves conditions not described, please contact
available on demand and from stock. Ball valves in standard, change-over,
3 and 4 way, flange and manifold designs
Fluid level gauges, Fluid level sensors Subject to technical modifications.
Piston Valves,
pilot-operated Bell housings, rigid and flexible
Test points and quick release couplings,
connections
Coaxial Valves,
direct acting and pilot-operated Flexible drive couplings and gear couplings
TankSet
Pressure Relief Valves,
pilot-operated
In low pressure systems HYDAC piston

valves guarantee a high level of reliability.
They are designed as pilot-operated seat
valves and are pneumatically-actuated with
a spring return.
In high pressure systems, e.g. where

cooland at 80 bar is used to cool and
lubricate internally cooled tools through
0.3 fine drill channels, the HYDAC Coaxial
Valves are largely insensitive to
contamination and ensure trouble-free
production.
For easy integration in blocks and

systems, these valves are available not
only as individual valves, but also as
stacking and customized special solutions.

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 61.000.0/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
284
Section selector
2/2-way
Pilot-operated CXK01, CXK02 287
Piston Valves
CX02 – CX05 293
Direct acting
CX03M – CX05M 297
2/2-way
Coaxial Valves
CX06 – CX08 303
Pilot-operated
CX06M – CX08M 309
Direct acting CX03, CX04 315
3/2-way
Coaxial Valves
Pilot-operated CX06, CX07 319
CX CBV 323
2/2-way
Pilot operated
Pressure Relief Valve
E 61.000.0/11.13
CX DBV 329
285
286
E 61.000.0/11.13
2/2-way Piston Valves
CXK01 and CXK02
Model code
(also example order) CXK01 2/2 F C 3 15 025 012 PP
Switching function Type

CXK01 = Closes with the flow
CXK02 = Closes against the flow
Ways
2/2 = The number of ways
Control
F = External pilot
NC (normally closed)
Switching function
C = NC - closed when de-energised
O = NO - open when de-energised
Body material
3 = Red bronze
6 = Stainless steel
Nominal size
NO (normally open) 15 = DN 15
20 = DN 20
25 = DN 25
32 = DN 32
40 = DN 40
50 = DN 50
Pressure range (see table)

003 = 0 to 3 bar
·
· ··
· ·
025 = 0 to 25 bar
Connection
012 = G½ - DN 15
034 = G¾ - DN 20
100 = G1 - DN 25
114 = G1¼ - DN 32
112 = G1½ - DN 40
200 = G2 - DN 50
Order data Sealing Spindle / Seat

Red bronze
 Nominal size
PP = PTFE / PTFE
 Connection Stainless steel
 Function NC/NO PF = PTFE / FKM
 Operating pressure
E 6.175.0/11.13
 Flow rate
 Medium
 Medium temperature
 Ambient temperature
287
Nominal size: DN15 to DN50
Pressure range: PN0 to PN25 (see table)
Body material: Red bronze, stainless steel
Seal material: Red bronze Seat seals:PTFE
Spindle seal: PTFE, optional NBR
Stainless steel Seat seals: FKM optional PTFE
Spindle seal: PTFE, optional NBR
Flow rate 0 – approx. 792 l/min
Medium temperature -10 °C to +80 °C for NBR
-40 °C to +200 °C for PTFE
Ambient temperature Max. +60 °C
Connection G½ - G2
Operating fluid Media Aggressive, neutral, gaseous and liquid media, which do not
have a negative effect on the physical and chemical properties
of the material of the housing or sealing material concerned
Max. permitted pressure See table
Max. permissible viscosity 600 m2/s
Control medium Medium Neutral gases
Volume Drive size 50 mm 0.035 dm3
Drive size 80 mm 0.131 dm3
Control pressure 4 to 10 bar
Pilot valve Optional 3/2-way pilot valve,
possible with M12x1 plug
Mounting position In any position
Designation Nom. dia. Pressure Connection Kv value m3/h Material

mm bar – Ø 50 bar – Ø 80* DIN 60354
15 0 – 16 – G½ 4.6
20 0 – 16 0 – 16 G¾ 9.4
25 0 – 16 0 – 16 G1 17.4
CXK01 Red bronze
32 0 – 10 0 – 16 G1¼ 21.5
40 0 – 8 0 – 16 G1½ 26.4
50 0 – 4 0 – 16 G2 47.5
15 0 – 25 – G½ 4.6
20 0 – 20 – G¾ 9.4
25 0 – 16 0 – 25 G1 17.4
CXK01 Stainless steel
32 0 – 9 0 – 25 G1¼ 21.5
40 0 – 7 0 – 20 G1½ 26.4
50 0 – 4 0 – 12 G2 47.5
15 0 – 16 – G½ 4.6
20 0 – 16 – G¾ 9.4
25 0 – 10 0 – 16 G1 17.4
CXK02 Red bronze
32 0 – 7 0 – 12 G1¼ 21.5
40 0 – 6 0 – 8 G1½ 26.4
50 0 – 4 0 – 5 G2 47.5
15 0 – 16 – G½ 4.6
20 0 – 20 0 – 25 G¾ 9.4
25 0 – 10 0 – 16 G1 17.4
CXK02 Stainless steel
32 0 – 7 0 – 10 G1¼ 21.5
40 0 – 6 0 – 8 G1½ 26.4
50 0 – 3 0 – 5 G2 47.5
*Actuator Ø 80 as option
E 6.175.0/11.13
288
Sectional drawing Dimensions
NC
CXK01
CXK02
Item Designation Quantity Actuator Ø 50 Actuator Ø 80

1 Valve body 1 G ½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2 1¼ 1½ 2
ØD 62 62 62 62 62 62 94 94 94
Red bronze
2 Seals 1
P G1 8 G1 8 G1 8 G1 8 G1 8 G1 8 G1 8 G1 8 G1 8
3 Piston 1 L 57 68 80 97 107 124 97 107 124
4 End cap 1 L1 8 9 10.5 12.5 14.5 16.5 12.5 14.5 16.5
5 Spindle 1 L2 135 140 145 150 155 160 195 205 215
SW 27 33 41 50 56 68 50 56 68
kg 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.4 3.5 3.0 3.4 4.5
G ½ ¾ 1 1¼ 1½ 2 1¼ 1½ 2

ØD 62 62 62 62 62 62 94 94 94
Stainless steel
P G1 8 G1 8 G1 8 G1 8 G1 8 G1 8 G1 8 G1 8 G1 8
L 65 75 90 110 120 150 110 120 150
L1 12 13 15 17 19 21 17 19 21
L2 140 145 150 155 160 175 200 210 230
SW 27 32 42 50 55 70 50 55 70
kg 1.3 1.4 1.6 2.2 2.5 3.5 3.2 3.4 4.6
E 6.175.0/11.13
289
Operating pressure / control pressure graph
Actuator Ø 50 mm Actuator Ø 80 mm
control pressure [bar]

operating pressure [bar] operating pressure [bar]
CXK01 NC closes with the flow, normally closed

CXK02 NC closes with the flow, normally closed

CXK02 NO closes against the flow, normally open

E 6.175.0/11.13
290
Accessories
Threaded connections
3/2-way pilot valve
On request we would be happy to discuss your requirements for further options and accessories.

The information in this brochure relates to the operating conditions and applications Hirschbachstr. 2
E 6.175.0/11.13

Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
291
292
E 6.175.0/11.13
2/2 way Coaxial Valve
CX02 to CX05 direct acting
Model code
(also example order) CX02 2/2 D C 2 10 020 014 24V

CX02 = CX02 series
CX03 = CX03 series
CX04 = CX04 series
CX05 = CX05 series
Ways
NC (normally closed) Control

D = Direct acting
Switching function
C = NC - normally closed
O = NO - normally open
Body material
1 = Free from non-ferrous materials*
2 = Brass (standard)
3 = Brass, nickel-plated*
4 = 1.4305*
NO (normally open) 5 = 1.4571*
Nominal size
10 = DN 10
15 = DN 15
20 = DN 20
25 = DN 25
32 = DN 32
40 = DN 40
50 = DN 50
Pressure range
020 = CX02 > 0 - 20 bar
040 = CX03 > 0 - 40 bar
064 = CX04 > 0 - 64 bar
100 = CX05 > 0 - 100 bar
Connection
014 = G¼ - DN 10
038 = G⅜ - DN 10, DN 15
Order data 012 = G½ - DN 10, DN 15, DN 20
 Nominal size 034 = G¾ - DN 10*, DN 15, DN 20, DN 25
100 = G1 - DN 15*, DN 20, DN 25, DN 32
 Connection 114 = G1¼ - DN 20*, DN 25, DN 32
 Function NC/NO 112 = G1½ - DN 25*, DN 32, DN 40
 Operating pressure 200 = G2 - DN 50
 Flow rate
Nominal voltage
E 6.176.0/11.13
 Medium 24V = 24 V DC
 Medium temperature 230V = 230 V AC 40-60 Hz
 Ambient temperature Special voltages on request
 Nominal voltage *optional
293
Control 2/2 way valve, direct-acting
Nominal size DN 10 to DN 50
Pressure range CX02 – 2/2 PN 0 to PN 20
(see table) CX03 – 2/2 DN10 - 32 PN 0 to PN 40
CX03 – 2/2 DN40 - 50 PN 0 to PN 16
CX04 – 2/2 PN 0 to PN 64
CX05 – 2/2 PN 0 to PN 100
Connections Threaded sleeve
(see table) flange on request
Body material Sleeve version Brass, nickel-coated brass, 1.4305, 1.4571
Flange version on request
Valve seat FKM CX02 / CX03 / CX04
(plastic on metal) PTFE CX05
Material of seals Static: FKM
Dynamic: PTFE
Back pressure resistant Up to 16 bar
Media Gaseous, liquid, contaminated
Direction of flow PA As marked
AP max. 16 bar
Temperature of medium -20 °C to +130 °C
Limit switch Inductive*
Fixing Angle bracket*
Electrical part
Nominal voltage DC: 24 V
AC: 230 V 40-60 Hz
Electrical part DC: DC magnet
AC: DC magnet with integrated rectifier
Connection Connector plug to DIN EN 175301-803 type A
Connector plug to DESINA M12x1 *
Illuminated plug with varistor *
Voltage tolerance + / - 10% to VDE 0580
Duty cycle 100% duty cycle
Protection class IP 65 when fitted with connector plug
On request we would be happy to discuss your requirements for further options and accessories. *optional
Kv value
Designation DN Pressure Connection Wattage [W] Weight
[m3/h]
[mm] [bar] [kg]
DIN 60354 24V DC 230 V 50 Hz
10 0 – 20 G¼, G⅜, G½ 2.1 25 29 1.7
15 0 – 20 G⅜, G½, G¾ 5.2 30 32 3.6
CX02 20 0 – 20 G½, G¾, G1 7.0 34 42 5.4
25 0 – 20 G¾, G1, G1¼ 12.3 51 60 7.1
32 0 – 20 G1, G1¼, G1½ 20.0 73 76 12.6
10 0 – 40 G¼, G⅜, G½ 2.1 35 41 1.7
15 0 – 40 G⅜, G½, G¾ 5.2 40 45 3.6
20 0 – 40 G½, G¾, G1 7.0 45 53 5.4
CX03 25 0 – 40 G¾, G1, G1¼ 12.3 60 68 7.1
32 0 – 40 G1, G1¼, G1½ 20.0 73 76 12.6
40 0 – 16 G1½ 45.7 73 91 18.3
50 0 – 16 G2 47.2 73 91 18.3
10 0 – 64 G¼, G⅜, G½ 2.1 44 53 1.7
15 0 – 64 G⅜, G½, G¾ 5.2 50 55 3.6
CX04 20 0 – 64 G½, G¾, G1 7.0 53 59 5.4
25 0 – 64 G¾, G1, G1¼ 12.3 77 85 7.1
32 0 – 64 G1, G1¼, G1½ 20.0 73 76 12.6
10 0 – 100 G¼, G⅜, G½ 2.1 44 53 1.7
E 6.176.0/11.13
15 0 – 100 G⅜, G½, G¾ 5.2 50 55 3.6

CX05 20 0 – 100 G½, G¾, G1 7.0 53 59 5.4
25 0 – 100 G¾, G1, G1¼ 12.3 77 85 7.1
32 0 – 100 G1, G1¼, G1½ 20.0 73 76 12.6
294
Sectional drawing
Item Designation Qty.

1 Connecting block 2
2 Valve seat 1
3 Armature 1
4 Magnet 1
5 Connector plug 1
6 Spring 1
7 PTFE rod seal 2
Dimensions
DN32 - DN50
DN10 - DN25
Threaded holes for angle bracket
DN G SW A1 A2 B C D E
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
10 G¼, G⅜, G½ 32 84 – 159.5 M4 25 50
15 G⅜, G½, G¾ 41 100 – 184 M5 35 70
20 G½, G¾, G1 46 108 – 215 M5 40 80
25 G¾, G1, G1¼ 55 121 – 246 M5 45 90
E 6.176.0/11.13
32 G1, G1¼, G1½ 60 122 50 269 M6 57.5 115

40 G1½ 75 131 60 304 M6 65 130
50 G2 75 131 60 304 M6 65 130
295
Angle bracket
DN F H J K L M
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
10 10 23.5 30 7 50 113
15 10.5 22.5 45 7 70 139
20 15.3 33.5 50 7 80 149
25 16 34 60 8.5 90 178
32 6 37 78 6.5 115 195
40 6 40 98 6.5 130 224
50 6 40 98 6.5 130 224
NOTE

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 6.176.0/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
296
2/2 Way Coaxial Valve
CX03M to CX05M direct acting
Model code
(also example order) CX03M 2/2 D C 2 10 040 014 24V

CX03M = CX03M series
Ways
Control
NC (normally closed) D = Direct acting
Switching function
O = NO - normally open*
Body material
2 = Brass (valve), aluminium (block)
Nominal size
10 = DN 10
20 = DN 20
25 = DN 25
32 = DN 32
Pressure range
040 = CX03 > 0 - 40 bar
064 = CX04 > 0 - 64 bar
100 = CX05 > 0 - 100 bar
Connection
014 = G¼ - DN 10
038 = G⅜ - DN 10, DN 15
012 = G½ - DN 10, DN 15, DN 20
034 = G¾ - DN 15, DN 20, DN 25
100 = G1 - DN 20, DN 25, DN 32
114 = G1¼ - DN 25, DN 32
112 = G1½ - DN 32
Order data
 Nominal size Nominal voltage
24V = 24V DC
 Connection 230V = 230 V AC 40-60 Hz
 Function NC/NO Special voltage on request
 Flow rate
 Medium
E 6.177.0/11.13
 Nominal voltage
 Number of module blocks *optional
297
Pressure range CX03M – 2/2 PN 0 to PN 40
(see table) CX04M – 2/2 PN 0 to PN 64
CX05M – 2/2 PN 0 to PN 100
Connection Valve: G ¼ - G1½
Block: G ½ - G2
Body material Single valve: brass
Block: aluminium
Dynamic: PTFE
Seat seal: FKM, PTFE
Direction of flow P  A as marked
A  P max. 16 bar
Electrical part
Supply voltage DC: 24 V
AC: 230 V 40-60 Hz
Designation DN Pressure Connection Kv value Wattage [W] Weight

[mm] [bar] [m3/h] 24V 230 V 50 Hz [kg]
10 0 - 40 G¼, G⅜, G½ 2.1 35 41 1.7
15 0 - 40 G⅜, G½, G¾ 5.2 40 45 3.6
CX03M 20 0 - 40 G½, G¾, G1 7.0 45 53 5.4
25 0 - 40 G¾, G1, G1¼ 12.3 60 68 7.1
32 0 - 40 G1, G1¼, G1½ 20.0 73 76 12.6
10 0 - 64 G¼, G⅜, G½ 2.1 44 53 1.7
15 0 - 64 G⅜, G½, G¾ 5.2 50 55 3.6
CX04M 20 0 - 64 G½, G¾, G1 7.0 53 59 5.4
25 0 - 64 G¾, G1, G1¼ 12.3 77 85 7.1
32 0 - 64 G1, G1¼, G1½ 20.0 73 76 12.6
10 0 - 100 G¼, G⅜, G½ 2.1 44 53 1.7
15 0 - 100 G⅜, G½, G¾ 5.2 50 55 3.6
CX05M 20 0 - 100 G½, G¾, G1 7.0 53 59 5.4
25 0 - 100 G¾, G1, G1¼ 12.3 77 85 7.1
32 0 - 100 G1, G1¼, G1½ 20.0 73 76 12.6
E 6.177.0/11.13
298
Sectional drawing
Item Designation Quantity

1 Connecting block, left 1
2 Block module 2
3 Armature 2
4 Valve seat 2
5 Magnet 2
6 Connector plug 2
7 Cover 1
8 Spacer 3
9 Spring 1
10 PTFE rod seal 2
Dimensions
DN A B C D E F H G L M N R S
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
10 G½, G¾, G1 20 42 52 18 49.5 167 G¼, G⅜, G½ 8 M6 50 13 25
15 G½, G¾, G1, G1¼ 28 42 72 27 69.5 207 G⅜, G½, G¾ 8 M6 70 21 28
E 6.177.0/11.13
20 G1, G1¼, G1½ 34 32 82 32 79.5 235 G½, G¾, G1 10 M8 80 25 34

25 G1, G1¼, G1½ 36 32 92 32 89.5 265 G¾, G1, G1¼ 10 M8 90 20 50
32 G1¼, G1½, G2 50 34 118 34 114.5 302 G1, G1¼, G1½ 10 M8 115 34 50
299
Accessories
Blanking ring
Joining rings
Spacer ring
End cap, right
End caps
End cap, left
Connecting block, right
Connecting block, left
Connecting blocks

Angled version G1 on top
DN10

DN10
Reducing adapter Reducing adapter
Angle bracket
E 6.177.0/11.13
300
Examples of ordering codes
Basic valve CX03M-2/2-D/C-2/10/040/012/24V
CX03M-2/2-D/C-2/10/040/012/24V
-WS-2XL
CX03M-2/2-D/C-2/10/040/012/24V
-WS-2XR
Connecting block, left 90° CX03M-2/2-D/C-2/10/040/012/24V

Angled version, outlet on top -WS-2XLO
Connecting block, right 90° CX03M-2/2-D/C-2/10/040/012/24V

Angled version, outlet on top -WS-2XRO

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 6.177.0/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
described.
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
301
302
E 6.177.0/11.13
CX06 to CX09 pilot operated
Model code
(also example order) CX06 2/2 F C 2 10 064 100 PV

CX06 = CX06 series
CX07 = CX07 series
CX08 = CX08 series
CX09 = CX09 series
Ways
NC (normally closed) Control

F = External pilot
Switching function
Body material
5 = 1.4571*
Nominal size
10 = DN 10
15 = DN 15
20 = DN 20
25 = DN 25
32 = DN 32
40 = DN 40
50 = DN 50
Pressure range
064 = CX06 > 0 - 64 bar
100 = CX07 > 0 - 100 bar
120 = CX07 > 0 - 120 bar
160 = CX08 > 0 - 160 bar
200 = CX09 > 0 - 200 bar

Connection
Order data 014 = G¼ - DN 10
038 = G⅜ - DN 10, DN 15
 Nominal size 012 = G½ - DN 10, DN 15, DN 20
 Connection 034 = G¾ - DN 15, DN 20, DN 25
 Function NC/NO 100 = G1 - DN 20, DN 25, DN 32
114 = G1¼ - DN 25, DN 32
 Operating pressure 112 = G1½ - DN 32, DN 40
 Flow rate 200 = G2 - DN 50
E 6.178.1/11.13
 Medium
 Medium temperature Option
PV ... = Pilot valve (... acc. to accessories)
303
Control 2/2 way valve, pilot operated
Pressure range CX06 – 2/2 DN 10 to DN 50 PN 0 to PN 64
(see table) CX07 – 2/2 DN 10 to DN 25 PN 0 to PN120
CX07 – 2/2 DN 32 to DN 50 PN 0 to PN100
CX08 – 2/2 DN 10 to DN 25 PN 0 to PN160
CX09 – 2/2 DN 15 PN 0 to PN200
Body material Sleeve version: Brass, nickel-coated brass, 1.4305, 1.4571
Flange version: on request
Dynamic: FKM / CX06
PTFE / CX07, CX08 & CX09
Seat seal: PTFE
Direction of flow PA As marked
AP max. 16 bar
Actuating part Double acting piston with return spring
Electrical part
AC: 230 V 40-60 Hz
Pneumatic part
Control 5/2-way pilot valve*
Mounting pattern Namur
Air requirement approx. 7 cm3 / stroke
Pilot ports 2+4 G¼
Switching speed CX valve can be smoothly adjusted by adjusting the supply to the pilot valve
E 6.178.1/11.13
304
Designation DN Pressure Connection Kv value [m3/h] Weight
[mm] [bar] DIN 60354 [kg]
10 0 – 64 G¼, G⅜, G½ 2.7 1.6
15 0 – 64 G⅜, G½, G¾ 6.6 2.8
20 0 – 64 G½, G¾, G1 9.4 4.0
CX06 25 0 – 64 G¾, G1, G1¼ 14.5 5.3
32 0 – 64 G1, G1¼, G1½ 20.0 6.9
40 0 – 64 G1½ 45.7 11.7
50 0 – 64 G2 47.2 11.7
10 0 – 120 G¼, G⅜, G½ 2.7 1.6
15 0 – 120 G⅜, G½, G¾ 6.6 2.8
20 0 – 120 G½, G¾, G1 9.4 4.0
CX07 25 0 – 120 G¾, G1, G1¼ 14.5 5.3
32 0 – 100 G1, G1¼, G1½ 20.0 6.9
40 0 – 100 G1½ 45.7 11.7
50 0 – 100 G2 47.2 11.7
10 0 – 160 G¼, G⅜, G½ 2.7 1.6
15 0 – 160 G⅜, G½, G¾ 6.6 2.8
CX08
20 0 – 160 G½, G¾, G1 9.4 4.0
25 0 – 160 G¾, G1, G1¼ 14.5 5.3
CX09 15 0 – 200 G⅜, G½, G¾ 7.2 3.2
NOTE: Inserting a maintenance unit upstream will increase the service life of the unit.
Sectional drawing
CX06 - CX08
1 7 4 6 3 5 2
P A

1 Connecting block 2
2 Valve seat 1
3 Piston / control tube 1
4 Actuating plate 1
CX09 5 Guide disc 2
6 Spring 1
7 PTFE rod seal 2
E 6.178.1/11.13
305
Dimensions
CX06 - CX08
Pilot port G1/4

mounting pattern to Namur
DN G SW A1 A2 B C D E
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
10 G¼, G⅜, G½ 32 84 – 159.5 M4 25 50
15 G⅜, G½, G¾ 41 100 – 184 M5 35 70
20 G½, G¾, G1 46 108 – 215 M5 40 80
25 G¾, G1, G1¼ 55 121 – 246 M5 45 90
32 G1, G1¼, G1½ 60 122 50 269 M6 45 90
40 G1½ 75 131 60 304 M6 55 110
50 G2 75 131 60 304 M6 55 110

CX09
C
A
B
SW
G
E
Pilot port G1/4
E 6.178.1/11.13
DN G SW A B C D E
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
15 G⅜, G½, G¼ 50 100 184 M5 35 70
306
Accessories
5/2-way pilot valve For flange-mounting,

(NAMUR) connections on side
24 V DC
230 V 50Hz

(NAMUR) connections on top
24 V DC
230 V 50Hz
Mounting bracket M
L
J
K
F F
H H
DN F H J K L M
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
10 10 23.5 30 7 50 113
15 10.5 22.5 45 7 70 139
20 15.3 33.5 50 7 80 149
25 16 34 60 8.5 90 178
32 6 37 78 6.5 90 195
40 6 40 98 6.5 110 224
50 6 40 98 6.5 110 224
NOTE

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 6.178.1/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
307
308
E 6.178.1/11.13
CX06M to CX08M pilot operated
Model code
(also example order) CX06M 2/2 F C 2 10 064 014 PV

Ways
Control
NC (normally closed) F = External pilot
Switching function
Housing material
2 = brass (valve), aluminium (block)
Nominal size
10 = DN 10
20 = DN 20
25 = DN 25
32 = DN 32
Pressure range
040 = > 0 - 40 bar
064 = > 0 - 120 bar
100 = > 0 - 160 bar
Connection
014 = G¼ - DN 10
038 = G⅜ - DN 10, DN 15
012 = G½ - DN 10, DN 15, DN 20
034 = G¾ - DN 15, DN 20, DN 25
100 = G1 - DN 20, DN 25, DN 32
114 = G1¼ - DN 25, DN 32
112 = G1½ - DN 32
Order data
Option
 Nominal size PV ... = Pilot valve (... acc. to accessories)
 Connection
 Function NC/NO
 Flow rate
 Medium
E 6.179.0/11.13
 Nominal voltage
 Number of module blocks *optional
309
Pressure range CX06M PN 0 to PN 64
(see table) CX07M PN 0 to PN 120
CX08M PN 0 to PN 160
Ports Valve: G ¼ - G1½
Block: G ½ - G2
Body material Single valve: brass
Block: aluminium
Dynamic: FKM, PTFE
Seat seal PTFE
Direction of flow P  A as marked
A  P max. 16 bar
Electrical part
AC: 230 V 40-60 Hz
Connection Connector socket to DIN EN 175301-803 type A
Connector socket to DESINA M12x1 *
Pneumatic part
Control 5/2-way pilot valve
Pilot ports 2/4 G¼ interface to NAMUR
Switching times Open/close 50-1000 ms
depending on control pressure, pilot valve (option) and meter-out control (option)
Designation DN Pressure Connection Weight

Kv value [m3/h]
[mm] [bar] [kg]
10 0 - 64 G¼, G⅜, G½ 2.7 1.5
15 0 - 64 G⅜, G½, G¾ 6.6 3.2
CX06M 20 0 - 64 G½, G¾, G1 9.4 4.0
25 0 - 64 G¾, G1, G1¼ 14.5 5.3
32 0 - 64 G1, G1¼, G1½ 20.0 6.9
10 0 - 120 G¼, G⅜, G½ 2.7 1.5
15 0 - 120 G⅜, G½, G¾ 6.6 3.2
CX07M 20 0 - 120 G½, G¾, G1 9.4 4.0
25 0 - 120 G¾, G1, G1¼ 14.5 5.3
32 0 - 100 G1, G1¼, G1½ 20.0 6.9
10 0 - 160 G¼, G⅜, G½ 2.7 1.5
15 0 - 160 G⅜, G½, G¾ 6.6 3.2
CX08M
20 0 - 160 G½, G¾, G1 9.4 4.0
E 6.179.0/11.13
25 0 - 160 G¾, G1, G1¼ 14.5 5.3
310
Sectional drawing

1 Connection block, left 1
2 Block module 2
3 Piston 2
4 Valve seat 2
5 Spacer 3
6 Cylinder 2
7 Cover 1
8 Spring 1
9 PTFE rod seal 2
Dimensions
Pilot port G1/4

DN A B C D E F H G L M N R S
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
10 G½, G¾, G1 20 42 52 18 49.5 167 G¼, G⅜, G½ 8 M6 50 13 25
15 G½, G¾, G1, G1¼ 28 42 72 27 69.5 207 G⅜, G½, G¾ 8 M6 70 21 28
20 G1, G1¼, G1½ 34 32 82 32 79.5 235 G½, G¾, G1 10 M8 80 25 34
E 6.179.0/11.13
25 G1, G1¼, G1½ 36 32 92 32 89.5 265 G¾, G1, G1¼ 10 M8 90 20 50

32 G1¼, G1½, G2 44 34 93 34 99.5 287 G1, G1¼, G1½ 10 M8 90 21 50
311
Accessories
Blanking ring
Joining rings
Spacer ring
End cap, right
End caps
End cap, left
Connecting blocks

DN10

DN10
DN15 to DN10
DN25 to DN10
Reducing adapter Reducing adapter
DN25 to DN15
DN32 to DN20
For flange-mounting,
5/2-way pilot valve connections on side
(NAMUR) 24 V DC
230 V 50Hz
For flange-mounting,
5/2-way pilot valve connections on top
(NAMUR) 24 V DC
230 V 50Hz
Mounting bracket
E 6.179.0/11.13
312
Examples of ordering codes
Basic valve CX06M-2/2-F/C-2/10/064/014/24V
CX06M-2/2-F/C-2/10/064/014/24V
- 2XL
CX06M-2/2-F/C-2/10/064/014/24V
- 2XR
Connecting block, left 90°

CX06M-2/2-F/C-2/10/064/014/24V
Angled version, outlet on top
- 2XLO
Connecting block, right 90°

CX06M-2/2-F/C-2/10/064/014/24V
Angled version, outlet on top
- 2XRO

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 6.179.0/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
described.
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
313
314
E 6.179.0/11.13
CX03 and CX04 direct acting
Model code
(also example order) CX04 3/2 D C 2 10 064 014 24V

CX03 = series CX03
CX04 = series CX04
Ways
Control
D = Direct acting
Switching function
Body material
4 = 1.4305*
5 = 1.4571*
NO (normally open)
Nominal size
10 = DN 10
15 = DN 15
20 = DN 20
25 = DN 25
32 = DN 32
40 = DN 40
50 = DN 50
Pressure range
040 = CX03 > 0 - 40 bar
064 = CX04 > 0 - 64 bar

Connection
014 = G¼ - DN 10
038 = G⅜ - DN 10, DN 15
012 = G½ - DN 10, DN 15, DN 20
034 = G¾ - DN 10*, DN 15, DN 20, DN 25
100 = G1 - DN 15*, DN 20, DN 25, DN 32
114 = G1¼ - DN 20*, DN 25, DN 32
Order data 112 = G1½ - DN 25*, DN 32, DN 40
 Nominal size 200 = G2 - DN 50
 Connection
 Function NC/NO Nominal voltage
 Operating pressure 24V = 24V DC
230V = 230V AC 40-60Hz
 Flow rate Special voltages on request
E 6.180.0/11.13
 Medium
315
Pressure range CX03 – 3/2 DN 10 - 32 PN 0 to PN 40
(see table) CX03 – 3/2 DN 40 - 50 PN 0 to PN 16
CX04 – 3/2 PN 0 to PN 64
Body material Sleeve version: brass, nickel-coated brass, 1.4305, 1.4571
Flanged version: on request
Valve seat FKM
(plastic on metal)
Dynamic: PTFE
Direction of flow CX03 P  A max. 40 bar A  P max. 16 bar
P  R max. 40 bar R  P max. 16 bar
CX04 P  A max. 64 bar P  A max. 16 bar
Fixing Mounting bracket*
Electrical part
AC: 230 V 40-60 Hz
Designation DN Pressure Connection Kv value [m3/h] Wattage [W] Weight

[mm] [bar] DIN 60354 24V DC 230 V 50 Hz [kg]
10 0 - 40 G¼, G⅜, G½ 2.0 35 41 1.9
15 0 - 40 G⅜, G½, G¾ 5.6 40 45 4.0
20 0 - 40 G½, G¾, G1 8.0 45 53 6.0
CX03 25 0 - 40 G¾, G1, G1¼ 11.5 60 68 7.5
32 0 - 40 G1, G1¼, G1½ 17.9 73 76 13.4
40 0 - 16 G1½ 41.5 73 90 18.7
50 0 - 16 G2 43.0 73 90 18.5
10 0 - 64 G¼, G⅜, G½ 2.0 44 53 1.9
15 0 - 64 G⅜, G½, G¾ 5.6 50 55 4.0
CX04 20 0 - 64 G½, G¾, G1 8.0 53 59 6.0
25 0 - 64 G¾, G1, G1¼ 11.5 77 85 7.5
32 0 - 64 G1, G1¼, G1½ 17.9 73 76 13.4
E 6.180.0/11.13
316
Sectional drawing

1 2/2-way 1
connecting block
2 Valve seat 1
3 Armature 1
4 Magnet 1
5 3/2-way valve seat 1
6 3/2-way 1
connecting block
Dimensions
DN32 - DN50
DN10 - DN25 Threaded holes for angle bracket
DN G SW A1 A2 B C D E F H
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
10 G¼, G⅜, G½ 32 84 – 166.5 M4 32 25 50 37
15 G⅜, G½, G¾ 41 100 – 200 M5 38.5 35 70 60
20 G½, G¾, G1 46 108 – 228 M5 45.5 40 80 72
25 G¾, G1, G1¼ 55 121 – 252 M5 48 45 90 80
E 6.180.0/11.13
32 G1, G1¼, G1½ 60 122 50 269 M6 49.5 57.5 115 80

40 G1½ 75 131 60 304 M6 56.5 65 130 84
50 G2 75 131 60 304 M6 56.5 65 130 84
317
Angle bracket
DN F H J K L M N
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
10 10 30.5 30 7 50 23.5 113
15 10.5 38.5 45 7 70 23.5 139
20 15.3 46.5 50 7 80 33.5 149
25 16 40 60 8.5 90 34 178
32 6 37 78 6.5 115 37 195
40 6 40 98 6.5 130 40 224
50 6 40 98 6.5 130 40 224
NOTE

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 6.180.0/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
318
CX06 and CX07 pilot operated
Model code
(also example order) CX06 3/2 F C 2 15 064 034 PV

CX06 = Series CX06
CX07 = Series CX07
Ways
Control
F = External pilot
Switching function
Body material
5 = 1.4571*
Nominal size
10 = DN 10
15 = DN 15
20 = DN 20
25 = DN 25
32 = DN 32
40 = DN 40
50 = DN 50
Pressure range
064 = CX06 > 0 - 64 bar
100 = CX07 > 0 - 100 bar

Connection
014 = G¼ - DN 10
038 = G⅜ - DN 10, DN 15
012 = G½ - DN 10, DN 15, DN 20
034 = G¾ - DN 10*, DN 15, DN 20, DN 25
100 = G1 - DN 15*, DN 20, DN 25, DN 32
114 = G1¼ - DN 20*, DN 25, DN 32
Order data 112 = G1½ - DN 25*, DN 32, DN 40
 Nominal size 200 = G2 - DN 50
 Connection
 Function NC/NO Option
 Operating pressure PV ... = Pilot valve (... acc. to accessories)
 Flow rate
E 6.181.0/11.13
 Medium
319
Pressure range CX06 – 3/2 PN 0 to PN 64
(see table) CX07 – 3/2 PN 0 to PN 100
flange on request
Body material Sleeve version: Brass, nickel-coated brass, 1.4305, 1.4571
Flange version: on request
Dynamic: FKM, PTFE
Seat seal PTFE
Back pressure resistant up to 16 bar
Direction of flow P  A max. 100 bar A  P max. 16 bar
Electrical part
AC: 230 V 40-60 Hz
Connection Connector socket to DIN EN 175301-803 type A
Connector socket to DESINA M12x1 *
Protection class IP 65 when fitted with connector socket
Pneumatic part
Control 5/2-way pilot valve
Pilot ports 2/4 G¼
Switching speed CX valve can be smoothly adjusted by adjusting the supply to the pilot valve
Designation DN Pressure Connection Kv value [m3/h] Weight

[mm] [bar] DIN 60354 [kg]
10 0 – 64 G¼, G⅜, G½ 2.2 1.8
15 0 – 64 G⅜, G½, G¾ 6.6 3.2
20 0 – 64 G½, G¾, G1 10.0 4.6
CX06 25 0 – 64 G¾, G1, G1¼ 12.2 6.5
32 0 – 64 G1, G1¼, G1½ 17.9 7.6
40 0 – 64 G 1½ 41.5 12.1
50 0 – 64 G2 43.0 12.1
10 0 – 100 G¼, G⅜, G½ 2.2 1.8
15 0 – 100 G⅜, G½, G¾ 6.6 3.2
20 0 – 100 G½, G¾, G1 10.0 4.6
CX07 25 0 – 100 G¾, G1, G1¼ 12.2 6.5
32 0 – 100 G1, G1¼, G1½ 17.9 7.6
40 0 – 100 G 1½ 41.5 12.1
50 0 – 100 G2 43.0 12.1
NOTE: Inserting a maintenance unit upstream will increase the service life of the unit.
E 6.181.0/11.13
320
Sectional drawing
6 5 4 7 3 8 2 1
R
1 2/2-way connecting block 1
2 2/2 valve seat 1
3 Piston / control tube 1
4 Actuation disc 1
P A 5 3/2-way valve seat 1
6 3/2-way connecting block 1
7 Spring 1
8 PTFE rod seal 2
Dimensions Threaded holes for angle bracket
Pilot port G¼
Mounting pattern to NAMUR
DN G SW A1 A2 B C D E F H
10 G¼, G⅜, G½ 32 84 – 166.5 M4 32 25 50 37
15 G⅜, G½, G¾ 41 100 – 200 M5 38.5 35 70 60
20 G½, G¾, G1 46 108 – 228 M5 45.5 40 80 72
25 G¾, G1, G1¼ 55 121 – 252 M5 48 45 90 80
E 6.181.0/11.13
32 G1, G1¼, G1½ 60 122 50 269 M6 49.5 45 90 80

40 G1½ 75 131 60 304 M6 56.5 55 110 84
50 G2 75 131 60 304 M6 56.5 55 110 84
321
Accessories
(NAMUR) connections on side
24 V DC
230 V 50Hz

(NAMUR) connections on top
24 V DC
230 V 50Hz
Angle bracket N
L
J
K
F F
H M
DN F H J K L M N
10 10 30.5 30 7 50 23.5 113
15 10.5 38.5 45 7 70 23.5 139
20 15.3 46.5 50 7 80 33.5 149
25 16 40 60 8.5 90 34 178
32 6 37 78 6.5 115 37 195
40 6 40 98 6.5 130 40 224
50 6 40 98 6.5 130 40 224
NOTE

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 6.181.0/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
322
2/2-Way
CX CBV
Model code
(also order example) CX CBV 15 120 G1 F E 24V
Designation
CX CBV = Pressure relief valve
Nominal size
15 = DN 15
CX CBV-E Pressure range

5 - 120 bar
Connection
G1 = female threaded connection G1“
Seal
F = FKM (Viton)
CX CBV-P
Control
E = Electrical proportional control of pilot pressure reducing valve
P = Manually adjustable control via solenoid valve
to limit system pressure
H = Manually adjustable control of pilot pressure reducing valve
Supply voltage
24 V = 24V DC (not for CX CBV – H)
CX CBV-H
E 6.172.0/11.13
323
Function
The compressed air with the spring produces a force on the closing cone, pressing
it into the valve seat, which opposes the hydraulic pressure on the 'P' port. If this
is less than the pre-set force, the valve remains closed. If the hydraulic pressure
T
exceeds the pre-set force, the cone will lift away from the seat and the fluid flows
from the 'P' port to the tank port 'T'. This limits pressure at the 'P' port. Hydraulic
energy dissipated in this way is converted into heat energy.
Control E: Electrical proportional control of pilot pressure
reducing valve
P: Manually adjustable control via solenoid valve which
limits system pressure
H: Manually adjustable control of pilot pressure reducing
valve
Media contaminated fluids
Nominal bore DN 15
Pressure range 5 – 120 bar
Flow rate 6 m³/h
Housing material Steel, zinc-plated
Material of seals FKM
Temperature of medium 0 °C to +60 °C
P
Ambient temperature +10 °C to +50 °C
Connections Female threaded connection G1“
Electrical connection E: male connection M12 x 1
P: female connection DIN EN 175301-803
optional: solenoid coil M12x1 with LED
Supply voltage E: 24 V DC (max. residual ripple 10 %)
Construction P: 24 V DC, 230 V AC, special voltages
Essentially this valve consists of a valve Voltage tolerance E / P: ± 10 % to VDE 0580
body with integrated valve seat, and a
Power consumption E: 2.5 Watt
hardened and ground closing cone. The
pre-set force is produced by a spring P: 7 Watt
and a pressurized piston. On the coaxial Duty E / P: 100 %
type, the inlet and outlet are in line. IP class E / P: IP 65 when fitted with connector
Mounting position E: M12 connection preferably uppermost
H / P: control plate preferably uppermost
Control air 40 µ filtered, max. 8 bar
T-line should be connected without pressure to tank
Further options and accessories available on request.
E 6.172.0/11.13
324
CX CBV-E Dimensions
Switching function
1: 1/4" pneumatic connection
Electrical connection Control pressure graphs

(M21x1) set point [V]
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
8
7
pilot pressure (bar)
permitted pilot pressure range

6
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
pressure of medium [bar]
Pressure drop against flow
1 Supply 8
2 Set value (-) 7

Residual pressure [bar]
3 GND (-) 6
4 Set value (+) 0-10V 5
0
E 6.172.0/11.13
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
flow rate [m3/h]
Noise level approx. 70dBA

(measured at a residual pressure of 6.5 bar and a flow rate of 6m³/h)
325
CX CBV-P Dimensions
Switching function
Control pressure graphs

8
7
6 permitted pilot pressure range

5
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120

8
7
0
E 6.172.0/11.13
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
flow rate [m3/h]

326
CX CBV-H Dimensions
Switching function

8
7
6 permitted pilot pressure range

5
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
NOTE Pressure drop against flow

8
applications described. 7

6
the relevant technical department. 5
Subject to technical modifications. 4
HYDAC Accessories GmbH 1
Hirschbachstr. 2
0
E 6.172.0/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01 flow rate [m3/h]
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
327
328
E 6.172.0/11.13
2/2-Way
CX DBV (Right-Angle Design)
Model code
(also order example) CX DBV 12 120 G1 F P 24V
Designation
CX DBV = Pressure relief valve
Nominal size
10 = DN 10
12 = DN 12
15 = DN 15
CX DBV-E 20 = DN 20
Pressure range
160 = 12 - 160 bar / DN 10
120 = 10 - 120 bar / DN 12
064 = 5 - 64 bar / DN 15
040 = 3 - 40 bar / DN 20
CX DBV-P Connection
G1 = female threaded connection G1“
Seal
F = FKM (Viton)
Control
E = Electrical control with proportional control valve
P = Smooth manual control with pilot valve
CX DBV-H to reduce pressure
H = Smooth manual control of pressure
Supply voltage
24 V = 24V DC (not for CX DBV – H)
E 6.173.1/11.13
329
Functional description
The compressed air with the spring exerts a force on the closing cone and this is pressed onto the
valve seat. The hydraulic force is applied to the opposing side of the closing cone. If this is below
the pre-set force, the valve will be closed. If the hydraulic force exceeds the pre-set force, then the
closing cone will be lifted away from the valve seat and operating fluid will flow from pressure port
P to tank port T. This has the effect of limiting the pressure at port P. The hydraulic energy used is
converted to heat and the operating fluid is drained to tank.
Technical Data
Control E: Smooth electrical control of pressure
P: Smooth manual control of pressure with a pilot valve
for unpressurised flow
H: Smooth manual control of pressure
Media contaminated fluids
Nominal size DN 10 / DN 12 / DN 15 / DN 20
Spring range 3 – 160 bar (see Table)
T Flow rate See table
Housing material V2A
Material of seals FKM
Temperature of medium 0 °C to +60 °C
Ambient temperature +10 °C to +50 °C
Ports Female threaded connection G1“
Electrical connection E: M12x1 connector with LED indicator
P: DIN EN 175301-803 socket
optional: M12x1 coil with LED
P Supply voltage E: 24 V DC (max. residual ripple 10 %)
P: 24 V DC, 230 V AC, special voltages
Voltage tolerance E / P: ± 10 % to VDE 0580
Design Power consumption E: 2.5 Watt
Essentially this valve consists of a valve P: 7 Watt
body with integrated valve seat, and a Duty cycle E / P: 100 %
hardened and ground closing cone. A
Protection class E / P: IP 65 when fitted with connector
pre-set force is produced by a spring
and a pressurized piston. Mounting position E: M12 connection preferably uppermost
H / P: pressure gauge preferably uppermost
Control air 40 µ filtered, max. 8 bar
Put the T-line into the tank while unpressurised. Further options and accessories available on
request.

DN 10 DN 12
Nominal value [V] Nominal value [V]
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
8 8
Pilot Pressure (bar)
7 7
6
permitted pilot pressure range 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
pressure of medium [bar] pressure of medium [bar]
DN 15 DN 20
Nominal value [V] Nominal value [V]
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
8 8
7 7
6
permitted pilot pressure range 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40
pressure of medium [bar] pressure of medium [bar]

E 6.173.1/11.13

330
CX DBV-E Dimensions
Switching function
1: 1/4" Pneumatic connection
Electrical connection DN Pressure control range Connection max. flow rate

[mm] [bar] [m³/h]
(M12x1) 10 12 – 160 G 1" 3.0
12 10 – 120 G 1" 6.0
15 5 – 64 G 1" 8.3
20 3 – 40 G 1" 14.1
12
DN 10
10
DN 12
1 Supply
2 Set value (-) 6
3 GND (-) DN 15
4 Set value (+) 0-10V 4
DN 20
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
E 6.173.1/11.13
Flow rate [m³/h]
331
CX DBV-P Dimensions
Switching function
DN Pressure control range Connection max. flow rate

[mm] [bar] [m³/h]
10 12 – 160 G 1" 3.0
12 10 – 120 G 1" 6.0
15 5 – 64 G 1" 8.3
20 3 – 40 G 1" 14.1
12
DN 10
10
DN 12
6
DN 15
4
DN 20
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
E 6.173.1/11.13
Flow rate [m³/h]
332
CX DBV-H Dimensions
Switching function
DN Pressure control range Connection max. flow rate

[mm] [bar] [m³/h]
10 12 – 160 G 1" 3.0
12 10 – 120 G 1" 6.0
15 5 – 64 G 1" 8.3
20 3 – 40 G 1" 14.1
12
DN 10
10
DN 12
NOTE
8
applications described. 6
For applications and operating DN 15
the relevant technical department. 4
Subject to technical modifications. DN 20
HYDAC Accessories GmbH 0

Hirschbachstr. 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
E 6.173.1/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Flow rate [m³/h]
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
333
334
E 6.173.1/11.13
TestPoint.
Die kleine, schnelle
Messkupplung
TestPoint.
The compact, quick fastening
measurement coupling
DE 6.103.3/11.13
TestPoint verbindet... TestPoint connects...
Unter TestPoint als Messpunkt TestPoints are test couplings with a very
versteht man eine Messkupplung small nominal bore and a check valve.
kleinster Nennweite mit The opening valve for the test coupling
Rückschlagventil. Die Öffnungs- is located on hose ends or as adaptors
armatur für die Messkupplung on pressure sensors. When connecting
befindet sich z.B. als Kopfstück the test coupling, the check valve opens
an Schläuchen oder als Adapter an and gives direct contact to the fluid.
Drucksensoren. Beim Anschrauben The most important features of the
an die Messkupplung öffnet sich das TestPoint are:
Rückschlagventil und es entsteht
zzCoupling and uncoupling without
eine direkte Verbindung zum Medium.
system shut down
Die wesentlichen Vorteile sind:
zzPressure and pressure peaks can be
zzKuppeln und Entkuppeln ohne measured using pressure sensors.
Anlagenstillstand.
zzSystems can be vented and samples
zzDruck- und taken.
Druckspitzenmessungen mit
Dedication to our customers has been
Drucksensoren.
the catalyst to developing a leak-free
zzSystementlüftungen und test point and to moving away from
Probenentnahmen. conventional technology, i.e. sealing by
Die Verantwortung gegenüber means of ball check valves.
unseren Kunden beschleunigte die The need for clean handling for the user
Entscheidung, eine leckagefreie whilst also protecting the environment
Messkupplung zu entwickeln resulted in a new, patented, leak-free
und den bisherigen Stand der test point using plate seat technology.
Technik, d.h. Abdichtung durch
Since the successful launch of the "new
Kugelrückschlagventil, zu verlassen. Handmessgerät HMG ...
sealing technology", the advanced Portable measuring unit HMG ...
Eine saubere Handhabung für den design has achieved the following
Anwender unter Einbeziehung approvals as a result of further product
der Umweltschonung führte development:
zur neuen, patentierten,
zzApproval by the German Federal
leckagefreien Messkupplung mit
Institute for Material Testing
Tellersitzabdichtung.
(Bundesanstalt für Materialprüfung) for
Unter dem Begriff „Neue use with halon in fire extinguishers.
Dichttechnik“ wurde diese erfolgreich
zzMilitary standard approval for use with
in den Markt eingeführt.
nitrogen accumulators.
Gestützt auf diese konsequente
zzApproval of the gas coupling by the
Weiterentwicklung konnten folgende
German Gas & Water Association
Zulassungen erreicht werden:
(DVGW). The gas coupling is used
zzKupplungszulassung der for repeat testing in gas pressure Druckmessumformer
Bundesanstalt für Materialprüfung regulation plants. Electronic pressure transducer
(BAM) in Feuerlöschern für das
Medium Halon.
zzWehrtechnische Zulassung der
Kupplung in Stickstoffspeichern.
zzDVGW-Registrierungen für
differenzierte Messkupplungen
durch den Deutschen Verein des
Gas- und Wasserfaches e.V. für
wiederkehrende Messungen in
Gasdruckregelanlagen.
Adapter
adaptor
DE 6.103.3/11.13
336
Wegweiser durch das Messstutzen Messschott-
TestPoint Programm / 37°-Bördel- Kupplung
verschraubung Bulkhead
Guide to the TestPoint SAE J 514
Product Range coupling with
Standpipe adaptor TestPoint screw
37° edged cone
TestPoint coupling
Schraubkupplung
zzmit Metallkappe
zzoder
Kunststoff-
kappe
TestPoint Gewindestutzen Manometer-
screw coupling Reducer direktanschluss
zzwith metal cap Direct gauge
zzor plastic cap connection
Messstutzen
Standpipe Adaptor
Anschweißstutzen Manometer-
Weld adaptor anschluss für
Schottwand
Pressure gauge
connection for
bulkhead pipe
fitting
T-Verschraubung Schläuche / Hoses

T-piece, Messschläuche
screw-type DN 2
Microbore hose
DN 2
DKO- Adapter zur

Messstutzen Verbindung von
DKO adaptor Messschläuchen
Connecting
adaptor for hoses
Adapter zum
Anschluss auf
verschiedene
Schraubreihen
1620-1615-1215
TestPoint adaptor
for connecting
different thread
DE 6.103.3/11.13
series
1620-1615-1215
337
Technische Daten Einschraublöcher und Abdichtungsarten
TestPoint 1620 Hole dimensions and sealing details
Form C
G b t Einschraubloch nach
DIN 3852 Teil 1
ISO 7 / I-R1/8 5,5 9,5 und Teil 2. Form Z
ISO 7 / I-R1/4 8,5 13,5 (Abdichtung durch
geeignete Dichtmittel)
Hole dimensions
according to DIN 3852
part 1 and part 2, form
Z (sealing by means of
suitable sealant)
Form E
SAE J 514 (UNF) Einschraubloch nach
G d1 d2 b k t a z° SAE J 514 (UNF) oder
nach ISO 6149-1
7/16-20 UNF 21 12,4 11,5 2,4 14 1,6 12 Abdichtung durch
Max. Betriebsdruck 63 MPa 9/16-18 UNF 25 15,6 12,7 2,5 15,5 1,6 12 O-Ring
Medieneinsatz ISO 6149-1 Hole dimensions accor-
für Hydraulik- und sonstige Öle auf
Mineralölbasis M 10 x 1 19 11,1 10 1,6 11,5 1 12 ding to
SAE J 514 (UNF) or
Werkstoff M 12 x 1,5 19 13,8 11,5 2,4 14 1,5 15
according to ISO 6149-1
Kupplungskörper und Metallkappe M 14 x 1,5 21 15,8 11,5 2,4 14 1,5 15 (sealing by O-ring)
Stahl 1.0718 M 16 x 1,5 24 17,8 13 2,4 15,5 1,5 15
Hinweis:
Alle in diesem Katalog aufgeführten
Produkte sind aus Automatenstahl 1.0718,
wenn nicht anders angegeben
Dichtungen
Interne Primär- und Sekundärdichtung Form F
sowie Einschraubdichtung aus Perbunan. G d a b t Einschraubloch bis
Option in Viton auf ød nach
ISO 228-G 1/8 15 1 8 13 DIN 3852 Teil 1 und
Einschraubgewinde
Verschiedene Gewindeanschlüsse stehen
ISO 228-G 1/4 20 1,5 12 18,5 Teil 2. Form X
zur Auswahl. M 12 x 1,5 18 1,5 12 18,5 (Abdichtung durch
Gi-Ring)
Option: Vibrationssicherung M 14 x 1,5 20 1,5 12 18,5
Zusätzlicher O-Ring aus Perbunan gegen Hole dimensions
Lösen der Metallkappe. (apart from Ø d)
Temperatureinsatzbereiche according to
Einsatz mit Metallkappe (Standard) DIN 3852 part 1 and
Dichtungen in Perbunan: part 2, form X
-25 °C bis + 100 °C, kurzzeitig bis +120 °C (square section seal)
Dichtungen in Viton (Option):
-20 °C bis +200 °C
Einsatz mit Kunststoffkappe (Option)
für beide Dichtungsmaterialien: Form G
-20 °C bis +100 °C Einschraubloch nach
G d b t
Technical data TestPoint 1620 HYDROTECHNIK
M 10 x 1 11,5 9 13 Werknorm N 901-01- 14
Max. operating pressure 63 MPa (9000 psi) M 8 x 1 9,5 9 13 (Abdichtung durch
Fluids O-Ring)
Suitable for hydraulic and other mineral Stufenbohrwerkzeug auf Anfrage
based oils Drill bit on request Hole dimensions
according to
Material
HYDROTECHNIK
Coupling body and metal cap in steel 1.0718
factory standard
Note:
Unless stated otherwise, all products shown N 901-01-14
in this catalogue are made from free-cutting (sealing by O-ring)
steel 1.0718
Seals
Internal primary and secondary seals and
seals for screw thread in NBR. Option: Viton.
Screw-thread Form H
Different kinds of thread are available G t Einschraubloch nach
Option: Safety devices against vibration ANSI/ASME
1/8 NPTF 12 B 1.20.1-1983
Additional NBR O-ring to prevent the metal
cap from loosening. 1/4 NPTF 17,5 (Selbstdichtendes
Gewinde)
Temperature ranges
When used with metal cap (standard) Hole dimensions
Seals in NBR. according to
-25 °C to +100 °C (-13 °F to +212 °F) ANSI/ASME
short-term to +120 °C (+248 °F) B 1.20.1-1983
DE 6.103.3/11.13
Seals in Viton (option): (self sealing thread)

-20 °C to +200 °C (-4 °F to +392 °F)
When used with plastic cap (option)
for both sealing materials:
-20 °C to +100 °C (-4 °F to +212 °F)
338
TestPoint 1620 Schraubkupplung
TestPoint 1620 Series
Standardausführung: Schraubkappe in Metall
Standard design: Screw-on metal cap
Gewinde Abdichtungsart pmax Anzugsdreh- H i SW Bestell-Nummer

G moment mit Metall-Kappe
Thread Sealing details Torque Part number
[Nm] [mm] [mm] [mm] with metal cap
M8x1* 25 MPa (3600 psi) 6 41 8,5 17 06003731
O-Ring/Form G
M 10 x 1 15 37,5 8,5 17 00629237
M 12 x 1,5 30 36 10 17 00632615
M 14 x 1,5 Gi-Ring/Form F 63 MPa (9000 psi) 40 36 10 19 00632248
square section seal
M 16 x 1,5 60 36 10 22 06003732
ISO 228-G 1/8 40 MPa (5800 psi) 18 38 8 17 00689901
ISO 228-G 1/4 Gi-Ring/Form F
square section seal 40 36 10 19 00680107
63 MPa (9000 psi)
ISO 228-G 3/8 60 36 10 22 06003733
1/8 NPTF Selbstdichtendes 40 MPa (5800 psi) – 33 9,5 17 06003734
Gewinde/Form H
self sealing
1/4 NPTF thread/form H – 33 16,5 17 00639645
7/16-20 UNF 63 MPa (9000 psi) 20 37 9 17 06003735
O-Ring/Form E
9/16-18 UNF 35 36 10 19 06003737
ISO 7/I-R 1/8 Geeignete Dicht- 40 MPa (5800 psi) – 33 13 17 06003738
mittel/Form C
Sealing by suitable
ISO 7/I-R 1/4 sealant 63 MPa (9000 psi) – 33 13 17 06003739
M 10 x 1 12 38 9,5 17 06003740
M 12 x 1,5 O-Ring/Form E 30 35,5 11 17 06003741
nach / to 63 MPa (9000 psi)
M 14 x 1,5 ISO 6149-2 45 35,5 11 19 06003742
M 16 x 1,5 55 35,5 12,5 22 06003743
* M 8 x 1 - bitte nicht für Neukonstruktionen verwenden
Schraubkupplungen mit EPDM-Dichtung für Bremsflüssigkeit
bzw. für andere Medien auf Anfrage.
Technische Änderungen vorbehalten
* M 8 x 1 - for spares only, please do not use for new designs
Screw couplings with EPDM seal for brake fluid and
other fluids on request.
We reserve the right to make technical modifications.
DE 6.103.3/11.13
339
DKO-Messstutzen, T-Verschraubungen, Messstutzen
für lötlose Rohrverschraubungen nach DIN 2353
DKO adaptor, T-piece (screw-type), Standpipe adaptor
for solder-free screw-in pipe connections to DIN 2353
DKO-Messstutzen T-Verschraubungen Messstutzen

DKO adaptor T-piece, screw-type Standpipe adaptor
Bild.1 Bild.2
Fig.1 Fig.2
Sicherungs-
ring
securing ring
DKO-Messstutzen mit 24°-Dichtkegel und T-Verschraubungen mit montierter

montierter Kupplung. Kupplung und Schneidring mit
Elastischer Perbunan-O-Ring am Dichtkegel. Überwurfmutter.
DKO adaptor with 24 ° sealing cone and coupling fitted. T-piece with coupling fitted and cutting
Elastic NBR O-ring on sealing cone. rings with union nuts.
DKO-Messstutzen T-Verschraubungen Messstutzen

DKO-adaptor T-piece, screw-type Standpipe adaptor
Reihe p max Gewinde Bild L 0 SW Bestell Nr. L1 L2 H SW1 SW2 Bestell Nr. L 1 L2 L 0 Bestell Nr.
model
ød thread G fig. Part Number Part Number Part Number
L 6 M 12 x 1,5 52 14 06003774 50,5 20,5 49,5 24 14 06003747 20 37 74,5 06003744

L 8 M 14 x 1,5 52 17 06003775 50,5 20,5 49,5 24 17 06003748 20 37 74,5 00617881
L 10 31,5 MPa M 16 x 1,5 52 19 06003776 52,5 22,5 49,5 24 19 00632341 22 39 76,5 06003745
1
L 12 4500 psi M 18 x 1,5 52 22 00637510 52,5 22,5 49,5 24 22 00638340 22 39 76,5 00632922
L 15 M 22 x 1,5 52 27 06003777 54,5 24,5 52,5 30 27 06003749 – 28 65,5 06003746
L 18 M 26 x 1,5 52 32 06003778 56,5 23,5 53,5 32 32 00689068
L 22 M 30 x 2 60 36 06003779 60,5 27,5 55,5 36 36 06003750
L 28 16 MPa M 36 x 2 61 41 06003780 60,5 27,5 58 41 41 06003751
2
L 35 2300 psi M 45 x 2 63 50 06003781 68,5 25,5 60,5 46 50 06003752
L 42 M 52 x 2 63 60 06003782 70,5 24,5 65 55 60 06003753
S 6 M 14 x 1,5 52 17 06003045 54,5 24,5 49,5 24 17 06003755 20 37 74,5 06003744

S 8 63 MPa M 16 x 1,5 52 19 06003044 54,5 24,5 49,5 24 19 06003756 20 37 74,5 00617881
1
S 10 M 18 x 1,5 52 22 06003783 56,5 23,5 49,5 24 22 06003757 22 39 76,5 06003745
S 12 9000 psi M 20 x 1,5 52 24 06003784 56,5 23,5 49,5 24 24 00689069 22 39 76,5 00632922
S 14 M 22 x 1,5 2 63 27 06003785 62,5 26,5 51 27 27 06003758
S 16 M 24 x 1,5 1 52 30 00625518 62,5 25,5 52,5 30 30 06003759
S 20 40 MPa M 30 x 2 63 36 06003787 68,5 25,5 55,5 36 36 00689245
S 25 5800 psi M 36 x 2 64,5 46 06003788 74,5 26,5 58 41 46 06003770
2
S 30 M 42 x 2 66 50 06003789 80,5 27,5 60,5 46 50 06003771
S 38
31,5 MPa
4500 psi M 52 x 2 69 60 06003790 91 29 65 55 60 06003772
DE 6.103.3/11.13
340
Messstutzen 37°-Bördelverschraubung SAE J514
Standpipe adaptor 37° edged cone
Gewinde p max Rohr ø Rohr ø L SW Bestell-Nummer
Pipe ø Pipe ø
Thread G in Zoll Part Number
in mm in inches in mm in mm
7/16-20 UNF 60 MPa (8700 psi) 6 1/4" 55 17 06003792

1/2 -20 UNF 42 MPa (6000 psi) 8 5/16" 56,5 17 06003793
9/16-18 UNF 10 3/8" 57,5 19 06003794
31,5 MPa (4500 psi)
3/4- 16 UNF 12 1/2" 60,5 22 06003795
Weitere Anschlussgewinde auf Anfrage
Further threads on request
Gewindestutzen
Reducer
Außengewinde Abdichtungsart p max L i SW Bestell-Nummer

Ext. thread G Type of seal in mm in mm in mm Part Number
M 12 x 1,5 63 MPa 19 10 17 06003797

(9000 psi)
M 16 x 1,5 19 10 22 06003798
40 MPa
ISO 228-G 1/8 Form F (9000 psi)
19 8 17 06003799
ISO 228-G 1/2 10 14 27 06003800

63 MPa
ISO 228-G 3/4 13 12 32 06003765
(9000 psi)
1/2 NPTF Form H 10 18 24 06003766
Anschlussgewinde G1:
M10 x 1; Form G, nach HYDROTECHNIK-Werknorm N901-01-14
Thread in reducer G1: M 10 x 1, form G, acc. to
HYDROTECHNIK company standard N 901-01-14
Anschweißstutzen
Weld adaptor
Gewinde Einschraubloch p max L øD Bestell-Nummer

Thread G Hole in mm in mm Part Number
M 14 x 1,5 63 MPa 06003796

Form F (9000 psi)
30 22
ISO 228-G 1/4 0683922
DE 6.103.3/11.13
341
Messschläuche DN 2
Micro bore flexible hoses
L p max Bestell-Nummer Bild/ p max Bestell-Nummer Bild/

in mm Part Number fig. 1 Part Number fig. 1
L
200 00680606 06003723
300 06003715 06003724
400 00680607 00632633

L
500 06003716 06003725
630 06003717 06003726

Bild.1
Fig.1 800 06003718 00682857
1000 40 MPa 00687886 63 MPa 00632634

Techn. Daten: 5800 psi 9000 psi
Technical Data: 1250 06003719 06003727
Biegeradius: 1500 00637338 00682858
Bending radius:
min. 20 mm 2000 00685962 00682859
(unter -20 °C: 30 mm
under -4 °F: 30 mm) 2500 00688088 00682860
Druckausnutzungsgrad:
Pressure utilization factor: 3200 06003720 06003728
0 °C 122 %
4000 06003721 06003729
30 °C 110 %
50 °C 100 % 5000 06003722 06003730
80 °C 86 %
100 °C 77 % Schraubanschluss, Hydrotechnik "AC".
Andere Schraubanschlusskombinationen auf Anfrage.
120 °C 68 %
TestPoint Connection, Hydrotechnik "AC".
Schlauchaufbau: Other combinations on request.
Hose construction:
Schlauchseele und Oberdecke
Hose core and hose cover
Polyamid
Druckträger:
Inner reinforcement:
Polyesterfaser
Polyester fibre
Adapter zur Verbindung von Messschläuchen
Adaptor for connection of hoses
Gewinde p max Bestell-Nummer

G L SW
Thread in mm in mm Part Number
M 16 x 2 42 17 63 MPa (9000 psi) 00687889
Anm.: Ohne Rückschlagventil
Note: without check value
Adapter zum Anschluss auf unterschiedliche

Schraubreihen: 1620-1615-1215
Adaptor for connecting different thread series:
1620-1615-1215
Gewinde Gewinde Bestell-Nummer

G1 G2 L SW
Thread Thread in mm in mm Part Number
Hemmgew. 12
M 16 x 2 25,2 –
DE 6.103.3/11.13
retaining thread
M 16 x 2 Hemmgew. 12
retaining thread 32 00629635
17
M 16 x 1,5 M 16 x 2 31,4 –
M 16 x 2 M 16 x 1,5 31,4 00629636
342
Messschott-Kupplung
Bulkhead coupling
Gewinde p max Anschluss Bestell-Nummer
Thread G Connection Part Number
63 MPa
M 16 x 2 (9000 psi) beidseitig Serie 1620 / both ends for series 1620 06003767
Für lötlose Rohrverschraubung nach

DIN 2353, Gegenseite TestPoint-1620-
Anschluss (M 16 x 2)
For solderfree screw-in pipe connection
acc. to DIN 2353, opposite end:
TestPoint 1620 connection (M16 x 2)
Manometerdirektanschluss
Direct gauge connection
Innengewinde p max L0 SW Bestell-Nummer
Internal thread G in mm in mm Part Number
ISO 228-G 1/4 14,5 19 06003824

63 MPa
ISO 228-G 1/2 17 27 06003825
(9000 psi)
1/4 NPT – 19 06003769
Manometeranschluss für Schottwand

Pressure gauge connection for bulkhead pipe fitting
Innengewinde Außengewinde L0 SW Bestell-Nummer
Internal thread G1 External thread G2 in mm (ca.) in mm Part Number
ISO 228-G 1/4 38 19 06003822
ISO 228-G 1/2 1620 / M 16 x 2 42,5 27 06003823
1/4 NPT 19 06003768

Anmerkung: Ohne Rückschlagventil
Note: Without check valve
ANMERKUNG
Die Angaben in diesem Prospekt
beziehen sich auf die beschriebenen
Betriebsbedingungen und Einsatzfälle.
Bei abweichenden Einsatzfällen und/
oder Betriebsbedingungen wenden
Sie sich bitte an die entsprechende
Fachabteilung.
Technische Änderungen sind
vorbehalten.
NOTE
The information in this brochure relates to HYDAC Accessories GmbH
the operating conditions and applications Hirschbachstr. 2
DE 6.103.3/11.13

For applications or operating conditions Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
not described, please contact the relevant Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
343
344
DE 6.103.3/11.13
Quick release
couplings
E 6.102.0/11.13
Introduction
HYDAC couplings have proved their worth
over many years of practical use in
hydraulics. The high quality of the
couplings is the result of constantly
improving the products, while also taking
account of users' experience. Their high
manufacturing standard, combined with
quality management to EN ISO 9001, Push fit coupling ISO7241
guarantees the quality of our products.
The following characteristics apply to the
couplings in our catalogue.
Housing material:
Steel corresponding to EN 10277, zinc-
plated
Seals:
NBR/PTFE
Push fit coupling ISO16028, with gasket
Operating temperature:
–30 °C to +100 °C
Other applicable standards:
EN ISO 8330:2000, ISO 5675, ISO 5676,
ISO 7241, ISO/DIS 16028
Please enquire about other material
combinations.
Our range includes: Push fit coupling, plastic
 Push fit couplings to ISO 7241-1,
series A
 Push fit couplings, flat face,
to ISO/DIS 16028
 Push fit couplings in plastic
 Locking couplings for hydraulic braking
systems to ISO 5676
 Screw couplings
 Screw couplings for high pressures Locking couplings for hydraulic braking systems
 Pipe couplings
We are showing you a selection of these
in this catalogue.
The operating pressures given in our
catalogue relate to the strength of the
housing components. Standardised
connector shapes can have other nominal
pressures, which do not have to apply to
the type of coupling concerned. Screw coupling
Special agreements are possible.
It is not possible to make a general
statement about the compatibility of our
couplings to bio-oils. It can however be
presumed that the compatibility will be the
same as for rubber hoses.
A test will be required to make a definite
statement in each case. Apart from the
standard couplings, custom versions can
also be supplied. Screw coupling for high pressure
If you have a particular problem to solve,
please get in touch with us.
As part of our process of continuous
improvement, we reserve the right to
make technical changes.
E 6.102.0/11.13
Pipe coupling
346
Push fit couplings
Selection of available push fit couplings
Pmax Size according to ISO 7241-1, series A

Connection A Pipe Ø
[bar] 6.3 10 12.5 20 25
Female thread G¼ - 250 x x

DIN 3852 G⅜ - 250 x x
G½ - 250 x
G¾ - 250 x x
G1 - 250 x
M16x1.5 - 250 x x
M18x1.5 - 250 x
M22x1.5 - 250 x x
NPTF ¼-18 - 250 x
NPTF ⅜-18 - 250 x x
NPTF ½-14 - 250
NPTF ¾-14 - 250 x
NPTF 1-11½ - 250 x
UNF ¾-16 - 250 x
Male stud M14x1.5 8L 250 x x x
with type W bore (24") M16x1.5 10L 250 x x
DIN 3861 M18x1.5 12L 250 x x x
M22x1.5 15L 250 x x
M26x1.5 18L 250 x x x
M30x2 22L 250 x x
M36x2 28L 250 x
M45x2 35L 250 x
M16x1.5 8S 250 x
M18x1.5 10S 250 x x
M20x1.5 12S 250 x x
M22x1.5 14S 250 x
M24x1.5 16S 250 x x
M30x2 20S 250 x x
M36x2 25S 250 x
M42x2 30S 250 x
Male stud M12x1.5 6L 250 x
with type W bore (24") M14x1.5 8L 250 x x x
DIN 3861 M16x1.5 10L 250 x x
Bulkhead M18x1.5 12L 250 x x x
M22x1.5 15L 250 x x
M26x1.5 18L 250 x x x
Order data M30x2 22L 250 x x
M36x2 28L 250 x
 Nominal size
M16x1.5 8S 250 x
 Pipe Ø M18x1.5 10S 250 x x
 Threaded connection M20x1.5 12S 250 x x
M22x1.5 14S 250 x
 Size
M24x1.5 16S 250 x x
 Operating pressure M30x2 20S 250 x x
 Material M36x2 25S 250 x
M42x2 30S 250 x
E 6.102.0/11.13
Male thread G⅜ - 250 x x

DIN 3852 G½ - 250 x
Apart from the standard couplings,
M22x1.5 - 250 x
custom versions can also be supplied.
Contact us for more information.
347
Description Accessories
Dust protection parts
HYDAC offers a wide range of products for agricultural machinery as well as for These dust caps and dust plugs can be
hydraulic systems in vehicles and construction machines. Thanks to their modular retrofitted to the connectors.
design, a large variety of connections is available, which conform to international Colour: red
standards.
Technical Data
Dimensions According to ISO 7241-1, series A, as well as ISO 5675
Housing material Steel corresponding to EN 10277
Material of seals NBR / PTFE ISO 3601
Operating pressure Pmax 250 bar With standard threaded connections, the operating
pressure is governed by the highest rated pressure of the
connection.
Burst pressure Pcoupled 1000 bar
Pfemale 1000 bar
Pmale 1000 bar (except size 25  here max. 700 bar)
Ports Male thread DIN 3852
Female thread DIN 3852
Male stud with type W bore (24°)
to DIN 3861
to DIN 3861, bulkhead
Operating temperature -30 °C to +100 °C
NOTE
described.

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 6.102.0/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
348
Push fit couplings,
flat face
Selection of available push fit couplings
Pmax Size according to ISO 16028

Connection A Pipe Ø
[bar] 6.3 10 12 16 19 25
G¼ - 400 x
G⅜ - 350 x
G½ - 350 x x
G¾ - 350 x x x
G1 - 350 x
G1¼ - 350 / 300** x x
G1½ - 300 x
M22x1.5 - 350 x
NPTF ¼-18 - 400 x
NPTF ⅜-18 - 350 x
Female thread
NPTF ½-14 - 350 x
DIN 3852
NPTF ¾-14 - 350 x
NPTF ¾-16 - 350 x
NPTF 1-11½ - 350 x
NPTF 1½-11½ - 300 x
UNF 9/16-18 - 400 x
UNF ¾-16 - 350 x
UNF 7/8-14 - 350 x
UNF 11/16-12 - 350 x x x
UNF 15/16-12 - 350 x
UNF 15/8-12 - 300 x
M14x1.5 8L 400 x
M16x1.5 10L 400* / 350 x x
M18x1.5 12L 350 x x
M22x1.5 15L 350 x x x
M26x1.5 18L 350 x x x
M30x2 22L 350 x x
Male stud with
M36x2 28L 350 x
type W bore (24")
M16x1.5 8S 400 x
DIN 3861
M18x1.5 10S 400 x
M20x1.5 12S 350 x
M24x1.5 16S 350 x x x
M30x2 20S 350 x x x
M36x2 25S 350 x x
M42x2 30S 350 x
M14x1.5 8L 400 x
M16x1.5 10L 400* / 350 x x
M18x1.5 12L 350 x x
M22x1.5 15L 350 x x x
Order data M26x1.5 18L 350 x x x
M30x2 22L 350 x x
 Nominal size M36x2 28L 350 x
Male stud with
 Pipe Ø type W bore (24") M16x1.5 8S 400 x
DIN 3861 M18x1.5 10S 400 x
 Threaded connection Bulkhead M20x1.5 12S 350 x
 Size M24x1.5 16S 350 x x x
M30x2 20S 350 x x x
M36x2 25S 350 x x
 Material M42x2 30S 350 x
M36x2 25S 250 x
E 6.102.0/11.13
M42x2 30S 250 x
Apart from the standard couplings,

custom versions can also be supplied. * for size 6.3
Contact us for more information. ** for size 25
349
Description Accessories
Dust protection parts
During coupling and releasing, the design of the flat face push fit couplings ensures  Dust cap for connector (male)
minimal oil loss and minimal air incursion. Due to the fixed valve tappet in the coupling,  Dust cap for connector (female)
backflow is effectively prevented.
The couplings are also designed for easy cleaning and to keep dirt out.
Their main applications are for machines which work in environmentally sensitive areas
and hydraulic tools. Thanks to their modular design, HYDAC can make a large variety
of connections available which conform to international standards.
Technical Data
Dimensions to ISO/DIS 16028
Housing material Steel corresponding to EN 10277
Material of seals NBR / PTFE ISO 3601
Operating pressure Pmax Up to 400 bar (see table)
With standard threaded connections, the operating
pressure is governed by the highest rated pressure of
the connection.
Burst pressure Size 6.3 10 12 16 19 25
[bar] Pcoupled 2000 1500 1500 1200 1450 800
Pfemale 1220 1100 1050 1200 1050 800
Pmale 1850 1100 1050 1100 1050 800
Ports Female thread DIN 3852
to DIN 3861
to DIN 3861, bulkhead
Operating temperature -30 °C to +100 °C
NOTE
described.

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 6.102.0/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
350
Spare Parts
 O-ring material: NBR
 Back-up ring material: PTFE
 Brake ring material: NBR
 Valve seal material: NBR
 Lock nut material: steel, zinc-plated
Dimensions according to the size concerned
Overview of couplings
Designation Size DN Amin Qmax Operating Burst pressure Leakage oil

Function pressure
coupled Sleeve Connector
[Inch] [mm²] [mm²] [bar] [bar] [bar] [bar] [ml]
Push fit coupling 6.3 ¼ 24 20 250 1000 1000 1000 0.8
Corresponds to ISO 7241-1, series A 10 ⅜ 45 40 250 1000 1000 1000 1.2
12.5 ½ 76 80 250 1000 1000 1000 1.7
20 ¾ 130 120 250 1000 1000 700 8
25 1 256 160 250 1000 1000 700 12
Flat face couplings 6.3 ¼ 29 40 400 2000 1220 1850 0.01
Corresponds to ISO 16028 10 ⅜ 63 80 350 1500 1100 1100 0.015
12 ½ 147 120 350 1500 1050 1050 0.02
16 ¾ 127 140 350 1200 1200 1100 0.02
19 1 156 180 350 1450 1050 1050 0.032
25 1¼ 251 260 300 800 800 800 0.03
10 ⅜ 63 80 350 1700 1500 0.015
can be coupled under pressure 12 ½ 147 120 350 1500 1400 0.02
19 1 156 180 350 1600 1600 0.032
Brake line couplings
Low-leakage gasket corresponding to 12.5 ½ 70 150 315 75 150
ISO5676
Screw couplings 6.3 ¼ 24 20 450 1800 1400 1400

Can be coupled under pressure 10 ⅜ 45 40 450 1600 1750 1550
with/without a tool 12.5 ½ 76 80 400 1400 1200 1200
19 ¾ 130 120 400 1500 1600 1200
25 1 256 160 300 1180 1500 1100
32 1¼ 660 220 300 1800 1600 1200
Screw coupling 12.5 ½ 76 80 350/465* 2000 1850 1750
For high pressure 16 ¾ 256 160 350/465* 1800 2000 1750
Screw coupling 10 ⅜ 63 80 550 1800 1000 1400
Flat face screw coupling 12 ½ 147 120 550 1700 1000 1300
19 1 156 180 550 1400 1000 1400
Pipeline coupling 10 ⅜ 55 40 420 1800 1680 1200
Flat face screw coupling 12.5 ½ 105 70 420 1600 1600 900
19 ¾ 160 105 320 1150 1280 1280
20 1 285 120 350 1200 1250 700
32 1¼ 620 250 420 1150 1100 900
Screw coupling 12 ⅜ 130 160 400 1500 1200 1200
For hammer operation 20 ⅜ 130 180 400 1500 1200 1200
32 1¼ 467 660 380 1520 1520 1520
Plastic coupling
6.3 ¼ 26.4 20 20 80 60 80
Also without valve
* Static pressure
E 6.102.0/11.13
351
Determining the
coupling size
Nomographic chart to determine the
coupling size
Q = Flow rate
A = Cross-section of the coupling
V = Oil velocity
Ex Coupling size
am
ple
25
19
20
12.5
12.5
10
10
6.3
ISO 7241.1, Series A
ISO/DIS 16028
E 6.102.0/11.13
352
Safety precautions for the handling of quick release couplings and
the corresponding accessories
Important ! 1.4 T he user's responsibility 2.4 Size
Incorrect selection or incorrect and Owing to the large variety of applications The choice of size and type of connection
inexpert handling couplings and for quick release couplings, it is not depends upon the required level of power
accessories can lead to material damage possible to consider every application transmission. The corresponding
and personal injury. and each technical detail. diagrams are to be used for this.
Flow rates, pressure drops and flow
• Escape of hydraulic fluids under high The user is responsible for speeds must be considered when
pressure - The final selection of the product choosing the correct size.
• Explosion or ignition of the fluid used - The operator's compliance with the If these values are exceeded during
• Collision with parts starting to move or requirements operation, faults may occur in the
fall, caused by the failure of the - The safety of persons and plant function of the coupling.
hydraulic circuit - The safety precautions which are
• Dangerous lashing of the hydraulic necessary when using couplings
hoses (so-called whipping effect) 2.5 Mechanical connection
• Risk of injury due to contact with hot or Should you have any other questions, The connection of two halves of a
cold fluids or fluids which are please contact our sales team. coupling depends on the model.
dangerous for other reasons Here care should be taken that push-fit
couplings completely engage and that
Before you select and use a quick release 2. Notes for the correct screw-fit couplings are fully screwed on,
coupling or the corresponding until the stop is reached.
accessories, it is vital that you comply choice of coupling Forcefully and improperly undoing
with the following instructions. locking couplings will lead to faults.
2.1 Pressure range
The couplings must be chosen so that
their maximum permissible operating 2.6 Thermal loading
1.General information pressure is greater than or equal to the Strongly heating above the
system pressure. Pressure peaks in the recommended operating temperature, by
1.1 General system, which exceed the operating
This section contains instructions on the welding or soldering on the couplings,
pressure will reduce the coupling's can produce hazardous gases. Apart
choice and handling (installation, service life and must thus be considered
coupling and disconnecting procedure from that, the surface protection (zinc
when making the selection. plating) can be damaged. This can
and maintenance). This is to be
understood as additional safety interfere with proper functioning.
information and must be considered 2.2 Media resistance
when using the products. The sealing materials in the locking 2.7 Guidelines
couplings are suitable for numerous All of the specifications and standards
pressurised media. applicable for the area of application
1.2 Safety precautions Your product manager will supply you
Under certain circumstances, couplings must be complied with when making a
with information about compatibility with choice.
can unexpectedly fail. Take account of a fluid on request.
this when planning your system or plant,
using safety devices.
2.3 Working temperature
The working temperatures in the
1.3 Information for the user specifications are maximum values.
Pass these safety instructions on to the These values must not be exceeded with
persons who are responsible for the a stationary or a circulating circuit. During
selection or handling. Only use the actuation, the natural heating of the
couplings after you have received and coupling must be considered.
understood the product-specific
information.
E 6.102.0/11.13
353
Technical information
Flange Metric
Size DN 3000 psi 6000 psi Light range Heavy range Inch BSP JIC ORS NPTF
03 05 M12x1.5-6 M16x1.5-8 1/16 G1/8" 3/8-24 1/8-27
04 06 M14x1.5-8 M18x1.5-10 1/4 G1/4" 7/16-20 9/16-18 1/4-18
05 08 M16x1.5-10 M20x1.5-12 5/16 1/2-20
06 10 M18x1.5-12 M22x1.5-14 3/8 G3/8" 9/16-18 11/16-16 3/8-18
08 12 1/2" 1/2" M22x1.5-15 M24x1.5-16 1/2 G1/2" 3/4-16 13/16-16 1/2-14
10 16 M26x1.5-18 M30x2-20 5/8 G5/8" 7/8-14 1-14
12 20 3/4" 3/4" M30x2-20 M36x2-25 3/4 G3/4" 1 3/16-12 1 3/16-12 3/4-14
16 25 1" 1" M36x2-25 M42x2-30 1 G1" 1 5/16-12 1 7/16-12 1-11.5
20 32 1 1/4" 1 1/4" M45x2-35 M52x2-38 1 1/4 G1 1/4" 1 5/8-12 1 1/4-11.5
24 40 1 1/2" 1 1/2" M52x2-42 1 1/2 G1 1/2" 1 7/8-12 1 1/2-11.5
32 50 2" 2" 2 G2 2 1/2-12 2-11.5
40 65 2 1/2" 2 1/2 3-12
48 80 3" 3 3 1/2-12
56 90 3 1/2" 3 1/2
64 100 4" 4
American threaded connections

(NPTF and NPSM)
NOTE
To determine the nominal size of the NPTF The information in this brochure
thread, hold the end of the thread against the relates to the operating conditions and
1/4 matching circle.
3/8
1/2
3/4 the relevant technical department.
1 Subject to technical modifications.
11/4
11/2

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 6.102.0/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
354
Multi-Station
Gauge Isolator
MS / MSL
1. Description 1.4. Multi-station

1.1. General gauge isolators
Type MS 4 / MS 6
Multi-station gauge isolators are
designed to check different pressures in without pressure gauge, are designed
a hydraulic system. to check up to 6 or 9 different pressures
MS 2 in a hydraulic system. The gauge has
There are models with a built-in pressure to be mounted separately and must
gauge for different pressure ranges or be connected to port M of the gauge
models to which a separate pressure isolator by means of a pipe or hose.
gauge can be connected. The pressure can be read when the
If it is necessary for the system pressure arrow on the rotary knob is turned to
to be retained during the measuring one of the measuring positions and
process, the leakage-free model must pushed against a spring force in an axial
MSL 2 be used. direction. When the knob is released it
1.2. Multi-station gauge returns to its original position and the
isolators type ms 2 gauge is connected to the tank port. A
built-in detent locks any of the selected
with built-in pressure gauge, are positions.
designed to check up to 6 different
pressures in a hydraulic system. The 1.5. Multi-station
gauge is built directly into the selector gauge isolators
MS 4 knob, therefore eliminating the need for Type MS 5 / MS 7
a separate gauge. The pressure can be
without pressure gauge, are designed
read when the arrow on the rotary knob
is pointing to one of the six measuring to check up to 5 or 8 different pressures
positions. By turning the knob each in a hydraulic system. The gauge has
of the six measuring positions can be to be mounted separately and must
selected. Between each measuring be connected to port M of the gauge
position there is a zero position to relieve isolator by means of a pipe or hose. The
MS 6 the gauge pressure. A built-in detent pressure can be read when the arrow
locks any selected position. Different on the rotary knob is pointing to one
gauges are available for different of the measuring positions. By turning
pressure ranges. The gauges are filled the rotary knob each of the measuring
with a special damping fluid to prolong positions can be selected. An additional
the gauge life. 0 position allows pressure from the
1.3. Multi-station gauge gauge to be released to the tank. A
isolators Type MSL 2 built-in detent locks any of the selected
MS 5 positions.
with built-in pressure gauge,
fulfil the same function as Type MS 2,
however the measuring points are
shut off leakage-free. The MSL 2 is
suitable for hydraulic systems where the
pressure must be retained and therefore
a leakage-free gauge isolator must be
MS 7 used.
E 4.501.8/11.13
355
2. Technical 2.1.2 Model code
specifications (also order example) MSL 2 A 2 . 0 / 315 .
to VDI 3267 Multi-station gauge isolator
2.1. General MS
MSL
2.1.1 Designation and Symbol
Multi-station gauge isolator with built-in pressure gauge
Type of connection
Type MS 2/MSL 2 A = G 1/4
G = 1/4 NPTF only for MSL
H = 7/16 - 20 UNF
Type code
Modification number
Scale
40 = max. eff. indication range 40 bar / 570 psi (Scale 63 bar / 900 psi)
Type MS 4 63 = max. eff. indication range 63 bar / 900 psi (Scale 100 bar / 1400 psi)
V = Viton seals
D = Connection for external pressure gauge
(only for MSL without built-in pressure gauge)
Type MS 5 MS 4 A 2 . 0 / .
Multi-station gauge isolator
Type
4 = turn and press to read (6 positions)
5 = turn to read (5 positions)
6 = turn and press to read (9 positions)
7 = turn to read (8 positions)
Type of connection
A = threaded connections for inline mounting
Type MS 6
Type code
Modification number
V = Viton seals
12 = 7/16 x 20 UNF – MS 4/5
2.1.3 Mounting method 2.2. Hydraulic Technical Data

Flange mounting 2.2.1 Operating pressure range
Type MS 7 4 screws M 6 ISO 4762 MS 2/MSL 2
2.1.4 Connections Max. permitted operating pressure at
MS 2/MSL 2/MS 4/MS 5 measuring points 1 to 6:
G 1/4 (ISO 228) depending on permitted indicator range
MS 6/MS 7 of gauge
G 1/8 (ISO 228) = pmax. up to 315 bar
MS 2/MSL 2 Tank connection = pmax. 10 bar.
6 measuring points
1 tank connection MS 4/MS 5/MS 6/MS 7
MS 4/MS 6 Max. permitted operating pressure at the
6/9 measuring points measuring points
1 gauge connection = M = pmax. 315 bar
1 tank connection =T Tank connection and
MS 5/MS 7 leakage connection = pmax. 10 bar.
5/8 measuring points 2.2.2 Temperature range of
1 gauge connection = M
1 tank connection =T operating medium
1 leakage connection = L -20 °C… +70 °C
2.1.5 Weight 2.2.3 Gauge accuracy
MS 2/MSL 2: 1.7 kg MS 2/MSL 2
MS 4/MS 5: 1.4 kg The accuracy of the built-in gauge is
MS 6/MS 7: 1.9 kg 1.6% of the red scale value at 20 °C.
2.1.6 Mounting position Inaccuracy per 10 °C temperature
Optional increase approx. +0.3%
E 4.501.8/11.13
and per 10 °C temperature decrease

2.1.7 Operating fluid approx. -0.3% of the red scale value.
Mineral oil to DIN 51524
and DIN 51525
Special fluids on request.
356
3. Dimensions
TyPe MS 2
TyP MSL 2
Adapter for tank
connection.
For model D,
connection for
external pressure gauge.
For model D,
4 x around circumference tank connection
according to the
type of connection
Type of connection: Connections:

A/G/H A G H
Adapter
E 4.501.8/11.13
for tank connection.

For model D,
connection for external
pressure gauge
357
Type MS 4
Type MS 5
Type MS 6
Type MS 7
E 4.501.8/11.13
358
4. Spare parts Spare parts Spare parts
MS 2 MSL 2 MS 4
Item Qty. Description Item Qty. Description Item Qty. Description

1 1 Rotary knob 1 1 Rotary knob 1 1 Rotary knob
2 1 Gauge 2 3 Slotted head screws 2 1 Disc
3 1 Seal ring M 3 x 5 DIN 964 3 2 Quad rings
4 2 Quad rings 3 1 Ball 5 mm 4 1 Grub screw
5 3 Slotted head screws DIN 5401 Class III M 5 x 8 DIN 417
M3 x 6 DIN 964 - 5.8 4 1 Spring 5 1 Grub screw
6 1 Ball 5 mm 5 1 O-ring 15 x 2.5 M 6 x 4 DIN 557
DIN 5401 Class III 6 2 O-ring 6 x 2 6 1 Ball 5 mm
7 1 Spring 7 6 O-ring 8.5 x 1.5 DIN 5401 Class III
8 1 Scale plate 8 6 Locking screws 7 1 Retainer
9 2 Rivets G 1/8 DIN 908 8 x 0.8 DIN 471
2 x 6 DIN 1476 9 6 O-ring 2 x 1.6 8 1 Spring
10 6 Seals 9 1 End cap
Order example 11 1 Scale plate 10 1 Scale plate
Type MS 2 A 2 . 0 / 315 . 12 1 Seal ring 11 2 Rivets
1 off seal ring, item 3 13 1 O-ring 9.25 x 1.78 2 x 6 DIN 1476
(When ordering, always quote the whole 12 1 Spring
14 2 Support rings
model code of the unit)
15 6 Springs
16 6 Support rings Order example
Type MS 4 A 2 . 0 / .
17 1 Grub screw
1 off quad ring item 3
M 4 x 10 DIN 914
(When ordering, always quote the whole
18 1 Pressure gauge model code of the unit)
19 2 Rivets
2 x 6 DIN 1476
Order example
Type MSL 2 A 2 . 0 / 315 .
1 off seal ring, item 12
(When ordering, always quote the whole
E 4.501.8/11.13
359
Spare parts Spare parts Spare parts
MS 5 MS 6 MS 7
shown displaced
shown displaced
Item Qty. Description Item Qty. Description Item Qty. Description

1 1 Rotary knob 1 1 Rotary knob 1 1 Rotary knob
2 1 Disc 2 1 Disc 2 1 Disc
3 2 Quad rings 3 2 Quad rings 3 2 Quad rings
4 1 Grub screw 4 1 Grub screw 4 1 Grub screw
M 5 x 8 DIN 417 M 5 x 8 DIN 417 M 5 x 8 DIN 417
5 1 Grub screw 5 1 Grub screw 5 1 Grub screw
M 6 x 4 DIN 557 M 6 x 4 DIN 557 M 6 x 4 DIN 557
6 1 Ball 5 mm 6 1 Ball 5 mm 6 1 Ball 5 mm
DIN 5401 Class III DIN 5401 Class III DIN 5401 Class III
7 2 Retainers 7 1 Retainer 7 2 Retainers
8 x 0.8 DIN 471 8 x 0.8 DIN 471 8 x 0.8 DIN 471
8 1 Spring 8 1 Spring 8 1 Spring
9 1 End cap 9 1 End cap 9 1 End cap
10 1 Scale plate 10 1 Scale plate 10 1 Scale plate
11 2 Rivets 11 2 Rivets 11 2 Rivets
2 x 6 DIN 1476 2 x 6 DIN 1476 2 x 6 DIN 1476
12 1 Spring
Order example Order example
Type MS 5 A 2 . 0 / . Order example Type MS 7 A 2 . 0 / .
1 off quad ring, item 3 Type MS 6 A 2 . 0 / . 1 off quad ring item 3
(When ordering, always quote the whole 1 off quad ring, item 3 (When ordering, always quote the whole
model code of the unit) (when ordering, always quote the whole model code of the unit)
Mounting instructions
Taking into account the operating forces, Note HYDAC Accessories GmbH
it is recommended that measuring points Hirschbachstr. 2
The information in this brochure relates to
with pressures of more than 100 bar
E 4.501.8/11.13
the operating conditions and applications 66280 Sulzbach/Saar

are arranged symmetrically. Ports not described. For applications or operating Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
required should be plugged. conditions not described, please contact Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
Required oil cleanliness class for MSL: the relevant technical department. Subject Internet: www.hydac.com
NAS 1638-9 ISO DIS 4406-18/14 to technical modifications. E-Mail: [email protected]
360
Single Station
Gauge Isolator
MA
1. Description 2. Technical 2.1.2 Mounting method

Long life and continuous accuracy can specifications Panel mounting
be achieved if pressure gauges are only (max. 10 mm panel thickness)
2.1. General
pressurised for the time it takes to read 2.1.3 Connections
2.1.1 Designation/Symbol G 1/4" (for M, P, T)
the pressure. For the rest of the time
Single Station Gauge Isolator
the gauge isolator isolates the pressure 2.1.4 Weight
gauge and the gauge is automatically Approx. 0.4 kg
vented to the tank. This then protects the
gauge from possible pressure surges 2.1.5 Mounting position
from the system. Optional
This is possible with the 2.1.6 Operating fluid
HYDAC Single Station Gauge Isolator. Mineral oil
It can be operated in two ways: Other fluids on request
A) Push button: Special models and surface treatments on
the pressure is indicated as long as the request
button is depressed. Oil cleanliness class
B) Push button and turn clockwise NAS 1638-9
through 90°: ISO DIS 4406-18/14
this locks the pressure indication until
the button is released.
E 4.502.5/11.13
361
2.1.7 Model code
(order example)
MA 1 A 1 0 / V
Single Station Gauge Isolator

Design
1 = push & turn button
Type of connection
A = threaded connection
Type code
Modification number
5 = NPT thread 1/4"
V = Viton seals
(no code for standard = Perbunan)
2.2. Hydraulic data

2.2.1 Operating pressure
max. 350 bar
(port T: max. 10 bar)
2.2.2 Temperature range of operating fluid
– 20 °C … + 80 °C
3. Dimensions
push button pressure reading front panel cover

plate with logo
panel thickness
push button and turn to lock on

max. 10 mm
clockwise through 90° pressure reading
required bore hole

diameter in the
panel: 31 mm
front panel cover plate

Hirschbachstr. 2
4. Note
E 4.502.5/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
The information in this brochure relates to the operating conditions and applications Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
described. For applications or operating conditions not described, please contact the Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
relevant technical department. Subject to technical modifications. Internet: www.hydac.com
362
Fluid Level Gauge
Fluid Level Sensor
Temperature Switch
FSA / FSK / TS
up to size 381; to PN 0.5; to T = 80 °C
1. Description – FSA: Range of five evenly spaced – FSK-V: Monitor the fluid level via an
1.1. General sizes. electrical signal
FSA fluid level gauges, FSK fluid level Visual thermometer with °C and °F Switching point can be variably
sensors and TS temperature switches scale. positioned
are designed to monitor and control the Temperature gauge which measures Additional alternative switching points
level of operating fluid. the temperature of the operating fluid possible
The flexible product range means that in the tank in °C. Dual scale in °C and Change over switch contacts
many combinations are possible: °F available on request.
Opens or closes at switching level
Simple, standardised mounting
Tube made of glass
(FSA/K).
Optional, 3-pole AMP plug
– FSA-IB: leak-free shut off of the fluid
to the fluid level gauge via non-return (super seal)
valve Optional line marking on inspection
Display of the current level by tube and float.
simultaneously pressing the upper – TS: three nominal temperatures
and lower buttons on the non-return possible: 60 °C, 70 °C and 80 °C.
valves Can be easily fitted into the FSA
With the optional use of a and FSK.
thermometer, the current temperature Simple, standardised mounting
of the fluid will also be shown. (FSA/K).
Certified by Bureau Veritas Non-corroding surfaces.
(BV approval) and by American
Bureau of Shipping (ABS approval)
– FSK: Four evenly spaced sizes.
Switching contact can be either type O
(opens when fluid is at low level), type
C (closes when fluid is at low level) or
type W (dual switching unit).
Temperature gauge which measures
the temperature of the operating fluid
in the tank in °C and °F.
– FSK-2SP: Monitoring of the minimum
or maximum fluid level.
Two additional alternative switching
points for size 254 and above.
Option: line marking on sight tube and
float.
Better visual fluid level monitoring
possible with red float.
Simple, standardised mounting
(FSA/K).
E 5.050.13/11.13
363
1.2. Function 1.3. Application 1.4. Notes
FSA Fluid level gauges FSA, fluid level The upper viscosity limit is 2,000 mm²/s.
sensors FSK and temperature switches It is not possible to combine a TS
By using the FSA, the fluid level can be TS are used to monitor and control levels temperature switch with an FT
easily seen on the outside of the tank. of operating fluid. temperature gauge.
The fluid enters the unit via the lower Areas of application are for example: To ensure correct functioning, pressure,
connection bore and is clearly visible in Machine tools, system engineering, tanks viscosity and temperature specifications
the tube. By selecting the right size, the for hydraulic, lubricating and cutting oils, must be observed.
particular fluid level can be monitored. and gearboxes. FSA/FSK
FSK Not suitable for use with glycol or fluids
By using the FSK, the fluid level is containing glycol.
monitored via an electrical switching
FSK
signal. This switch signal can be used
Depending on the fluid level of the tank,
for a warning or to control the level.
the following switching logic applies for
The fluid enters the unit via the lower
the fluid level monitor with NC and NO
connection bore and pushes a float up
contacts.
the tube. The float now shows the level
of the fluid in the tank. If the level of the
fluid drops again, the float will activate a Tank fluid level
switch contact. For the NO switch (type
C) the circuit will then be closed, for the
NC switch (type O) the circuit will be
opened. (normally
closed)
The special dual switching model (type
W) offers two possibilities. It can be used
either to close on contact or to open on Tank fluid level
contact.
TS
The TS is a very useful additional option
to the FSA and FSK products. However, (normally
it also has a useful application as a open)
separate accessory for systems.
Once fitted, the temperature sensor In each case the switching logic of the
of the TS is surrounded by operating fluid level sensor starts with a full tank.
fluid. When the nominal temperature is For the NC version the switching contact
reached, a contact opens and the circuit opens when the fluid level drops below
is broken. the switching level. Correspondingly, in
This switching process can be used the NO version, the switching contact
either as an alarm or to monitor the closes when the fluid level drops below
temperature. the switching level.
When the temperature of the fluid drops
by approx. 15 K, the circuit closes again.
E 5.050.13/11.13
364
2. Technical 2.1.2 Model code for FSA FSA – 076 – 2 . X / FT200 / 12 ...
characteristics (also order example)
2.1. General Fluid level gauge
2.1.1 Designation and Symbol Nominal size
≅ Bolt centre spacing
Fluid level gauge FSA 076
127
176
254
381
Seal material
1 = NBR (Perbunan)
2 = FKM (Viton)
Series
(specified by manufacturer)
Additional thermometer function
– = no additional function
T = thermometer in display tube
Fluid level sensor FSK FF = prepared for temperature probe
FT 200 = temperature probe 200 mm
FT 300 = temperature probe 300 mm
TS 60 = temperature switch nominal temperature 60 °C
TFP 100 = temperature probe -40 °C ... +150 °C
O - N/C contact Installation conditions

Banjo bolt thread
M 12 (standard)
M 10 (not on TS)
Special models
SO2 = with glass tube, connections in aluminium and round shape
SO7 = frame, mounting bolts and nuts in stainless steel (1.4571)
SO8 = mounting bolts and nuts in stainless steel (1.4571)
SO14 = with glass tube, connections in plastic (PA)
C - N/O contact SO19 = with green hollow ball, without contrast sheet
SO65 = FSA standard, but without mounting bolts and washers
SO67 = FSA standard, but without mounting bolts
SO79 = with side inspection window
IB BV = with non-return valve, BV approval
IB ABS = with non-return valve, ABS approval
* only for size M12
W - N/O or N/C contact
Model code FSA-IB FSA – 254 – 2 . 0 / T / 12 S07 / S078 2 x IB

Temperature switch TS Fluid level gauge
Size
076
127
176
254
381
Seal material
1 = NBR (Perbunan)
2 = FKM (Viton)
Glass tube (round)
Thermometer (in the glass tube)
Thread of the M12 banjo bolt
Frame, screws and nuts made of stainless steel
2x screw ISOLATOR BOLT
E 5.050.13/11.13
365
Model code FSK FSK – 127 - 2 . X / O / FT200 / 12 / ...
Fluid level sensor
Nominal size
127
176
254
381
Seal material
2 = FKM (Viton)
Series
Switching function
O = opens at the switching level
C = closes at the switching level
W = opens or closes at the switching level
(connector Z4 = standard)
– = no additional function
FT 200 = thermometer probe 200 mm
FT 300 = thermometer probe 300 mm
TSL 60 = temperature switch nominal temperature 60 °C
TFP 100 = temperature probe -40 °C ... +150 °C
Installation conditions
Banjo bolt thread
M 12 (standard)
M 10 (not on TS)
Connector
No details = 3 pole MPM (standard)
Z4 = 4 pole Hirschmann
SEW = 4 pole M12x1 (sensor connector horizontal)
SES = 4 pole M12x1 (sensor connector vertical)
Type B = special connection to the connector plug
Model code FSK-2SP / FSK-V FSK – 127 – 1 . O / W / – / 12 / 2SP

Designation
FSK = fluid level monitor
FSKV = fluid level monitor with variable switching points
Nominal size
127
176
254
381
Seal material
1 = NBR (Perbunan)
Series
Switching function
W = change over, opens and closes at the switching level
– = no additional function (standard)
Installation conditions
12 = M12 (banjo bolt thread)
Switching points
2SP = 2 switching points (1 x minimum, 1 x maximum)
additional switching points on request
E 5.050.13/11.13
Connector
FSK-2SP: 5-pole M12x1 male
FSK-V: 3-pole M8x1 male
366
Model code TS TS – 70 / X / 12
Designation
TS - temperature switch (for FSA)
TS-L - temperature switch long (for FSK)
Nominal temperature
60 °C
70 °C
80 °C
Series
Banjo bolt thread
M 12
2.1.4 Type of construction FSA-IB FSK-V

The units are designed to be mounted – Housing frame made of stainless steel – Housing frame made of stainless steel
directly on to the operating fluid tank.
– Tube made of glass – Connectors made of aluminium /
2.1.5 Type of connection polyamide
FSK-2SP
FSA / FSK
– Connectors made of aluminium / – Tube in glass
The unit is mounted using two banjo
bolts. The connection bores can either polyamide TS / TS-L
be threaded holes or through holes (Ø – Frame made of aluminium – Housing with temperature sensor,
13, Ø 11). – Tube made of glass washer and nut in steel (zinc-plated)
TS – Plug connections in high quality
The temperature switch can be fitted to synthetic material
the FSA/FSK in place of the lower banjo
bolt.
2.1.6 Mounting position 2.1.11 FSA seal types
FSA – vertically on the tank wall
FSK – vertically on the tank wall
(connection plug at bottom of the
tank) Flat seal (standard)
TS – instead of lower banjo bolt
M12 (FSA)
TS-L – instead of lower banjo bolt
M12 (FSK)
2.1.7 Weight
FSK 127 – 0.21 kg
FSK 176 – 0.23 kg
FSK 254 – 0.26 kg
FSK 381 – 0.30 kg Bonded Seal
FSA 076 – 0.17 kg
FSA 127 – 0.19 kg
FSA 176 – 0.21 kg
FSA 254 – 0.24 kg
FSA 381 – 0.29 kg
TS-... – 0.11 kg
TS-L-... – 0.13 kg
FT 200 – 0.03 kg
FT 300 – 0.04 kg Quad ring
2.1.8 Flow direction
any
2.1.9 Ambient temperature
- 20 °C to + 80 °C
2.1.10 Materials
FSA / FSK
– End caps and tube in high quality
synthetic material
O-ring
– Housing in aluminium
– Soft seals in Viton (FKM) or Perbunan
(NBR)
– Bolts, nuts and washers in steel (zinc-
E 5.050.13/11.13
plated)
– Plug connections in high quality
synthetic material (FSK)
367
2.2. Hydraulic data
FSK–2SP 2.4. Electrical
2.2.1 Nominal pressure
max. 0.5 bar Type W / change over characteristics TS / TS-L
As delivered, switching point at bottom 2.4.1 Electrical function
2.2.2 Operating fluids activated by magnetic field. N/C contact
Mineral oil to DIN 51524 Part 1 and
2, water-oil emulsions and synthetic
fluids, such as hydraulic fluids based on Size 127, 254, 381
phosphate ester.
Contact assignment bottom
(other fluids on request) top
Float setting
2.2.3 Temperature of operating fluid
Minimum 5-4 5-3
- 20 °C to + 80 °C
Maximum 5-1 5-2
2.2.4 Range of thermometer scale 2.4.2 Switching power
FSA / FSK 2.5 A/50 V - 10,000 switching operations
Thermometer T for FSA : Size 176 0.5 A/50 V - 100,000 switching operations
+ 20 °C to + 80 °C 2.4.3 Minimum switching current
Contact assignment
Thermometer FT for FSA / FSK :
top
50 mA
0 °C to + 100 °C Float setting
2.4.4 Switching tolerance
Maximum 5-4
±5K
Contact assignment bottom
2.4.5 Switching hysteresis
2.3. Electrical Float setting Normally closed
characteristics FSK Minimum 5-4 60 °C – 10-15 K
70 °C – 10-15 K
2.3.1 Electrical functions 80 °C – 10-20 K
Type O / normally closed FSK–V
Type W / change over
Contact assignment bottom top

Float setting
Minimum 3-4 1-4

Type O / normally closed
Maximum 1-4 3-4
(plug Z4 and type B)
2.3.2 Contact load

max. 8 W
2.3.3 Switching voltage
1-48 V AC/DC
Type O / normally closed 2.3.4 Switching current
(plug - SEW) max. 0.2 A
2.3.5 Protection class
IP 65
2.3.6 Viscosity range
max. 2000 mm²/s
Type C / normally open

(connector Z4 and type B)
4 3 4 3
1 1
3 3
2 2 1 2 1 2

(plus - SEW)
E 5.050.13/11.13
4 3 4 3
1
1 2 1 2 2
368
3. Dimensions
3.1. Fluid level gauge FSA
FSA standard FSA-IB (with non-return valve)
Colour black
Torque
Torque 8-10 Nm
8-10 Nm
Size 381
housing with
strengthening bar
Torque
Colour red 8-10 Nm
FSA with temperature switch TS
Torque
8-10 Nm
FSA
with temperature gauge
FSA / FSK with temperature gauge Torque

6-8 Nm
Size =
centre distance of bolts L3 L1 L2
76 108 37 76
E 5.050.13/11.13
127 159 88 127

176 208 137 176
254 286 215 254
381 413 342 381
369
3.2. Fluid level sensor FSK
FSK standard
Torque
8-10 Nm
Size 381
housing with
strengthening bar
switching level
approx. 55
fitting dimension approx. 74

FSK Hirschmann plug Z4
Torque
8-10 Nm
Size 381
housing with
strengthening bar
switching level
approx. 55
fitting dimension approx. 89.5
Size =
centre distance of bolts L1 L2 L3 L4
E 5.050.13/11.13
127 88 127 204 219.5

176 137 176 253 268.5
254 215 254 331 346.5
381 342 381 458 473.5
370
FSK sensor connection SEW-M12x1 horizontal
Torque
8-10 Nm
Size 381
housing with
strengthening bar
switching level
approx. 55
4-pole connector
M12x1 – male
FSK sensor connection SES-M12x1 vertical
4-pole connector
M12x1 – male
Torque
8-10 Nm
Size 381
housing with
strengthening bar
switching level
approx. 55
Size =
centre distance of bolts L1 L2 L5 L6
E 5.050.13/11.13
127 88 127 188.5 193.5

176 137 176 237.5 242.5
254 215 254 315.5 320.5
381 342 381 442.5 447.5
371
FSK male connection Form B
Torque
8-10 Nm
Size 381
housing with
strengthening bar
switching level
approx. 55
fitting dimension
approx. 65
Size = centre distance of bolts L1 L2 L7

127 88 127 203
176 137 176 252
254 215 254 330
381 342 381 457
FSK with two switching points NG 254 / NG 381
View of switching level

MIN-MAX
switching point
Approx. 31-2.5
Fluid level
top
reed
contact
black Connection
approx. S
5-pole plug NG 381

with bar
Approx. 48.5+2,5
switching point
Fluid level
red
bottom
reed
contact
Connector
not supplied
Fitting dimension
approx. 57
Type Nom. size L1 L2 L3 N approx. S

E 5.050.13/11.13
FSK-127-1.0/W/-/12/2SP 127 88 127 159 47.5 77

FSK-176-1.0/W/-/12/2SP 176 137 176 208 96.5 126
FSK-254-1.0/W/-/12/2SP 254 215 254 286 174.5 204
FSK-381-1.0/W/-/12/2SP 381 342 381 413 301.5 331
372
FSK with variable switching points 4. Spare parts
4.1. Seal kit
switch level MAX
approx. 26-1
liquid level
SW 18 SW 17
Colour Torque
black 8-10 Nm
Top reed
L6 max. adjusting range -2nd contact mounted on right

contact
adjustable
Alignment of reed contact Alignment of reed contact
(liquid level decreasing) (liquid level increasing)
L5 min. adjusting range

Liquid level
Nominal size 381 switching level
frame with bar
Bottom reed
contact
adjustable
Liquid level
Connection switching level
Colour 3-pole plug Torque
red 8-10 Nm
Position the reed contacts

left of right depending on
approx. 41+1
switch level
liquid level
application
Type Nom. size L0 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6

FSKV-127 127 159 88 127 96 101 40 65
FSKV-176 176 208 137 176 145 150 89 114
FSKV-254 254 286 215 254 223 228 167 192
FSKV-381 381 413 342 381 350 355 294 319
Angled connector M8x1 for FSKV Seal kit Order

no.= Part
number
FSA - 76 - 381 - 1.X /- /12 NBR 704 616
non adjustable adjustable
with cable without cable FSA - 76 - 381 - 2.X /- /12 FKM 704 627
L=2m FSA - 76 - 381 - 1.X /- /10 NBR 3248767
FSA - 76 - 381 - 2.X /- /10 FKM 3395614
5. Note
Order no.: 6105865 6105866 The information in this brochure relates
FSK with temperature switch TS-L For applications and operating
torque value Subject to technical modifications.
6-8 Nm

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 5.050.13/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
3.3. Temperature switch TS / TS-L Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
See FSA with TS fitted Internet: www.hydac.com
See FSK with TS-L fitted E-Mail: [email protected]
373
374
E 5.050.13/11.13
HYDAC Accessories:
Buyer's Guide
Order direct
by phone, fax or email.
The Benefits to You:
Products immediately available,
Easy to order using Part Number,
Renowned "Made in Germany" quality,
Over 40 years' experience in hydraulics.
E 6.106.1/11.13
HYDAC Accessories:
Product Range Overview
High pressure ball valves,

Steel
Change-Over Ball Valves,

Steel
High pressure ball valves,

Stainless steel
Gauges, Switches
Mounting Clamps,
Overview
E 6.106.1/11.13
376
HYDAC Accessories:
High Pressure Ball Valves, Steel
2/2-Way Ball Valve

KHB / KHM
Steel
KHB
Features:
Seals: Ball (POM), O-ring (NBR)
High pressure version up to 500 bar
Full port
Zinc-plated DN 04-25, Phosphate-plated DN 32-50
Connections in G, LR, SR
Temperature resistant from -10 °C – +80 °C
Hand lever in aluminium (straight 01),
Zinc die-cast (cranked 04)
KHM

Type of connection DN Type Handle Part No. Length PN
in mm in bar
06 KHB-G1/4 04 3288786 69 500

10 KHB-G3/8 04 700950 72 500
13 KHB-G1/2 04 851728 83 500
16 KHB-G1/2 01 855871 83 400
G 20 KHB-G3/4 01 552762 95 315
25 KHB-G1 01 850711 113 315
25 KHB-G1 1/4 01 562730 120 315
32 KHM-G1 1/4 01 700721 110 315
40 KHM-G1 1/2 01 700724 130 315
50 KHM-G2 01 700727 140 315
04 KHB-06LR 04 3288754 67 500
06 KHB-08LR 04 3288813 67 500
08 KHB-10LR 04 855967 74 500
10 KHB-12LR 04 704200 74 500
LR 13 KHB-15LR 04 704800 82 500
16 KHB-18LR 01 851913 82 400
20 KHB-22LR 01 707868 101 315
25 KHB-28LR 01 707869 108 315
32 KHM-35LR 01 700573 141 315
40 KHM-42LR 01 700576 162 315
04 KHB-08SR 04 3288829 73 500
06 KHB-10SR 04 3288837 73 500
08 KHB-12SR 04 855414 76 500
SR 13 KHB-16SR 04 854996 86 500
16 KHB-20SR 01 700602 90 400
20 KHB-25SR 01 700819 109 315
25 KHB-30SR 01 707722 120 315
E 6.106.1/11.13
32 KHM-38SR 01 700658 153 315
377
HYDAC Accessories:
Change-Over Ball Valves, Steel
3/2-Way Ball Valve

KHB3K-L
Steel
Features:
Seals: Ball (POM), O-ring (NBR)
Full port
Zinc-plated DN 04-25, Phosphate-plated DN 32-50
Hand lever in aluminium (straight 01),
Zinc die-cast (cranked 04)

in mm in bar
06 KHB3K-G1/4-L 04 3248008 69 500

10 KHB3K-G3/8-L 04 703308 72 500
G 13 KHB3K-G1/2-L 04 703309 83 500
16 KHB3K-G1/2-L 01 557811 83 400
20 KHB3K-G3/4-L 01 702891 95 315
25 KHB3K-G1-L 01 398948 113 315
08 KHB3K-10LR-L 04 3007101 74 500
LR 10 KHB3K-12LR-L 04 703307 74 500
13 KHB3K-15LR-L 04 703373 82 500
04 KHB3K-08SR-L 04 3289217 73 500
SR 06 KHB3K-10SR-L 04 3288900 73 500
08 KHB3K-12SR-L 04 3015948 76 500
13 KHB3K-16SR-L 04 3015950 86 500
E 6.106.1/11.13
378
HYDAC Accessories:
High Pressure Ball Valves, Stainless Steel
2/2-Way Ball Valves

KHM
Stainless steel
Features:
Full port
Handle in aluminium (straight 01)
Seals: Ball (POM), O-ring (VITON)
‑‑‑
in mm in bar
06 KHM-G1/4 01 3146514 69 500
10 KHM-G3/8 01 854863 72 500
16 KHM-G1/2 01 398245 83 400
G 20 KHM-G3/4 01 851545 95 315
25 KHM-G1 01 851546 113 315
32 KHM-G11/4 01 851547 110 315
40 KHM-G11/2 01 851548 130 315
50 KHM-G2 01 398246 140 315
04 KHM-06LR 01 3289261 67 500
06 KHM-08LR 01 3289263 67 500
08 KHM-10LR 01 3178451 74 500
10 KHM-12LR 01 3178452 74 500
LR 12 KHM-15LR 01 398238 82 400
16 KHM-18LR 01 398239 82 400
20 KHM-22LR 01 398240 101 315
25 KHM-28LR 01 398242 108 315
32 KHM-35LR 01 398243 141 315
40 KHM-42LR 01 855253 162 315
04 KHM-08SR 01 3289264 73 500
06 KHM-10SR 01 3289275 73 500
08 KHM-12SR 01 3178457 76 500
SR 12 KHM-16SR 01 851742 86 400
16 KHM-20SR 01 700648 90 400
20 KHM-25SR 01 851549 109 400
25 KHM-30SR 01 397753 120 315
32 KHM-38SR 01 851550 153 315
E 6.106.1/11.13
379
HYDAC Accessories:
2/2-Way Low Pressure Ball Valve

KHNVN / KHNVS
Brass
Features:
Cost-competitive version
Cranked handle in aluminium
With PTFE sealing cups
Suitable for water, air and nitrogen

DN Type Part No. Length PN
in mm in bar
16 KHNVN-G1/2-2233-12X 702152 50.5 50

20 KHNVN-G3/4-2233-12X 702153 57.5 40
25 KHNVN-G1-2233-12X 702154 70 40
32 KHNVN-G11/4-2233-12X 702155 80.5 30
40 KHNVN-G11/2-2233-12X 702156 94 30
50 KHNVN-G2-2233-12X 702157 112.5 25
06 KHNVS-Rp1/4-2233-12X 702164 49.5 50
10 KHNVS-Rp3/8-2233-12X 702165 52.5 50
16 KHNVS-Rp1/2-2233-12X 551093 61 50
20 KHNVS-Rp3/4-2233-12X 551094 68 40
25 KHNVS-Rp1-2233-12X 551095 85 40
32 KHNVS-Rp11/4-2233-12X 551096 99.5 30
40 KHNVS-Rp11/2-2233-12X 551097 109 30
50 KHNVS-Rp2-2233-12X 551098 130 25
65 KHNVS-Rp21/2-2233-12X 702172 152 16
80 KHNVS-Rp3-2233-12X 702173 177 16
100 KHNVS-Rp4-2233-12X 702174 214 16
E 6.106.1/11.13
380
HYDAC Accessories:
2/2-Way Low Pressure Ball Valve

KHNVN / KHNVS
Stainless steel
Features:
Cost-competitive version
Cranked handle in stainless steel
With PTFE sealing cups
Suitable for water, air and nitrogen

DN Type Part No. Length PN
in mm in bar
06 KHNVN-G1/4-3333-18X 398344 53.5 64

10 KHNVN-G3/8-3333-18X 398345 53.5 64
16 KHNVN-G1/2-3333-18X 398346 60 64
20 KHNVN-G3/4-3333-18X 398347 70 40
25 KHNVN-G1-3333-18X 398348 79 40
32 KHNVN-G11/4-3333-18X 398349 91 25
40 KHNVN-G11/2-3333-18X 397686 103 25
50 KHNVN-G2-3333-18X 398350 124 25
04 KHNVS-Rp1/8-3333-18X 702434 55.5 140
06 KHNVS-Rp1/4-3333-18X 702402 55.5 140
10 KHNVS-Rp3/8-3333-18X 702403 55.5 140
16 KHNVS-Rp1/2-3333-18X 702404 66 140
20 KHNVS-Rp3/4-3333-18X 702405 79 105
25 KHNVS-Rp1-3333-18X 702406 93 105
32 KHNVS-Rp11/4-3333-18X 702407 100 64
40 KHNVS-Rp11/2-3333-18X 702408 110 64
50 KHNVS-Rp2-3333-18X 702409 131 64
E 6.106.1/11.13
381
HYDAC Accessories:
Gauges, Switches
Fluid level gauge FSA

Fluid level sensor FSK
Temperature Switch TS/TS-L
Features:
Impact and scratch resistant
Highly resistant to leakage
Precise fluid level gauge
Very easy to see fluid level
Operating temperature up to 80 °C
Highly reliable due to potted connector
in protection class IP64

Type Size = Order code Part No.
centre distance of bolts
NG 76 FSA-076-1.X/-/12 700000
NG 76 FSA-076-1.X/T/12 700004
NG 127 FSA-127-1.X/-/12 700036
NG 127 FSA-127-1.X/T/12 700040
NG 176 FSA-176-1.X/-/12 700113
NG 176 FSA-176-1.X/T/12 700116
FSA NG 254 FSA-254-1.X/-/12 700072
NG 254 FSA-254-1.X/T/12 700076
NG 381 FSA-381-1.X/-/12 700095
NG 381 FSA-381-1.X/T/12 700125
M 12 TS-60/X/12 3233817
TS M 12 TS-70/X/12 3233820
M 12 TS-80/X/12 3243251
NG 127 FSK-127-2.5/C/-/12 3112276
NG 127 FSK-127-2.5/O/-/12 3070285
NG 176 FSK-176-2.5/C/-/12 3112299
NG 176 FSK-176-2.5/O/-/12 3112231
NG 254 FSK-254-2.5/C/-/12 3112303
FSK NG 254 FSK-254-2.5/O/-/12 3112302
NG 381 FSK-381-2.5/C/-/12 3112307
NG 381 FSK-381-2.5/O/-/12 3112306
M 12 TS-L-60/X/12 3252752
TS-L M 12 TS-L-70/X/12 3252766
M 12 TS-L-80/X/12 3252767
E 6.106.1/11.13
382
HYDAC Accessories:
Mounting Clamps,
Overview
Light Range DIN 3015

Part 1
Heavy range DIN 3015

Part 2
Twin Clamps DIN 3015

Part 3
Buegu clamp
E 6.106.1/11.13
383
HYDAC Accessories:
Mounting Clamps
Light range
DIN 3015 Part 1
Type: Internal surface ribbed
Features:
International standard
Worldwide availability

Size Pipe diameter Order code Part No.
Ø in mm
6 HRL 1 A 6 PP ST M BL 423127
6.4 HRL 1 A 6.4 PP ST M BL 423128
1 8 HRL 1 A 8 PP ST M BL 423129
9.5 HRL 1 A 9.5 PP ST M BL 423130
10 HRL 1 A 10 PP ST M BL 423131
12 HRL 1 A 12 PP ST M BL 423132
12.7 HRL 2 A 12.7 PP ST M BL 423133
13.7 HRL 2 A 13.7 PP ST M BL 423134
14 HRL 2 A 14 PP ST M BL 423135
2 15 HRL 2 A 15 PP ST M BL 423136
16 HRL 2 A 16 PP ST M BL 423137
17.1 HRL 2 A 17.1 PP ST M BL 423138
18 HRL 2 A 18 PP ST M BL 423139
19 HRL 3 A 19 PP ST M BL 423140
20 HRL 3 A 20 PP ST M BL 423141
21.3 HRL 3 A 21.3 PP ST M BL 423142
3 22 HRL 3 A 22 PP ST M BL 423143
23 HRL 3 A 23 PP ST M BL 423144
25 HRL 3 A 25 PP ST M BL 423145
25.4 HRL 3 A 25.4 PP ST M BL 423146
26.9 HRL 4 A 26.9 PP ST M BL 423147
4 28 HRL 4 A 28 PP ST M BL 423148
30 HRL 4 A 30 PP ST M BL 423149
32 HRL 5 A 32 PP ST M BL 423150
33.7 HRL 5 A 33.7 PP ST M BL 423151
5 35 HRL 5 A 35 PP ST M BL 423152
38 HRL 5 A 38 PP ST M BL 423153
40 HRL 5 A 40 PP ST M BL 423154
42 HRL 5 A 42 PP ST M BL 423155
44.5 HRL 6 A 44.5 PP ST M BL 423156
6 48.3 HRL 6 A 48.3 PP ST M BL 423157
50.8 HRL 6 A 50.8 PP ST M BL 423158
E 6.106.1/11.13
384
HYDAC Accessories:
Mounting Clamps
Light range
DIN 3015 Part 1
Type: Internal surface smooth
Features:

Ø in mm
6 HRGL 1 A 6 PP ST M BL 439815
8 HRGL 1 A 8 PP ST M BL 439817
1 9.5 HRGL 1 A 9.5 PP ST M BL 439818
10 HRGL 1 A 10 PP ST M BL 439819
12 HRGL 1 A 12 PP ST M BL 439820
12.7 HRGL 2 A 12.7 PP ST M BL 439875
13.7 HRGL 2 A 13.7 PP ST M BL 439876
14 HRGL 2 A 14 PP ST M BL 439877
2 15 HRGL 2 A 15 PP ST M BL 439878
16 HRGL 2 A 16 PP ST M BL 439879
17.1 HRGL 2 A 17.1 PP ST M BL 439880
18 HRGL 2 A 18 PP ST M BL 439881
19 HRGL 3 A 19 PP ST M BL 439945
20 HRGL 3 A 20 PP ST M BL 439946
21.3 HRGL 3 A 21.3 PP ST M BL 439947
3 22 HRGL 3 A 22 PP ST M BL 439948
23 HRGL 3 A 23 PP ST M BL 439949
25 HRGL 3 A 25 PP ST M BL 439950
25.4 HRGL 3 A 25.4 PP ST M BL 439951
26.9 HRGL 4 A 26.9 PP ST M BL 440015
4 28 HRGL 4 A 28 PP ST M BL 440016
30 HRGL 4 A 30 PP ST M BL 440017
32 HRGL 5 A 32 PP ST M BL 440045
33.7 HRGL 5 A 33.7 PP ST M BL 440046
5 35 HRGL 5 A 35 PP ST M BL 440047
38 HRGL 5 A 38 PP ST M BL 440048
40 HRGL 5 A 40 PP ST M BL 440049
42 HRGL 5 A 42 PP ST M BL 440050
44.5 HRGL 6 A 44.5 PP ST M BL 440105
6 48.3 HRGL 6 A 48.3 PP ST M BL 440106
50.8 HRGL 6 A 50.8 PP ST M BL 440107
E 6.106.1/11.13
385
HYDAC Accessories:
Mounting Clamps
Light range
DIN 3015 Part 1
Type: With elastomer insert
Features:

Ø in mm
6 HREL 4 A 6 PP ST M BL 435001
8 HREL 4 A 8 PP ST M BL 435002
10 HREL 4 A 10 PP ST M BL 435003
12 HREL 4 A 12 PP ST M BL 435004
12.7 HREL 4 A 12.7 PP ST M BL 435005
4 14 HREL 4 A 14 PP ST M BL 435006
15 HREL 4 A 15 PP ST M BL 435007
16 HREL 4 A 16 PP ST M BL 435008
17.2 HREL 4 A 17.2 PP ST M BL 435009
18 HREL 4 A 18 PP ST M BL 444515
19 HREL 4 A 19 PP ST M BL 435010
20 HREL 6 A 20 PP ST M BL 435641
21.3 HREL 6 A 21.3 PP ST M BL 3001709
22 HREL 6 A 22 PP ST M BL 435642
23 HREL 6 A 23 PP ST M BL 445027
6 25 HREL 6 A 25 PP ST M BL 435643
26.9 HREL 6 A 26.9 PP ST M BL 435644
28 HREL 6 A 28 PP ST M BL 435645
30 HREL 6 A 30 PP ST M BL 435646
32 HREL 6 A 32 PP ST M BL 435647
E 6.106.1/11.13
386
HYDAC Accessories:
Mounting Clamps
Heavy range
DIN 3015 Part 2
Features:

Ø in mm
6 HRS 1 S 6 PP ST M BL 420000
6.4 HRS 1 S 6.4 PP ST M BL 420001
8 HRS 1 S 8 PP ST M BL 420002
9.5 HRS 1 S 9.5 PP ST M BL 420003
10 HRS 1 S 10 PP ST M BL 420004
12 HRS 1 S 12 PP ST M BL 420006
1 12.7 HRS 1 S 12.7 PP ST M BL 420007
13.7 HRS 1 S 13.7 PP ST M BL 420008
14 HRS 1 S 14 PP ST M BL 420009
15 HRS 1 S 15 PP ST M BL 420010
16 HRS 1 S 16 PP ST M BL 420011
17.1 HRS 1 S 17.1 PP ST M BL 420012
18 HRS 1 S 18 PP ST M BL 420013
19 HRS 2 S 19 PP ST M BL 420014
20 HRS 2 S 20 PP ST M BL 420015
21.3 HRS 2 S 21.3 PP ST M BL 420016
22 HRS 2 S 22 PP ST M BL 420017
2 25 HRS 2 S 25 PP ST M BL 420018
25.4 HRS 2 S 25.4 PP ST M BL 420019
26.7 HRS 2 S 26.7 PP ST M BL 420020
28 HRS 2 S 28 PP ST M BL 420021
30 HRS 2 S 30 PP ST M BL 441349
30 HRS 3 S 30 PP ST M BL 420022
32 HRS 3 S 32 PP ST M BL 420023
33.7 HRS 3 S 33.7 PP ST M BL 420024
3 35 HRS 3 S 35 PP ST M BL 420025
38 HRS 3 S 38 PP ST M BL 420026
40 HRS 3 S 40 PP ST M BL 420027
42 HRS 3 S 42 PP ST M BL 420028
38 HRS 4 S 38 PP ST M BL 420030
42 HRS 4 S 42 PP ST M BL 420031
44.5 HRS 4 S 44.5 PP ST M BL 420032
48.3 HRS 4 S 48.3 PP ST M BL 420033
50.8 HRS 4 S 50.8 PP ST M BL 420034
4 55 HRS 4 S 55 PP ST M BL 441571
57 HRS 4 S 57 PP ST M BL 420036
60.3 HRS 4 S 60.3 PP ST M BL 420037
63.5 HRS 4 S 63.5 PP ST M BL 441578
65 HRS 4 S 65 PP ST M BL 420038
E 6.106.1/11.13
70 HRS 4 S 70 PP ST M BL 420039
387
HYDAC Accessories:
Mounting Clamps
Heavy range
DIN 3015 Part 2
Type: With elastomer insert
Features:

Ø in mm
6 HRES 2 S 6 PP ST M BL 433457
8 HRES 2 S 8 PP ST M BL 433458
10 HRES 2 S 10 PP ST M BL 433459
12 HRES 2 S 12 PP ST M BL 433460
12.7 HRES 2 S 12.7 PP ST M BL 433461
2 14 HRES 2 S 14 PP ST M BL 433462
15 HRES 2 S 15 PP ST M BL 433463
16 HRES 2 S 16 PP ST M BL 433464
17.2 HRES 2 S 17.2 PP ST M BL 433465
18 HRES 2 S 18 PP ST M BL 443460
19 HRES 2 S 19 PP ST M BL 433466
20 HRES 3 S 20 PP ST M BL 433577
22 HRES 3 S 22 PP ST M BL 433578
3 25 HRES 3 S 25 PP ST M BL 433579
26.9 HRES 3 S 26.9 PP ST M BL 433580
28 HRES 3 S 28 PP ST M BL 433581
30 HRES 3 S 30 PP ST M BL 433582
32 HRES 3 S 32 PP ST M BL 433583
33.7 HRES 4 S 33.7 PP ST M BL 433661
35 HRES 4 S 35 PP ST M BL 433662
38 HRES 4 S 38 PP ST M BL 433663
40 HRES 4 S 40 PP ST M BL 433664
4 42 HRES 4 S 42 PP ST M BL 433665
45.5 HRES 4 S 45.5 PP ST M BL 433666
48 HRES 4 S 48 PP ST M BL 433667
51 HRES 4 S 51 PP ST M BL 433668
53.4 HRES 4 S 53.4 PP ST M BL 433669
56.4 HRES 4 S 56.4 PP ST M BL 433670
60 HRES 5 S 60 PP ST M BL 433781
5 65 HRES 5 S 65 PP ST M BL 436239
70 HRES 5 S 70 PP ST M BL 433782
E 6.106.1/11.13
388
HYDAC Accessories:
Mounting Clamps
Twin clamps
DIN 3015 Part 3
Features:

Ø in mm
6 HRZ 1 A 6-6 PP ST M BL 43060

6.4 HRZ 1 A 6.4-6.4 PP ST M BL 430609
8 HRZ 1 A 8-8 PP ST M BL 430610
1 9.5 HRZ 1 A 9.5-9.5 PP ST M BL 430611
10 HRZ 1 A 10-10 PP ST M BL 430612
12 HRZ 1 A 12-12 PP ST M BL 430613
12.7 HRZ 2 A 12.7-12.7 PP ST M BL 430614
13.7 HRZ 2 A 13.7-13.7 PP ST M BL 430615
14 HRZ 2 A 14-14 PP ST M BL 430616
2 15 HRZ 2 A 15-15 PP ST M BL 430617
16 HRZ 2 A 16-16 PP ST M BL 430618
17.1 HRZ 2 A 17.1-17.1 PP ST M BL 430619
18 HRZ 2 A 18-18 PP ST M BL 430620
19 HRZ 3 A 19-19 PP ST M BL 430621
20 HRZ 3 A 20-20 PP ST M BL 430622
21.3 HRZ 3 A 21.3-21.3 PP ST M BL 430623
3 22 HRZ 3 A 22-22 PP ST M BL 430624
23 HRZ 3 A 23-23 PP ST M BL 430625
25 HRZ 3 A 25-25 PP ST M BL 430626
25.4 HRZ 3 A 25.4-25.4 PP ST M BL 430627
26.6 HRZ 4 A 26.6-26.6 PP ST M BL 430628
4 28 HRZ 4 A 28-28 PP ST M BL 430629
30 HRZ 4 A 30-30 PP ST M BL 430630
32 HRZ 5 A 32-32 PP ST M BL 430631
33.7 HRZ 5 A 33.7-33.7 PP ST M BL 430632
35 HRZ 5 A 35-35 PP ST M BL 430633
5 38 HRZ 5 A 38-38 PP ST M BL 430634
40 HRZ 5 A 40-40 PP ST M BL 430635
42 HRZ 5 A 42-42 PP ST M BL 430636
E 6.106.1/11.13
389
HYDAC Accessories:
Mounting Clamps
Twin clamps
DIN 3015 Part 3
Type: Internal surface smooth
Features:

Ø in mm
6 HRGZ 1 A 6-6 PP ST M BL 3283242

1 8 HRGZ 1 A 8-8 PP ST M BL 3283306
10 HRGZ 1 A 10-10 PP ST M BL 3283307
12 HRGZ 1 A 12-12 PP ST M BL 3283308
13.5 HRGZ 2 A 13.5-13.5 PP ST M BL 3358223
15 HRGZ 2 A 15-15 PP ST M BL 3094885
2 16 HRGZ 2 A 16-16 PP ST M BL 443268
17.1 HRGZ 2 A 17.1-17.1 PP ST M BL 3553271
18 HRGZ 2 A 18-18 PP ST M BL 443660
19 HRGZ 3 A 19-19 PP ST M BL 444032
20 HRGZ 3 A 20-20 PP ST M BL 443266
3 22 HRGZ 3 A 22-22 PP ST M BL 443659
23 HRGZ 3 A 23-23 PP ST M BL 443552
25 HRGZ 3 A 25-25 PP ST M BL 3255780
26.6 HRGZ 4 A 26.6-26.6 PP ST M BL 3142660
4
30 HRGZ 4 A 30-30 PP ST M BL 3056357
5 32 HRGZ 5 A 32-32 PP ST M BL 3204419
E 6.106.1/11.13
390
HYDAC Accessories:
Mounting Clamps
Buegu clamp
Features:

Ø in mm
6 HRBGS 0a A 6 TPE ST M BL 441418

0a 9.5 HRBGS 0a A 9.5 TPE ST M BL 444868
12.7 HRBGS 0b A 12.7 TPE ST M BL 444876
14 HRBGS 0b A 14 TPE ST M BL 441422
0b 16 HRBGS 0b A 16 TPE ST M BL 441423
6 - 6 HRBGS 1 A 6-6 TPE ST M BL 441492
1 8 - 8 HRBGS 1 A 8-8 TPE ST M BL 441985
10 - 10 HRBGS 1 A 10-10 TPE ST M BL 441425
12 - 12 HRBGS 1 A 12-12 TPE ST M BL 441427
14 - 14 HRBGS 2 A 14-14 TPE ST M BL 3087396
15 - 15 HRBGS 2 A 15-15 TPE ST M BL 441486
2 16 - 16 HRBGS 2 A 16-16 TPE ST M BL 441430
18 - 18 HRBGS 2 A 18-18 TPE ST M BL 441431
19 - 19 HRBGS 2 A 19-19 TPE ST M BL 444869
20 - 20 HRBGS 2 A 20-20 TPE ST M BL 441432 E 6.106.1/11.13
391
HYDAC Accessories:
Your Contacts

Hirschbachstraße 2
66280 Sulzbach / Saar
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 6897 509-01

Fax: +49 (0) 6897 509-1009
E-mail: [email protected]
You will find a local contact on the "Company / Locations"

page on our web site.
E 6.106.1/11.13
392
E 6.106.1/11.13
393
394
E 6.106.1/11.13
Operating Manuals
Operating manual
Ball Valves DN04 – DN200
D/E/F 5.500.B../..
Bedienungsanleitung
Operating Manual
Manuel d’utilisation
Kugelhahn
DN04 – DN200
Ball Valves
DN04 – DN200
Robinets
DN04 – DN200
Operating manual
Fluid Level Sensor FSK
D/E/F 5.050.B../..
Prospekt D/E/F 5.050.B.0/08.05
D-66280 Sulzbach/Saar
E 61.000.1/11.13
395
Operating Manuals
Operating manual
Fluid Level Sensor FSK-2 SP
Fluid Level Sensor FSKV
D/E/F 5.050.2.B../..

Hirschbachstr. 2
E 61.000.1/11.13
66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
396
Notes
E 61.000.2/11.13
397
398
E 61.000.2/11.13
Notes
Notes
E 61.000.2/11.13
399
400
E 61.000.2/11.13
Notes
KOREA
ROK
MEX
ÖSTERREICH HYDAC-Büro München MEXICO
A
(Slovenia, Croatia, Bosnia- Herzegovina, Danziger Str. 21 HYDAC International SA de CV HYDAC Duwon Co. 08
Serbia and Montenegro, Macedonia) D-82194 Gröbenzell Pirul, 212 4th floor Wonwook Bldg.
HYDAC Hydraulik Ges. m.b.H. Tel.: 0 81 42 / 6 52 77-0 54090 Los Reyes Ixtacala 768-12 Bangbae, Seocho
Industriestr. 3 Fax: 0 81 42 / 6 52 77-22 Tlalnepantla (Edo. de Mexico) ROK-Seoul 137-069
A-4066 Pasching HYDAC-Büro Nürnberg MEXICO Tel.: (0082) 2/591 09 31
Tel.: (0043) 72 29 / 6 18 11-0 Bauhofstraße 4 Tel.: (0052) 555 / 565 85 11 Fax: (0082) 2/591 09 32
Fax: (0043) 72 29 / 6 18 11-35 D-90571 Schwaig Fax: (0052) 555 / 390 23 34 E-mail: [email protected]
ROM
Tel.: 09 11 / 24 46 43-0 NORGE ROMANIA
N
AUSTRALIA Fax: 09 11 / 24 46 43-4260 HYDAC AS HYDAC SRL
AUS
HYDAC Pty. Ltd. DENMARK Postboks 657 Str. Vanatori Nr. 5 B
DK
111 Dohertys Road, HYDAC A/S N-1401 SKI RO-100576 Ploiesti
Altona North. Havretoften 5 Tel.: (0047) 64 85 86 00 Tel.: (0040) 244 57 57 78
AUS-Vic. 3025 DK-5550 Langeskov Fax: (0047) 64 85 86 01 Fax: (0040) 244 57 57 79
postal address: Tel.: (0045) 702 702 99 E-mail: fi[email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
P.O. Box 224, Altona North. Fax: (0045) 63 13 25 40 NETHERLANDS SVERIGE
NL
AUS-Vic. 3025
S
E-Mail: [email protected] HYDAC B.V. HYDAC Fluidteknik AB
Tel.: (0061) 3 / 92 72 89 00 Vossenbeemd 109 Domnarvsgatan 29
Fax: (0061) 3 / 98 360 80 70 ESPAÑA
NL-5705 CL Helmond S-16308 Spånga
E
E-mail: [email protected] HYDAC TECHNOLOGY SL
Capcir 5, P.O. Box 162 Tel.: (0031) 492 / 597470 Tel.: (0046) 8 / 4452970
BELGIQUE E-08211 Castellar del Valles Fax: (0031) 492 / 597480 Fax: (0046) 8 / 4452990
B
HYDAC sprl Tel.: (0034) 93 / 747 36 09 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: www.hydac.se

Overhaemlaan 33 Fax: (0034) 93 / 715 95 42 NEW ZEALAND E-mail: [email protected]
NZ
B-3700 Tongeren
SGP
EGYPT HYDAC Ltd. SINGAPORE
Tel.: (0032) 12 260 400
ET
Yasser Fahmy Hydraulic Eng. Unit 14, 13 Highbrook Drive Hydac Technology Pte Ltd.
Fax: (0032) 12 260 409 East Tamaki 2A Second Chin Bee Road
65-66-68 Saudi Building, Kobba
BULGARIA NZ-Auckland Singapore 618781
BG
P.O. Box 6550 Sawah 11813

HYDAC EOOD ET-Cairo Tel.: (0064) 9271 4120 Tel.: (0065) 6741 7458
Business Center Iskar Yug Tel.: (0020) 2 / 45 20 192, 45 30 922 Fax: (0064) 9271 4124 Fax: (0065) 6741 0434
München-Str. 14 45 30 923, 45 01 970 PORTUGAL SLOVAKIA
BG-1528 Sofia
SK
P
Fax: (0020) 2 /45 30 638 Gustavo Cudell Lda. HYDAC, s.r.o.
Tel.: (00359) 2 970 6000, E-Mail: [email protected] Rua Eng. Ferreira Dias, 954 Schmidtova 14
(00359) 2 970 6060 P-4149-008 Porto SK-03601 Martin
Fax: (00359) 2 970 6075 FRANCE
Tel.: (00351) 22 / 6158000 Tel.: (00421)- 43-4135893, 4237394
F
E-mail: offi[email protected] HYDAC S.à.r.l.

Fax: (00351) 22 / 6158011 4220875
Internet: www.hydac.bg Technopôle Forbach Sud
BP 30260 Internet: www.cudell.pt Fax: (00421)-43-4220874
BLR
BELARUS F-57604 Forbach Cedex E-Mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected]

HYDAC Belarus Tel.: (0033) 3 87 29 26 00 MOVICONTROL S.A. SLOVENIA
SL
Timirjazeva 65a, biura 504-505 Fax: (0033) 3 87 85 90 81 Rua Prof. Henrique de Barros 5 B HYDAC d.o.o. Slovenia
BY 220035 Minsk Belarus E-Mail (siège): 2685-339 Prior Velho Zagrebska c. 20
Tel.: (00375) 17 209 01 32-33 [email protected] P-1801 Lisboa Codex SL-2000 Maribor
Fax: (00375) 17 209 01 35 E-Mail (agence Nord-Est): Tel.: (00351) 219 429 900 Tel.: (00386) 2 /460 15 20
E-Mail: [email protected] [email protected] Fax: (00351) 219 413 500 Fax: (00386) 2 /460 15 22
Internet: www.hydac.com.by Internet: www.movicontrol.pt E-mail: [email protected]
AGENCE DE PARIS:
BRASIL E-Mail: [email protected]
BR
Tel.: (0033) 1 60 13 97 26 THAILAND

HYDAC Limitada POLSKA Aerofluid Co. Ltd.
T
PL
Rua Fukutaro Yida, 225 (Lithuania, Latvia) 169/4, 169/5 Moo 1
CEP 09852-060 AGENCE DE LYON:
Tel.: (0033) 4 78 87 83 02 HYDAC Sp. z o.o. Rangsit-Nakhonnayok Rd.
BR-Sao Bernardo do Campo-SP ul. Reymonta 17 Lampakkud, Thanyaburi
Tel. (0055) 11/43 93 66 00 E-mail: [email protected]
PL-43-190 Mikoł ˙ ow Patumthanee 12130
Fax: (0055) 11/43 93 66 17 AGENCE DE BORDEAUX: Tel.: (0048) 32 226 26 55, 32 326 29 00 Tel.: (0066) 2577 2999 (30 lines)
E-mail: [email protected] Tel.: (0033) 5 57 54 25 20 Fax: (0048) 32 226 40 42, 32 326 29 01 Fax: (0066) 2577 2700
Email: info@aerofluid.com
CDN
CANADA AGENCE DE CHATEAUNEUF E-Mail: [email protected]

HYDAC Corporation LES MARTIGUES: TURKEY
PRC
CHINA
TR
14 Federal Road Tel.: (0033) 4 42 49 61 35 HYDAC Technology (Shanghai) Ltd. HYDAC Ltd. Sti.
Welland, Ontario 28 Zhongpin Lu Namık Kemal Mahallesi
L3B 3P2 FINLAND
Adile Nasit Bulvarı
FI
(Estonia) Shanghai Minhang Economic &

Tel.: (001) 905 / 7149322 Technological Development Zone 174 Sok. No.9
Fax: (001) 905 / 7144664 HYDAC OY
Internet: www.hydac.ca Kisällintie 5 P.R.C.-Shanghai 200245 TR-Esenyurt - Istanbul
FI-01730 Vantaa Tel.: (0086) 21 / 64633510 Tel.: (0090) 212 / 428 25 25
E-mail: [email protected] Fax: (0086) 21 / 64300257 Fax: (0090) 212 / 428 70 37
Tel.: (00358) 10 773 7100
SCHWEIZ Fax: (00358) 10 773 7120 E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected]
CH
HYDAC Engineering AG E-Mail: hydac@hydac.fi

RUS
RUSSIA TAIWAN
TW
Allmendstr. 11 HYDAC International HYDAC Technology Ltd.
GREAT BRITAIN
GB
CH-6312 Steinhausen/Zug ul. 4-ya Magistralnaya, 5, office 31 No. 18 Shude 1st Lane, South District
Tel.: (0041) 41 / 747 03 20 HYDAC TECHNOLOGY Limited
De Havilland Way, Windrush Park RUS 123007 Moscow TW-Taichung City/Taiwan 40242
Fax: (0041) 41 / 747 03 29 Tel.: (007) 495 980 80 01-03 Tel.: (00886) 4 / 2260 22 78
E-mail: [email protected] GB-Withney, Oxfordshire
OX29 0YG Fax: (007) 495 980 70 20 Fax: (00886) 4 / 2260 23 52
Internet: www.hydac.ch E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]
Tel.: (0044) 1993 866366
HYDAC S.A. Fax: (0044) 1993 866365 Internet: www.hydac.com.ru UKRAINE
UKR
Zona Industriale 3, Via Sceresa Internet: www.hydac.co.uk Technical Office St. Petersburg HYDAC Ukraine
CH-6805 Mezzovico E-Mail: [email protected] Obvodnyi chanel emb., 138, Büro Kiev
Tel.: (0041) 91 / 935 57 00 blok 101, of 401 ul. Novokonstantinovskaya, 9,
GREECE
GR
Fax: (0041) 91 / 935 57 01 RUS 190020 St. Petersburg Korpus 13, 2 Etage
E-mail: [email protected] Delta-P Technologies Ltd.
2, Grevenon Str. Tel.: (007) 812 495 94 62 UA 04080 Kiev
Internet: www.hydac.ch Fax: (007) 812 495 94 63 Tel.: (0038) 044 495 33 96
GR-11855 Athens
ČESKÁ REPUBLIKA Tel.: (0030) 210 3410181 E-Mail: [email protected] (0038) 044 495 33 97
CZ
HYDAC S.R.O. Fax: (0030) 210 3410183 Technical Office Novokuznetsk Fax: (0038) 044 495 33 98
Kanadska 794 E-Mail: [email protected] ul. Nevskogo, 1, office 300 E-mail: [email protected]
CZ-39111 Planá nad Luznici
USA
Tel.: (00420) 381/20 17 11 MAGYARORSZÁG RUS 654079 Novokuznetsk USA

Kemerovskaya Obl. HYDAC TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
H
Fax: (00420) 381/29 12 70 HYDAC Hidraulika

E-mail: [email protected] és Szüréstechnika Kft. Tel.: (007) 3843 99 13 46 HYCON Division
Jász u.152/A Tel./Fax: (007) 3843 99 13 45 2260 City Line Road
DEUTSCHLAND H-1131 Budapest E-Mail: [email protected] USA-Bethlehem, PA 18017
D
HYDAC-Büro Berlin Tel.: (0036) 1 359 93 59 Technical Office Ulyanovsk Tel.: (001) 610 266-0100
IBH Ingenieurbüro und Fax: (0036) 1 239 73 02 ul. Efremova, 29, office 418 Fax: (001) 610 266-3540
Handelsvertretung Hammer GmbH E-mail: [email protected] RUS 432042 Ulyanovsk Internet: www.hydacusa.com
Kaiser-Wilhelm-Str. 17 E-mail: [email protected]
HONG KONG Tel.: (007) 8422 61 34 53
HK
D-12247 Berlin Fax: (007) 8422 61 34 52 VIETNAM

Hydac Technology (Hongkong) Ltd.
VN
Tel.: 0 30 / 7 72 80 50 E-Mail: [email protected] HYDAC International

Fax: 0 30 / 7 73 80 80 Room 602, 6/F, Silvercord Tower 1,
30 Canton Road, ARGENTINA E-Town Building, Mezzanine Floor
RA
HYDAC-Büro Südost Tsim Sha Tsui Kowloon, Hong Kong HYDAC TECHNOLOGY Executive office, Room 7,
Wiesestr. 189 Tel: (00852) - 23 - 69 35 68 ARGENTINA S.R.L. 364, Cong Hoa Street,
D-07551 Gera Fax: (00852) - 23 - 69 35 67 Av. Belgrano 2729 Tan Binh District
Tel.: 03 65 / 73 97-320 (B1611DVG) Don Torcuato VN-Ho Chi Minh City
Fax: 03 65 / 73 97-600 ITALIA Tel.: (00848) 812 0545 Etx: 215 & 214
HYDAC S.p.A. RA-Tigre / Buenos Aires
I
HYDAC-Büro Nordost Tel.: (0054) 11 4727-1155/0770/2323 Fax: (00848) 812 0546

Via Archimede, 76
Pankstraße 8-10 (Gebäude H) I-20041 Agrate Brianza Celular 15 32 96 9797 SOUTH-AFRICA
ZA
D-13127 Berlin Tel.: (0039) 039 / 642211 E-Mail: [email protected] (Namibia, Zimbabwe)
Tel.: 0 30 / 475 98 40 Fax: (0039) 039 / 6899682 HYDAC Technology Pty Ltd.
RCH
CHILE
Fax: 0 30 / 475 98 4-29 Internet: www.hydac.it HYDAC Chile 165 Van der Bijl Street
HYDAC-Büro Bremen E-mail: [email protected] Las Araucarias # 9080 - 9110 Edenvale 1614
Riedemannstraße 1 Parque Industrial Las Araucarias ZA-Johannesburg
INDIA
IND
D-27572 Bremerhaven Quilicura Tel.: (0027) 11 723 90 80

HYDAC (India) Pvt. Ltd. Fax: (0027) 11 453 72 37
Tel.: 0471 / 70 0572 - 4200 A-58 TTC Industrial Area RCH-8720041 Santiago de Chile
Fax: 0471 / 70 0572 - 4242 Tel.: (0056) 2 /5 84 67 54 [email protected]
MIDC, Mahape
HYDAC-Büro Hamburg IND-Navi Mumbai-400 701 Fax: (0056) 2 /5 84 67 55 Hytec S.A.
Mühlenweg 131-139 Tel. (0091) 22-41 11 88 88/12/79 [email protected] P.O. Box 538
D-22844 Norderstedt Fax: (0091) 22-27 78 11 80 INDONESIA 113 Koornhof Str. Meadowdale
ZA-Edenvale 1610
RI
Tel.: 040 / 52 60 07-0 E-mail: [email protected] Hydac Technology Pte Ltd

Fax: 040 / 52 60 07-15 Rep Office Indonesia Tel.: (0027) 11 / 573 5400
JAPAN Fax: (0027) 11 / 573 5401
Perwate Tower - CBD Pluit
J
HYDAC-Büro Nord HYDAC Co. Ltd. E-mail: [email protected]

Kirchhorster Str. 39 KSK Bldg. Main-2F 6th Floor, Suite A
D-30659 Hannover 3-25-7 Hatchobori, Chuo-ku Jl. Pluit Selatan Raya
Tel.: 05 11 / 56 35 35-0 Tokyo, 104-0032 Japan RI-14440 Jakarta
Fax: 05 11 / 56 35 35-56 Tel.: (0081) 3 / 3537-3620 Tel.: (006221) 300 27505
Fax: (0081) 3 / 3537-3622 Fax: (006221) 300 27506
HYDAC-Büro West E-mail: [email protected]
Riedinger Str. 6 LUXEMBURG Internet: www.hydac.co.id
L
D-45141 Essen FRIEDERICH-HYDROPART S.A.R.L.

Tel.: 02 01 / 3 20 89-0 Route d’Esch, C.P. 38
Fax: 02 01 / 32 84 41 L-3801 Schifflange
Tel.: (00352) 54 52 44
HYDAC-Büro Mitte Fax: (00352) 54 52 48
Dieselstr. 9
MAL
D-64293 Darmstadt MALAYSIA

Tel.: 0 61 51 / 81 45-0 HYDAC Technology Sdn. Bhd.
Fax: 0 61 51 / 81 45-22 No. 16 Jalan Pengacara U1/48 Hirschbachstr. 2
HYDAC-Büro Südwest
Temasya Industrial Park 66280 Sulzbach/Saar
MAL-40150 Shah Alalm
E 61.000.2/11.13
Rehgrabenstr. 3 Tel.: (0060) 3 -55670250 Tel.: +49 (0)6897 - 509-01

D-66125 Dudweiler Fax: (0060) 3 -55670252
Tel.: 0 68 97 / 509-01 E-mail: [email protected]
Fax: +49 (0)6897 - 509-1009
Fax: 0 68 97 / 509-1422 Internet: www.hydac.com
HYDAC-Büro Süd
Dieselstraße 30
D-71546 Aspach
Tel.: 0 71 91 / 34 51-0
Fax: 0 71 91 / 34 51-4033
401
Cat.: Accumulators DEF 30.000
Global Presence.
Local Expertise.
Cat.: Filters DEF 70.000
www.hydac.com
HYDAC Accessories.
Product Catalogue
Cat.: Process technology DEF 7.700
Cat.: Compact hydraulics DEF 5.300 Cat.: Fluid service DEF 7.929
Accessories. Product Catalogue.

HYDAC Head Office
HYDAC Companies
HYDAC Sales and Service Partners
Cat.: Accessories DEF 6.104
HYDAC Accessories GmbH Hirschbachstraße 2

66280 Sulzbach/Saar
Cat.: Electronics DEF 180.000
Germany
Telefon: +49 6897 509-01
Fax: +49 6897 509-1009
Cat.: Cooling systems DEF 5.700
E 61.000.2/11.13
E 61.000.2/11.13

Global Presence. Local Expertise.: Product Catalogue

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Global Presence. Local Expertise.: Product Catalogue

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Global Presence. Local Expertise.: Product Catalogue

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cat.: Accumulators DEF 30.

Accessories. Product Catalogue.

HYDAC Accessories GmbH Hirschbachstraße 2

This is particularly true when standard

The breadth and depth of the range of

Subject to technical modifications.

HY-ROS Mounting Technology 139

Mounting clamp DIN 3015; Diagonal clamp; Buegu clamp;

Swivel bolt clamps; Clamps for mounting pipes/hoses to cylinders;

Mounting elements for hydraulic accumulators

Bell housing 263

Coaxial valves / Piston valves 283

Test points 335

Quick release couplings 345

Multi-station gauge isolators 355

Fluid level gauges / Fluid level sensors 363

Buyer's guide / Stock items 375

HYDAC Accessories GmbH

for almost every APPLICATION

Extensive information is available

HYDAC Accessories plant, Sulzbach

NOTE HYDAC Accessories GmbH

Ultra-high Pressure Ball KHBH

Stainless Steel Low KHNVN

Weld-Type Low Pressure

Flange Type Ball Valves

Flanged Ball Valves KHFF DN65 - 300 PN10 - PN40 45

SAE Threaded Flange KHBG-F3/6

3-Way and 4-Way KH3

3-Way and 4-Way

Manifold Mounted KHP

Spring Return Isolator HKHB DN13 up to PN350 99

KHB4K DN06 PN315

Ball Valves with

Ball Valves with Electrical

Handles SW06 - 22 119

3-Way Safety Block DSV DN10 up to PN350 123

Compatibility List for

SO 940 = Ball valve with 4 threaded holes

DIN ISO 228 KHB-G1/8 4 8 – G1/8 10 69 37 28 44 14 33 7 9 22 0.29 500

KHB-25SAE 25 25 – 1 5/16 - 12 UN 20 113 65 58 82 28.5 65 11.6 14 50 2 420

DIN ISO 228 KHB-G1/8 4 8 – G1/8 10 69 37 28 44.7 14 33 6.7 9 22 0.36 500

DIN 2353 Light Range

DIN 2353 Heavy Range

DIN ISO 228

DIN 2353 Light Range

DIN 2353 Heavy Range

20SR* 16 90 47 35 68 17 40 32 5.5 5 108

Seal kit Order No. = Part No.

Type DN LW LW1 RA D1 i1 i2 L L1 L2 L3 L4 B H H1 H2 A SW2 SW3 PN

Type OD DN LW D1 L L1 L2 L3 L4 B H H1 H2 A SW2 SW3 PN

HYDAC Accessories GmbH

HYDAC Accessories GmbH

Type d1 L h2 H A i LW SW Nominal pressure

Type d1 L h2 H A i LW SW Nominal pressure

Temperature of operating media: -20 °C to + 150 °C

Type d1 Nominal bore ØLW Nominal pressure i L Øh2 H A SW Weight

Technical specifications NOTE